Home

National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science

1. D mu l URETA y CONTR NF R Fig 2 Basic configuration of unified power flow controller Fig 2 shows an arrangement of the constant frequency unified power flow controller The constant frequency unified power flow controller can solve all power quality issues like voltage sag voltage swell and eliminate current harmonics and frequency regulation by using the matrix converter Matrix converter has many advantages when compared to traditional frequency changers Matrix converter can convert the supply frequency in a wide range 8 It can also compensate the voltage sag and swell efficiently by adjusting the modulations 9 10 In Matrix converter MC it is possible to control the phase angle between the voltage and current on the output Size high power density and easier maintenance are the attractive characteristics of matrix converter Sinusoidal input current controlled input power factor regeneration capability and magnitude frequency controlled output voltages are the advantages of a matrix converter In this paper CF UPFC has been implemented in micro grid connected wind mill and analyzed its performance has been analyzed II POWER QUALITY ISSUES IN WIND MILL CONNECTED WITH MICRO GRID A perfect power supply would be one that is always available and always within voltage and frequency tolerances and has a pure noise free sinusoidal wave shape Power quality issues are the importan
2. i l se4teneen Fig 3 Circuit Diagram of Receiver Section The function starts with the 8 pin receiver which receive whatever signal coming from the RF CC2500 transreceiver module The receiver fed this digital signal to microcontroller through serial transmission for processing and whatever information is transmitted by RF CC2500 transreceiver module will display on LCD at the receiver In this circuit buzzer is attached to CC2500 module which indicates that the signal is continuously coming from transmitter In both the circuit we are using soft wire antenna There are DIP switches used in both section to match the frequency for the authenticate communication 4 IV FLEX SENSOR Fig 4 Flex Sensor Flex sensors are normally attached to the glove using needle and thread They require a 5 volt input and output between 0 and 5 V the resistivity vary with the sensor s degree of bend and the voltage output changes accordingly The sensors connect to the device via three pin connector ground live and output The device can activate the sensors from sleep mode enabling them to power down when not in use thus greatly reducing power consumption The flex sensor pictured below changes resistance when bent It only changes resistance in one direction A flex sensor has a resistance of about 10 K Ohms As the flex sensor is bent the resistance increases to 30 40 kilo ohms at 9O0degrees The sensor measures 0 25 inches w
3. 2 Image Analysis And Processing Image analysis involves the manipulation of the patient s 3D model to extract relevant information from the data Using the differing contrast levels of the different tissues within the imagery as examples a model can be changed to show just hard structures such as bone or view the flow of arteries and veins through the brain 3 Diagnostic Preoperative Planning Surgical Simulation Using specialized software the gathered dataset can be rendered as a virtual 3D model of the patient this model can be easily manipulated by a surgeon to provide views from any angle and at any depth within the volume Thus the surgeon can better assess the case and establish a more accurate diagnostic Furthermore the surgical intervention will be planned and simulated virtually before actual surgery takes place Using dedicated software the surgical robot will be programmed to carry out the pre planned actions during the actual surgical intervention 4 Surgical Navigation In computer assisted surgery the actual intervention is defined as surgical navigation Using the surgical navigation system the surgeon will use special instruments which are connected to the navigation system to touch an anatomical position on the patient This position is simultaneously shown in the images taken from this patient The surgeon can thus use the instrument to navigate the images of the patient by moving the instrument
4. UPLM CONTROLLER ha Figure 3 The Proposed constant frequency unified power quality conditioner for wind mill The constant frequency unified power quality conditioner consists of two voltage source inverters connected back to back each sharing a common dc link One inverter is controlled as a variable voltage source in the series active filter APF and the other as a variable current source in the shunt APF Fig 3 shows a basic system configuration of a general UPFC consisting of the combination of a series APF and shunt APF The main aim of the series APF is harmonic isolation between load and supply It has the capability of voltage imbalance compensation as well as voltage regulation and harmonic compensation at the PCC It also solves the drawback of voltage transfer ratio of matrix converter and output voltage harmonic of matrix converter The shunt APF is used to absorb current harmonics compensate for reactive power and negative sequence current and regulate the dc link voltage between both APFs It also solves the input current harmonics of the matrix converter B Matrix Converter Working Principle A matrix with elements Sij represents the state ofeach bi directional switch on 1 off 0 which can be used to represent the matrix output voltages Vu Vv Vw as functions of the input voltages Va Vb Vc as follows V Su Sy Su Fa Mel a 2x Sa Fa d a Sa Sa S33 ILE The input phase currents ia ib ic are rel
5. 5 Robotic Surgery Robotic surgery is a term used for correlated actions of a surgeon and a surgical robot that has been programmed to carry out certain actions during the preoperative planning procedure A surgical robot is a mechanical device generally looking like a robotic arm that 1s computer controlled Robotic surgery can be divided into three types depending on the degree of surgeon interaction during the procedure supervisory controlled telesurgical and shared control In a supervisory controlled system the procedure is executed solely by the robot which will perform the pre programmed actions A telesurgical system also known as remote surgery requires the surgeon to manipulate the robotic arms during the procedure rather than allowing the robotic arms to work from a predetermined program With shared control systems the surgeon carries out the procedure with the use of a robot that offers steady hand manipulations of the instrument In most robots the working mode can be chosen for each separate ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 28 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 intervention depending on the surgical complexity and the particularities of the case V SYSTEMS AND METHODS 1 Navigation System Fig 1 shows the configuration of the navigation system The system consists of an image acquisition device CT or MRI optical position tracking de
6. M Shell 2002 IEEEtran homepage on CTAN Online Available http www ctan org tex archive macros latex contrib supported IEEEtran Robbins and Cotran Pathologic basis of disease 8 edition Kumar Abbas Fausto and Aster Chemistry part 2 class 12 Dr S M Bhatt Shri H B Jadhav Mr K N Joshi Dr L S Patil Rediscovering the Golden State California Geography 2nd Edition Paperback By William A Selby http www amazon co in book _ultraviolet__radiation in the solar system astrophysics http www lavoisier fr notice gb410934 html The Sun A User s Manual By Claudio Vita Finzi The Sun and Space Weather By Arnold Hanslmeier https www landesbioscience com curie chapter 361 1 blogs discovermagazine com Bretti C Crea F Foti C Sammartano S 2006 Solubility and Activity Coefficients of Acidic and Basic Nonelectrolytes in Aqueous Salt Solutions Solubility and Activity Coefficients of Suberic Azelaic and Sebacic Acids in NaCl aq CH3 4NCl aq and C2Hs 4NI aq at Different Ionic Strengths and at t 25 C J Chem Eng en wikipedia org http www chemspider com ISSN 2231 5381 http www iettjournal org Page 49 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 DSP Based Standalone ECG Monitoring System A Case Study Mr Pranav A Deshmukh Mr Abhijeet S Tikhile Mr Chetan G Thote Department of Electronics and Telecommunication Enginee
7. Student of B E 2ndyear Department of Biomedical Engineering Dr Bhausaheb Nandurkar College of Engineering and Technology Yavatmal Abstract The aim of technology is to make products in a large scale for cheaper price and increased quality The current technologies have attained a part of it but the manufacturing technology is at macrolevel The future lies in manufacturing product right from the molecular level Research in this direction started way back in eighties At that time manufacturing at molecular and atomic level was laughedabout But due to advent of nanotechnology we have realized it to acertain level One such productmanufactured is PILL CAMERA which is used for the treatment of cancer ulcer andanemia It has made revolution in the fieldof medicine This tiny capsule can passthrough our body without causing anyharm We have made great progress inmanufacturing products Looking back from where we stand now we started fromflint knives and stone tools and reached thestage where we make such tools with more precision than ever The leap in technologyis great but it is not going to stophere Keywords Pill Camera Cancer Camera I INTRODUCTION With our present technology wemanufacture products by casting milling grinding chipping and the likes Withthese technologies we have made morethings at a lower cost and greater precisionthan ever before In the manufacture of these products we have been arrangingatoms in gr
8. 50 51 52 53 54 REFERENCES Charlotte Baker Shenk amp Dennis Cokely American Sign Language A teacher s resource text on Grammar and Culture Clere Books Gallaudet University Press Washington D C 1981 Al Saihati Feature Extraction for Real Time recognition of the Arabic Sign language MS thesis KFUPM 2006 M Martinez and A C Kak PCA versus LDA IEEE Transaction on Pattern Analysis and machine intelligence Vol 23 No 2 pp 228 233 2001 Sanshzar Kettebekov Mohammed Yeasin and Rajeev Sharma Improving Continuous Gesture Recognition with Spoken Prosody Proceedings of the 2003 IEEE Computer Society Conference on Computer Vision and Pattern Recognition CVPR 03 ISBN 1063 6919 03 pp 1 6 Masumi Ishikawa and Hiroko Matsumura Recognition of a Hand Gesture Based on Self organization Using a Data Glove ISBN 0 7803 5871 6 99 pp 739 745 Byung Woo Min Ho Sub Yoon Jung Soh Yun Mo Yangc and Toskiaki Ejima Hand Gesture Recognition Using Hidden Markov Models ISBN 0 7803 4053 1 97 pp 4232 4235 Attila Licsar and Tamas Szirany Dynamic Training of Hand Gesture Recognition System in Proceedings of the 17th International Conference on Pattern Recognition ICPR 04 ISBN 1051 4651 04 Sign language to speech translating gloves Darren Quick ISSN 2231 5381 http www iettjournal org Page 115 National Conference on Engineering Trends
9. Keywords Neural network Sensors MLP Radial Basis Function 1 INTRODUCTION Electronic noses E Nose have been developed as systems for the automated detection and classification of odors vapors and gases Electronic Nose is a smart instrument that is designed to detect and discriminate among complex odours using an array of sensors The array of sensors consists of a number of broadly tuned non specific sensors that are treated with a variety of odour sensitive biological or chemical materials This instrument provides a rapid simple and non invasive sampling technique for the detection and identification of a range of volatile compounds The key function of an electronic nose is to mimic human olfactory system The human nose is still consideration the primary tool employed in industry to characterize the odour of a variety of consumer products E Nose is a device that identifies the specific components of an odor and analyzes its chemical makeup to identify it 1 To humans the sensation of flavor is due to three main chemoreceptor systems These are gustation sense of taste by tongue olfaction sense of smell by nose and trigeminal sense of irritation of trigeminal receptors The sense of taste is used to detect certain non volatile chemicals which enter the mouth The sense of smell is used to detect certain volatile compounds Receptors for the trigeminal sense are located in the mucous membranes and in the skin They resp
10. XXIII RELATED WORK Research of Multiplier in 1951 by Y Sangmitra it begins with a multiplication of two no i e multiplicand amp multiplier then its result produce the partial product The most basic form ofmultiplier consists of forming the product of two binarynumbers This may be accomplished through successive addition and shifts in which each addition is condition on one of the multipler bit Jayasharee Taralabenchi kavana Hegde Soumya Hegde Siddalingesh S Navalgund Implimentation of binary multiplication using Booth and Systolic Algorithm on FPGA using VHDL International Conference amp Workshop on Recent Trend s in Technology TCET 2012 Compare the power consumption of the multiplier we find that serial multipliers consume more power So where power is an important criterion there we should prefer parallel multiplier like booth multiplier to serial multipliers High performance systems such as microprocessors digital signal processors filters ALU etc which is need of hour now days requires a lot of components One of main component of these high performance system is multiplier WHAT IS MULTIPLIER Multiplication is one of the basic functions used in digital signal processing DSP It requires more hardware resources and processing time than addition and subtraction In fact 8 72 of all instructions in a typical processing unit is multiplier The multiplier is a fairly large block of a computing system The am
11. 2014 rotation so the high energy dissipation in communicating with the BS is spread to all sensor nodes in the network The operation of LEACH is broken up into lots of rounds where each round is separated into two phases the set up phase and the steady state phase In the set up phase the clusters are organized while in the steady state phase data is delivered to the BS During the set up phase each node decides whether or not to become a CH for the current round This decision is based on the suggested percentage of CHs for the network and the number of times the node has been a CH so far This decision is made by the node choosing a random number between 0 and 1 The node becomes a CH for the current round if the number is less than the following threshold a i f j Tin Py r mod a P 0 otherwise Where P is the desired percentage of CHs is the current round and is the set of nodes that have not been elected CHs in the last 1 P rounds When a node is elected CH successfully it broadcasts an advertisement message to the other nodes According to the received signal strength of the advertisement other nodes decide to which cluster it will join for this round and send a membership message to its CH In order to evenly distribute energy load among sensor nodes CHs rotation is performed at each round by generating a new advertisement phase based on Equation 1 During the steady state phase the sensor n
12. 911 cm and these showed six principal absorption peaks in FTIR spectrum The peaks values 1424 1180 907 637 cm may be assigned to the copolymer The conducting or semiconducting polymers have the conjugated double bonds The double bond consists of a o bond and a 2 bond The electrons in the o bonds form the backbone of the chain dominating the mechanical properties of the polymers Due to the az orbital overlap of ISSN 2231 5381 http www iettjournal org Page 110 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 neighboring molecules of the conjugated structure the m electrons delocalize along the entire chain which provides their semiconduting and conducting properties Acknowledgements Authors are thankful to Head Department of Physics Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University Amravati for providing necessary facilities One of the authors S A Waghuley is thankful to University Grant Commission New Delhi for financial assistance in term of minor research project F No 37 565 2009 SR References 1 B C Roy M D Gupta L Bhowmik J K Ray Bull Mater Sci 24 2001 389 2 S A Waghuley R S Bobade A V Kohle G G Muley S S Yawale F C Raghuvanshi B H Pawar S P Yawale Optoelectronics and Advanced Materials Rapid Communications OAM RC 4 2010 97 3 S A Waghuley Journal of Electron Devices 10 2011 433 4 K A Koparkar K R Nemade R S Pala
13. However this approach forces the user to perform a purchase with this number as soon as possible because keeping the number secure becomes a challenge for the user Although being valuable and widely used approaches the current solutions remain specific for each bank and customer pair Either the users have to keep several passwords secret for each credit card they own and deal with worm and key logger issues themselves or spend time keeping track of single use or virtual credit card numbers A more user friendly and securer approach is needed in order to both keep users satisfied and make them feel safe when they attempt to make online purchases The idea of using biometric ID card in online transactions comes into play at this point because it offers several usage advantages and a more powerful and legitimate identity verification mechanism Figure 3 Overview of the framework VLADVANTAGES OF BIOMETRIC ID CARD IN CREDIT CARD TRANSACTION Biometric ID card provides multi factor authentication MFA a security system in which multiple authenticators are used in order to increase the validity of identity verification Some of those authenticators are passwords tokens keys cards and biometrics Authentication factors for MFA are usually grouped into these three categories 1 what you know e g password 2 what you have e g token and 3 who you are e g biometric Combination of these categories decreases the vulnerability
14. Microcontroller will send a signal that the information will be display on LCD screen and the encoder will do encoding before sending to the receiver end via transmitter using CC2500 In the receiver end a receiver module will be attached with the circuit which will detect the signal transmitted from the transmitter end and send to the decoder for decoding the signal into its original form after decoding the signal the signal send to microcontroller after that the information will be display on LCD screen ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 112 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 3 HI WORKING OF MODULE A Transmitter Circuit input rruruu tr yy Fig 2 Circuit Diagram of Transmitter Section Transmitter section works as a circuit used to transmit the signal to the receiver this is achieved by using RF module The flex sensors gives the output of gesture in the form of analog voltages these voltages are fed to microcontroller for processing over that analog voltage and these analog voltages can be converted into digital by using ADC which are inbuilt in AVR microcontroller for processing the data The output of microcontroller is fed to serial transmitter and LCD display for displaying the message where the signal is transmitted to receiver by using RF CC2500 transreceiver module B Receiver Circuit CC 2500 TI n ve
15. Multiply by 1 means the product still remains the same as the multiplicand value Multiply by 1 means that the product is the two s complement form number Multiply by 2 is to shift left one bit the two s complement of the multiplicand value and multiply by 2 means just shift left the multiplicand by one place Multiplicand 1S O SPPrPoCte1 o Omma 31 0 SPP21 0 SPP361 0 SPP401 0 SPrsO31 0 SP PG 1 03 SPP7 1 0 Multiplier 5 0 SPPS31 0 Fig Block diagram of partial product Fig Example of showing partial product 6 bit E Adder me X0 31 0 zout 31 0 yp 31 0 Fig Block diagram of adder ISSN 2231 5381 http www iettjournal org Page 59 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 Adder takes the inputs performs addition operation and generates sum carry outputs For example X 00001111000011110101010101010101 Y 00001111000011110101010101010100 Z 00001110000111101010101010101001 Modified booth multiplier Booth multiplier Afer synthesis Adders 16 16 Subtract 16 15 4x1 mux 240 No of slices 500 4vp LUT 977 IOBS 64 Combinationa l delay path 86 70ns After map No of occupied slices 4 1 p LUT Equivalent gates No of fan out Place amp route external IOB No of slices Power consumed Table 2 Parameters comparison p o wN er c o n 5 u m pt io n com
16. U S Government Printing Office NIH Publication 02 3659 12 Enright PL Lebowitz MD Cockroft DW 1994 Physiologic measures pulmonary function tests Am J RespirCrit Care Med 149 S9 S20 doi 10 1164 ajrccm 149 2_Pt_2 S9 PubMed 8298772 13 Hunter CJ Brightling CE Woltmann G Wardlaw AJ Pavord ID 2002 A comparison of the validity of different diagnostic tests in adultswith asthma Chest 121 4 1051 1057 doi 10 1378 chest 121 4 1051 PubMed 11948032 14 Good DM Thongboonkerd V Novak J Bascands JL Schanstra JP et al 2007 Body fluid proteomics for biomarker discovery lessons from the past hold the key to success in the future J Proteome Re ISSN 2231 5381 http www iettjournal org Page 91 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 The Implimentation and Structure of Object Character Intelligence Recognition Perform Via Open Source Computer Vision OpenCV Miss Priyanka R Chaudhari Miss Priyanka A Varma Computer Department DBNCOET Yavatmal Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University Amravati India Computer Department DBNCOET Yavatmal Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University Amravati India Abstract In this paper we present a technology which is a computer vision is that the representation in the updation form OpenCV Open Source Computer Vision Library we are using as reference for performing our execution and demonstrate the result The Object Character Re
17. colored part of the eye surrounding the pupil It uses a fairly normal camera and does not require close contact between the eye and the scanner Glasses can be worn during an iris scan unlike a retinal scan Biometric authentication Entity authentication technology by utilizing body and behavior characteristics of users i e biometric information Lightingtemperature humidity f meas fame MEN TE choc Injury physical condition age Biomelrics device i MITACHI Threshold Registered data of Registered data Value of other perso erson in question FRR ratio of peopl misjudged as E strangers and i denied access Frequency Characteristics FAR ratio of people misjudged as a legitimate person and granted access Abbreviations FRR False Rejection Rate FAR False Acceptance Rate Figure 2 Biometric authentication IV E ID SYSTEM An identity document also called a piece of identificationor ID is any document which may be used to verify aspectsof a person s personal identity If issued in the form of asmall mostly standard sized card it is usually called an identity card IC In some countries the possession of agovernment ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 6 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 produced identity card is compulsory while inothers it may be voluntary In countries which do not
18. communications As shown in Fig 1 these technologies can be roughly categorized into four sets Cellular networks that include second generation 2G mobile systems such as Global system for Mobile Communications GSM 6 and their evolutions often called 2 5G systems such asenhanced digital GSM evolution EDGE General Packet Radio Service GPRS 3 and IS 136 in US These systems are based on TDMA technology Third generation 3G mobile networks known as Universal MobileTelecommunications Systems UMTS WCDMA and cdma2000 6 are based on CDMAtechnology _ that providesup to 2Mbit s In these networks 4G solutions are expected to provide up to 100 Mbit s The solutions will be based on combination of multicarrier including MC CDMA and space time signal formats The network architectures include macro micro and Pico cellular networks and home HAN and personal aria networks PAN Short range communications will be using ultra wid band UWB communications ISSN 2231 5381 http www ettjournal org Page 32 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 Broadband radio access networks BRANs or wireless local area networks WLANs which are expected to provide up to 1Gbit s in 4G These technologies are based on OFDMA and space time coding Cetsit nemot wath erro IEEE TenTe ai slitz e poA eit FHSS amp TDMA PS 136 Gais Network pa DSSS EDGE GPRS gt siit
19. controlled motion can serve a variety of existing applications and they also open up new possibilities for emerging non invasive medical technologies Drug delivery is an especially attractive application as drugs can be precisely targeted to problematic regions with minimal disturbance to the rest of the body Additionally precision guidance through fluid cavities couldenhance both endoscopic and cardiac procedures that currently rely on catheter systems such as angioplasty and coronary stent treatments cardiac arrhythmia ablation surgeries and diagnostic techniques like endo myocaridial biopsies Heart disease is the leading cause of death and this technology could improve the effectiveness of these procedures as well as reducing costs with this enhancements and cost reductions it is possible to develope new non invasive procedures for cardiac care or endoscopy that can aid in prevention early detection and treatment of a variety of conditions figIlshows the conceptual operation of the prototype travelling through the bloodstream with MHD propulsion Fig l conceptual operation of the divice in the blood stream The section I present the analysis and stimulation of the fluid propulsion method best on Lorentz forces section IT Describes the design of the wireless power transmission system IT ELECTROMAGNETIC PROPULSION Propulsion for implantable devices has not been possible because of the high power requirement for mechanical d
20. ewe Revonfigar Nace it UMTS i ITTIA ston apat amp f WLAN WPAN f ate WIE j OFDM Ihe f foray Dynaraic Wiperkes IFFE Sit Me CDMA yf Spectra CM finda Space Time N dverity ove Allocation ae Wida area Cine Hspertak 155M say spacetime teen udis meier Recreigratic VAIN Mobis CWB impelse redin IEEE 02 05 3 amp 4 Me lit Fig 1 Composite radio environment in 4G networks Digital voice and video broadcasting DVB 5 and satellite communications will be suing OFDMA signaling formats Ad hoc and sensor networks with emerging applications Although 4G is open for new multiple access schemes the CRE concept remains attractive for increasing the service provision efficiency and the exploitation possibilities of the available RATs The main assumption is that the different radionetworks GPRS UMTS BRAN WLAN DVB and so on can be components of a heterogeneous wireless access infrastructure Anetwork provider NP can ownseveralcomponents of the CR infrastructure in otherwords canown licenses for deploying and operating different RATs and can also cooperate with affiliated NPs In any case an NP can rely on several alternate radio networks andtechnologies for achieving the required capacity and quality of service QoS levels in a cost efficient manner Users are directed to the most appropriate radio networks and technologies at different service area regions and time zones of the day based on profile requiremen
21. variations in traffic demands which lead to variations in the degree to which the spectrum is utilized Therefore a service s radio spectrum can be underused at certain times or geographical areas while another service may experience a shortage at the same time place Given the high economic value placed on the radio spectrum and the importance of spectrum efficiency it is clear that wastage of radio spectrum must be avoided These issues provide the motivation for a scheme called dynamic spectrum allocation DSA whichaims to manage the spectrum utilized by a converged radio system and share it between participating radio networks over space and time to increase overall spectrum efficiency as shown in Fig 3 ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 33 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 Contiguous Fragmented oqucncy Tune or region Tune oF remon Fi g 3Architecture of a terminal that operates in a composite radio environment Composite radio systems and _ reconfigurability discussed above are potential enablers of DSA systems Composite radio systems allow seamless delivery of services through the most appropriate access network and close network cooperation can facilitate the sharing not only of services but also of spectrum Figure3 Fixed spectrum allocation compared to contiguous and fragmented DSA Il PROTOCOL BOOSTERS As poi
22. zero crossing detectors as shown in the block diagram It is a circuit that detects the zero cross of the input AC supply The micro controller is Connected to the zero crossing detector the micro controller with the help of ZCD generates PWM pulse width modulation which is used for varying the intensity 3 The micro controller is also connected to a real time clock and a LCD The function of real time clock is to obtain real time The LCD connected which shows different modes The modes comprises of different intensity at different time as shown in the table below 9pm to 1 100 am Future Scope This project is helpful in bringing down load shading and if further progresses are made in the project it can be used for automation in industries Software code can be made more efficient by including the condition for cloudy atmosphere and situation in which brightness drop down during day time Manual setting of modes will not be required if code for varying day and night lengths during season change is included in software code This project can be implemented by using GSM module and modes can be set by sending SMS through cellular phone Conclusion This project is very efficient in saving power Use of Triac results in fast switching This project has greater flexibility as different modes are set for different time period As per the requirement modes can be adjusted Whole project is automatic so no Supervision
23. 2004 3 M A Song L D Van and S Y Kuo Adaptive low error fixed widthBooth multipliers IEICE Trans Fundamentals vol E90 A no 6 pp 1180 1187 Jun 2007 4 O L MacSorley High speed arithmetic in binary computers Proc IRE vol 49 pp 67 91 1961 5 L P Rubinfield A proof of the modified Booth s algorithm for multiplication IEEE Trans Comput vol C 24 pp 1014 1015 Oct 1975 ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 60 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 Mind Reading Computer Priti S Atkari 1 Arati R Ghagre 2 Leena D Lohakare 3 B E 2 yr Department of Biomedical Engineering Dr Bhausaheb Nandurkar College of Engineering amp Technology Yavatmal Abstract Mind reading is a type of negative thinking style common among those with Social anxiety disorder SAD When you mind read you believe that you know what other people are thinking about you for example that you are socially inept or awkward Mind reading is a specific type of probability overestimation which is a more general term for overestimating the likelihood that negative events It is also true that when any human being interacts with machines their mind states changes and this knowledge can be used by machines to take that action With this idea we can make a mind reading computer which can make his own decision on the bases of human expressions
24. 6 pp 707 713 Nov 2008 Marco Trincavelli Silvia Coradeschi Amy Loutfi Bo S oderquist and Per Thunberg Direct identification of bacteria in blood culture ISSN 2231 5381 26 27 28 29 http www ijettjournal org 3 samples using an electronic nose IEEE Trans Biomedical Engineering vol 57 no 12 pp 2884 2890 2010 Fructuoso Ma L L Llobet E Vilanova X Recasens I Orts J Saiz G Correig X Evaluation of electronic nose to assess fruit ripeness IEEE Sensors Journal Vol 5 no 1 pp 97 108 Feb 2005 Keller P Electronic noses and their applications Northcon Technical Applications Conference TAC 95 Sberveglieri G Coffee analysis with an electronic nose IEEE Transactions on Instrumentation and Measurement vol 51 Issue 6 pp 1334 1339 Dec 2006 Bandyopadhyay R Bhuyan M Tudu B Ghosh D Jana A Electronic nose for black tea classification and Correlation of measurement with Tea Taster marks IEEE Transactions on Instrumentation and Measurement Vol 57 no 7 pp 1334 1339 July 2008 IEEE Page 15 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 Short Term Hydrothermal Scheduling Using Fuzzy Decision Making Technique Anubhav Ranjan Tiwari Gaddam Aditya M Tech Scholar Electrical Engg Lovely Professional University India Abstract There are so many techniques for solvin
25. BCI transforms mental decisions and or reactions into control signals by analysing the bioelectrical brain activity Keywords BCI Bioelectrical Brain activity ALS I INTRODUCTION Brain Gate is a brain implant system developed by the bio tech company Cyberkinetics in 2003 in conjunction with the Department of Neuroscience at Brown University The device was designed to help those who have lost control on their limbs or other bodily functions such as patients with amyotrophic lateral sclerosis ALS or spinal cord injury The possibility of establishing a direct communication and control channel between the human brain and computers or robots has been a topic of scientific speculation and even science fiction for many years Over the past twenty years this idea has been brought to fruition by numerous research and development programs and has evolved into one of the fastest growing areas of scientific research This technology called brain computer interface BCI technology provides a new output channel for brain signals to communicate or control external devices without using the normal output pathways of peripheral nerves and muscles A BCI recognizes the intent of the user through the electrophysiological or other signals of the brain Electrophysiological signals may be recorded over the scalp underneath the scalp or within the brain other types of physiological signals may be recorded by magnetic sensors or other means I
26. Clarke apparatus are still in used today in experimental neurosurgery The first stereotactic device for humans was also developed in neurosurgery by E Spiegel and H Wycis in 1947 It was used for surgical treatment of Parkinson s disease and during time its applicability was extended for the surgical treatment of tumors vascular malformations functional neurosurgery etc The system was based both on headframes and X ray images taken for all three planes of space Fig 1 Stereotactic Headframes ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 27 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 Fig 2Halo rings Further development of stereotactic surgery was made by Brown Roberts and Wells in 1980 They have developed a halo ring that was applied on the skull during a CT scan and neurosurgical interventions This method provided improved surgical guidance and was in fact the first development of computer guided surgery Patient image registration for the head area has developed for nearly two decades on the same principle of combining CT scans with mechanical reference devices such as headframes or halo rings But the clinical experience showed that headgear is very uncomfortable to wear and even impossible to apply on little children because their lack of cooperation furthermore the headframes can create artifacts in preoperative data gathering or during surgery IV METHODOLO
27. HIFU is a new image guided non invasive technique which enables treatment of benign and malignant tumors by thermo ablation by ultrasound waves The treatment is completely guided by MRI which offers advantages for therapy planning monitoring and visualization of the treatment result MR HIFU has a broad spectrum of applications including ablation of uterine fibroids breast cancer and liver metastases Most of these applications are still under research The advantage of the non invasive character of the treatment is that it can be performed on an outpatient basis and that recovery is fast The University Medical Center Utrecht the Netherlands has a MR HIFU system that as well as for pre clinical experimental applications is used for clinical treatment of uterine fibroids Keywords HIFU thermo ablation uterine fibroid ultrasound Introduction High Intensity Focused Ultrasound HIFU or sometimes FUS for Focused Ultrasound is a highly precisemedical procedure that applies high intensity focused ultrasound energy to locally heat and destroy diseased or damaged tissue through ablation HIFU is a hyperthermia therapy a class of clinical therapies that use temperature to treat diseases HIFU is also one modality of therapeutic ultrasound involving minimally invasive or non invasive methods to direct acoustic energy into the body In addition to HIFU other modalities include ultrasound assisted drug delivery ultrasound hemosta
28. If the multiplier digit is 1 a copy of the multiplicand 1 multiplicand is placed in the proper positions if the multiplier digit is 0 a number of O digits 0 multiplicand are placed in the proper positions Consider the ISSN 2231 5381 http www iyettjournal org Page 66 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 multiplication of positive numbers The first version of the multiplier circuit which implements the shift and add multiplication method for two n bit numbers is shown in Figure Figure 3 The first version of the multiplier circuit The 2n bit product register A is initialized to 0 Since the basic algorithm shifts the multiplicand register B left one position each step to align the multiplicand with the sum being accumulated in the product register we use a 2n bit multiplicand register with the multiplicand placed in the right half of the register and with O in the left half Figure 3 12 shows the basic steps needed for the multiplication Figure 4 The first version of the multiplication algorithm Figure 4 shows the basic steps needed for the multiplication The algorithm starts by loading the multiplicand into the B register loading the multiplier into the Q register andinitializing the A register to 0 The counter N is initialized to n The least significant bit of the multiplier register QO determines whether the multiplicand is added to theproduct
29. Inverters based on new technologies have a limited emission of harmonics at lower frequencies compared to the converters used in the first generation of variable speed wind turbines Instead they produce inter harmonics at higher frequencies Due to this harmonics the wind turbines generator affects High System Losses Generator Overheating Low Power Factor Electronic Protective Device Malfunction High Telephone Interference Factor Increased generator Vibration III SYSTEM CONFIGURATION OF CONSTANT FREQUENCY UNIFIED POWER FLOW CONTROLLER A Construction The basic components of the CF UPFC 1s the voltage source inverter VSI s sharing a common DC storage capacitor and a matrix converter connected to the power system through coupling transformers One VSI is connected parallel to the transmission line via a shunt transformer while the other one is connected in series through a series transformer The series converter is connected in series with the supply through a transformer T 72 73 while shunt converter is connected in parallel with the passive filter LP 1 2 3 RP 1 2 3 and RP 1 2 3 CPC 2 3 The passive filters are used to minimize the switching oscillation in the converter output Each converter and filter consists of three single phase voltage source PWM inverters using power IGBTs The shunt converter ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 96 National Conference on Engineering Trends
30. It is a colourless odourless viscous liquid that is widely used in pharmaceutical The glycerol backbone is central to all lipids known as triglycerides OH HO OH Fig no 3 Structural formula for glycerol HLAA is used in operations on small and large animals that would be similar to human operations including the repair of cuts to blood vessels and closing holes in the wall of the heart The research found that HLAA is 50 as strong as the medical glue currently in use However when the glue is put onto patches it is possible to put it into position without the glue being washed off It 1s then fixed with UV light When the same technique is performed using thecurrent type of glue it is immediately activated when it comes into contact with the blood and is therefore harder to use Patches covered with HLAA sticks to the outer layer of the hearts of rats and could be repositioned before sticking with the UV light whereas the patches using current medical glue can t Staples and sutures have been using for decades and there has been really minimal innovation They have inherent limitations These are difficult to place in small spaces like during laparoscopic or minimally invasive procedures One example of glue that has approved is a medical grade crazy glue or super glue It s only been approved for minimaluses When we use it inside the body we actually have to dry the tissue before we apply it because it
31. RF losses The measurements are shown in fig4 30 Ar Water m 35 b Cc F U AO 4 5 1 H 1 hsa dh 45 p y 182 184 186 188 19 1 92 Frequency GHz Fig4 Measured link gain in air and water B ASK PWM Data Transfer C Fluid Propulsion The IC was designed to function with either of the described fluid propulsion mechanisms The chip and receive antenna are encapsulated in RF transparent epoxy to protect them from the fluid The leads from the electrodes are exposed to adapt the device for use with either aki the fluid propulsion methods neri 3 3 Miz Ref 10 dav i l par ve 4 A Nay Wed Wha Laem PaL Span 188 Mtr 4 ma 48 paH The setup for asymmetric fluid drag propulsion is verysimilar to MHD propulsion The device is connected to 40loops of wire which are oriented to oscillate it The prototypehas an attached fin that experiences asymmetric fluid dragwhen oscillating By changing the orientation of the magneticfield the device can ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 71 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 oscillate along the surface of the water orinto and out of the water V CONCLUSION In this work we have demonstrated a fully wireless 3mmx4mm prototype capable of controlled motion in a fluid environment requiring only a static background magnetic field generated from permanent m
32. SDSR based on are used with low VT Devices D Clock and Data Recovery The low modulation depth and fluctuating input power make it impossible to use a fixed reference voltage for the ASK threshold detector Instead a dynamic reference voltage is generated concurrently with envelope detection E Controller The digital controller receives data and clock signals from the demodulator and configures the propulsion system drivers and the adaptive loading network Data transmission begins with a 5 bit prefix that when received enables a shift register to begin accepting the 55 bit data packet F Configurable High Current Drivers The chip has 6 high current electrode drivers with configrable strength to accommodate both propulsion mechanisms Each of the drivers can be independently set to propulsion from the fristrectifire ground or left floating I V EXPERIMENTAL VERIFICATION The Experimental test verified all the elements of the design including wireless power transmission the ASK PWM data transfer the analog and digital Circuitry and the two propulsion schemes Locomotive implant amp ntegrated Cirat Fig Integrated circuit architecture A Wireless Power Transmission The transmitter consists of a signal generator a high frequency amplitude modulator a power amplifier and a 4cmx4cm loop antenna fabricated on PCB The IC was wire bonded to a 2mmx2mm antenna fabricated on a Rogers 4350 substrate to minimize
33. Science NCETMS 2014 IV CONCLUSION Preliminary findings indicated the possibility of classifying reference and asthma conditions distinctly as well as specific classifications based on the state of severity of the asthmatic grades Spectral comparisons indicate changes in protein structure increased DNA and possible presence of molecules like histamine prostaglandins leukotrienes and glycosaminoglycans GAGs Treated and untreated severe groups were classified distinctly thus indicating that treatment related changes may also be detected using RS Further subjects with other pulmonary disorders like chronic obstructive pulmonary disorder cystic fibrosis sarcoidosis tuberculosis and bronchiectasis would be included to determine disease specificity of the stated method ACKNOWLEDGMENT The authors acknowledge the assistance of Ms Kalaibhani Research Officer Department of Biostatistics All India Institute of Medical Sciences for performing the statistical analyses REFERENCES 37 1 Shifren A Witt C Christie C Castro M 2012 Mechanisms of remodeling in asthmatic airways J Allergy 2012 316049 Doi 38 2 Barrios RJ Kheradmand F Batts LK Corry DB 2006 Asthma Pathology and Pathophysiology Arch Pathol Lab Med 130 447 451 PubMed 16594736 39 3 Bloemen K Verstraelen S Van den Heuvel R Witters H Nelissen I et al 2007 The allergic cascade review of the most important molecules in the asthmat
34. Spline Interpolation IEEE transactions on multimedia vol 7 no 4 august 2005 667 Joe Diggins Detecting Cross Fades in Interlaced Video with 3 2 Film Cadence IEEE transactions on circuits and systems for video technology vol 19 no 7 July 2009 1063 Qing GeJi Jian Wei Feng Jie Zhao and Zhe Ming Lu Effective Dissolve Detection Based on Accumulating Histogram Difference and the Support Point 978 0 7695 4180 8 10 2010 JEEEDOI 10 1109 PCSPA 2010 110 Tuanfa Qin JiayuGu Huiting Chen Zhenhua Tang A Fast Shot boundary Detection based on K step Slipped Window 978 1 4244 6853 9 10 2010 IEEE Zhang xiaona Qi guoqing Wang Qiang and Zhang Tao An Improved Approach of Scene Change Detection in Archived Films 978 1 4244 5900 1 10 2010 IEEE ISSN 2231 5381 http www iettjournal org Page 120 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 Cell Breathing Techniques for Load Balancing in Wireless LANs Nikhil N Dukare Suraj D Dhale Student Department of Computer Engineering Amravati university Yavatmal Maharastra India Student Department of Computer Engineering Amravati university Yavatmal Maharastra India ABSTRACT Maximizing network throughput while providing fairness is one of the key challenges in wireless LANs WLANs This goal is typically achieved when the load of access points APs is balanced Recent studies on operational W
35. Technology is an alternative to Wired Technology which is commonly used for connecting devices in wireless mode Wi Fi Wireless Fidelity is a generic term that refers to the IEEE 802 11 communications standard for Wireless Local Area Networks WLANSs W1 Fi Network connects computers to each other to the internet and to the wired network The Wi Fi was invented in Corporation with speed 1Mb s 2Mb s Vic Hayes has been named as father of Wi Fi Europe leads Wireless phone technology U S Lead in Wi Fi systems 1991 by NCR A Wi Fi How it works The typical Wi Fi setup contains one or more Access Points APs and one or more cliets An AP broadcasts its SSID Service Set Identifier Network name via packets that are called beacons which are broadcast every 100 ms The beacons are transmitted at 1 Mbit s and are of relatively short duration and therefore do not have a significant influence on performance Since Mbit s is the lowest rate of Wi Fi it assures that the client who receives the beacon can communicate at least 1 Mbit s based on the settings e g the SSID the client may decide whether to connect to an AP Also the firmware running on the client Wi Fi card is of influence Say two APs of the same SSID are in range of the client the firmware may decide based on signal strength to which of the two APs it will connect The Wi Fi standard leaves connection criteria and roaming totally open to the client This is stre
36. Theory and Rationale for its Development Neuroimaging 2 89 101 3 Altenmuller E O W Gruhn and D Parlitz et al 1997 Music Learning Produces Changes in Brain Activation Patterns A Longitudinal DC EEG study Unit International Journal of Arts Medicine Vol 5 pp 28 34 4 Raz N U Linden Berger K M Rodriue K M Kennedy D Head and A Williamson 2005 Regional Brain Changes in Aging Healthy Adults General Trends Individual Differences and Modifiers Cerebral Cortex Vol 15 11 pp 1676 1689 5 Rossi S C Miniussi P Pasqualetti C Babiloni P M Rossini and S F Cappa 2004 Age related Functional Changes of Prefrontal Cortex in Long term Memory A Repetitive Trans cranial Magnetic Stimulation Study Journal of Neuroscience Vol 24 36 pp 7939 7944 6 Thomae H 1970 Theory of Aging and Cognitive Theory of Personality Human Development 13 pp 1 16 7 Sowell E R B S Peterson P M Thompson S E Welcome A L Henkenius and A W Toga 2003 Mapping Cortical Change across the Human Life Span Nature Neuroscience Vol 6 3 pp 309 315 8 Jung T P Makeig S Humphries C Lee TW McKeown MJ Iragui V and Sejnowski TJ Removing Electroencephalographic Artifacts by Blind Source Separation Psychophysiology 37 163 78 2000 9 Jung T P Makeig S Westerfield W Townsend J Courchesne E and Sejnowski TJ Removal of eye activity artifacts from visual ev
37. V When the above values are fed to the voltage controller d q the phase voltage U u Uv and Uw will be obtained After the anti transformed phase voltages U u U vandUw the coordinate systems are obtained Depending upon the control signal the space vector modulator produces corresponding pulse width modulation PWM signal to the matrix converter B Voltage sag swell control The function of the series APF is to compensate the voltage disturbance in the source side which is due to the fault in the distribution line at the PCC The series APF control algorithm calculates the reference value to be injected by the series Active Power Filter APF transformers comparing thepositive sequence component with the load side line voltages The proposed series APF reference voltage signal generation system is shown in Fig 4 In equation 8 supply voltages v Sabc are transformed to d q 0 coordinates 1 l l V 2 2 2 je 8 2 l m m Po t E sin a sin ax 2 sm ax 2 V T K Fa m cos t cos a r 2 cos f 2 a The voltage in d axes vSd given in 9 consists of average and oscillating components of source voltages sd v and sd v The average voltage sd v is calculated by using second order LPF low pass filter Ved Vsd T Vsd 9 The load side reference voltages v Labc are calculated as given in equation 10 The switching signals are assessed by comparing reference voltages v Labc and the load vol
38. a human of the ability to adjust the joystick of a powerwheelchair through such a tight passage 4 4 Manoeuvre in a tight corner Similarly when the chair is surrounded by obstacles e g walls doors humans it is oftendifficult to handle the situation manually The autonomous chair should try to find a break in thesurroundings and escape the confinement by itself unless instructed otherwise by the user 5 Landmark based navigation Two CCD colour cameras on board the chair are used for functions explained in 1 2 and 3 above They constantly detect the depth and size of free space ahead of the chair The cameras arealso used to identify landmarks in the environment so that the chair can travel from its presentlocation to a given destination by tracing them 6 An on board topological map is used to describe thesystem of landmarks B Hardware structure As a standard powered wheelchair model 760V has two differentially driven wheels and twofree front casters Although they are designed to rotate freely around their vertical and horizontalaxis these casters typically give fluctuations in delicate manoeuvres due to mechanical hysteresis thatexists in them because of design constraints the rotating vertical shaft of the support structure ofthe caster cannot be at the horizontal centre of the caster This sometimes causes the chair to wiggleparticularly when its orientation needs to be adjusted finely Such fine adjustmen
39. and gestures The technology of mind reading by the machines is called mind reading computer Keyword interact with machine Computer FNIRS SAD XIII Any human being expresses their feeling and thoughts with his behaviour states of mind face expressions and gestures It is also true that when any human being interacts with machines their mind states changes and this knowledge can be used by machines to take that action With this idea we can make a mind reading computer which can make his own decision on the bases of human expressions and gestures The technology of mind reading by the machines is called mind reading computer This technology can create a lot of impact on the present technology which mind blind So it is very good exercising that when we are not able to take decision than out machine can take those decision The ability to attribute mental state to other from their behaviour and to use that knowledge to guide our own action and predict those of is known as theory of mind or mind reading INTRODUCTION XIV BRAIN MACHINE INTERFACE A brain machine interface BMI is an attempt to mesh our minds with machines It is a communication channel from a human s brain to a computer which does not resort to the usual human output pathways as muscles It is about giving machine like capabilities to intelligence asking the brain to accommodate synthetic devices and learning how to control those devices much the way we
40. and therefore it can produce high quality images with manyvisual effects In addition peripheral devices such as surgical tools can be visualized in the IV image as a simple CG model For these reasons our system uses pixel distribution as the primary method for rendering IV images VI APPLICATIONS Computer assisted surgery is the beginning of a revolution in surgery It already makes a great difference in high precision surgical domains but it is also used in standard surgical procedures 1 Computer Assisted Orthopaedic Surgery Caos The application of robotic surgery is widespread in orthopaedics especially in routine interventions like total hip replacement It is also useful in pre planning and guiding the correct anatomical position of displaced bone fragments in fractures allowing a good fixation by osteosynthesis Early CAOS systems include the HipNav OrthoPilot and Praxim Computer assisted orthopaedic surgeryis a discipline where computer technology is applied pre intra and or post operatively to improve the outcome of orthopedic surgical procedures CAOS is an active research discipline which brings together orthopaedic practitioners with traditionally technical disciplines such as engineering computer science and robotics The principal idea behind CAOS is that operative outcomes will be improved through the use of computer technology Taking the example of joint replacement the task of the surgeon is to integrat
41. article investigates alternative methods to produce calibration technique for the stents related to nationalstandards In order to provide accurate clinical dosimeter calibration of these sources is required Air kerma strength this calculated after charge is collected in an ionization chamber at consecutive distances from a stationary source known as the seven distance technique This technique has been extended to a Low Dose Rate LDR 192Ir source in preparation to measure the 198Au stents The emitted gamma ray energies are similar for these two isotopes 198Au E gamma 405 keV and 192Ir E gamma 397keV so this should be an effective calibration tool for198 Au radioactive stents i Fig 1 Radioactive Stents IMI FRICTION IN STENTS Friction is a component in stents that can be an advantage and a disadvantage First because friction can be good so that it doesn t slide ISSN 2231 5381 http www 1jettjournal org Page 78 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 from its specific place in the artery Friction can also be a disadvantage because it is very difficult to deploy it in the artery The deployment of a stent it 1s difficult to advance a balloon catheter as more friction between the wire and the vessel wall exists in a small vessel very low profile balloons are frequently used Deployment of stents in small vessels may be more challenging Frict
42. centroid of the cluster area and its energy is greater than the average residual energy of nodes in the cluster reducing the energy consumption for inside cluster communications References 1 Mao Xiaofeng Yang Min et al SURVEY ON WIRELESSSENSOR NETWORK APPLICATIONS Computer Applicationsand Software Vol 25 No 3 2008 pp 179 181 doi CNKI SUN JYRJ 0 2008 03 068 in Chinese 2 Akkaya K Younis M A survey on routing protocols for wirelesssensor networks Ad Hoc Networks Vol 3 2005 pp 325 349 doi 10 1016 j adhoc 2003 09 010 3 Heinzelman W Chandrakasan A Balakrishnan H Energyefficientcommunication protocol for wireless microsensor networks Proc Of the 33rd Annual Hawaii Intl Conf on SystemSciences HICSS 33 Maui EEE Computer Society 2000 pp 3005 3014 4 Heinzelman W B Chandrakasan A P Balakrishnan H Anapplication specific protocol architecture for wireless microsensornetworks IEEE Trans on Wireless Communications Vol 1 No 4 2002 pp 660 670 doi 10 1109 TWC 2002 804190 5 Wu Xinhua Wang Sheng Performance Comparison of LEACH andLEACH C Protocols by NS2 Proc of the 9th InternationalSymposium on Distributed Computing and Applications to Business Engineering and Science DCABES 2010 IEEE Computer Society Aug 2010 pp 254 258 doi 10 1109 DCABES 2010 58 6 C Intanagonwiwat R Govindan and D Estrin Directed diffusion Ascalable and robust comm
43. distributed systems consisting of interconnected nodes able to self organize into network topologies with the purpose of sharing resources such as content CPU cycles storage and bandwidth capable of adapting to failures and accommodating transient populations of nodes while maintaining acceptable connectivity and performance without requiring the intermediation or support of a global centralized server or authority In a peer to peer P2P network every machine plays the role of client and server at the same time Although a P2P network has a number of advantages over the traditional client model in terms of efficiency and fault tolerance additional security threats can be introduced Peer to peer P2P is an alternative network model to that provided by traditional client server architecture P2P networks use a decentralized model in which each machine referred to as a peer functions as a client with its own layer of server functionalityl A peer plays the role of a client and a server at the same time That is the peer can initiate requests to other peers and at the same time respond to incoming requests from otherpeers on the network It differs from the traditional client server model where a client can only send requests to a server and then wait for the server s response 4 NETWORK ROUTING Packets are to be routed from source to destination Such packets we need transverse many cross points similar to traffic inters
44. filter would be a Notch filter designed for 50Hz which is to remove the noise due to power supply The processed signal would then be sent to DAQ Card The sampling rate will be set to 1000 samples second or 1000 Hz The DAQ unit performs analog to digital conversion Therefore the sampled data that will be read into the LabVIEW or MATLAB will be a continuous stream of discrete data points of double precision This data would be further processed in LabVIEW or MATLAB to detect the chances of atherosclerosis by analysing the acquired signal input Signal from Signal Processing Amplifior PVDF Sensors using Filters Further processing in computer using LabVIEW or Matlab DAQ Card A D conversion Fig 7 Block diagram of proposed device XII CONCLUSION Atherosclerosis is one of the major diseases which is caused by the abnormality in arterial pulse The abnormality is mainly caused by development of cholesterol in artery smoking diabetes obesity Analysis of blood pressure pulse wave velocity and measurement cardio ankle vascular index CAVI helps us to determine the disease at the early stage AS we know pulse wave velocity PWV and CAVI are the predictor of cardiac diseases and analysis of them is very important to detect the disease ACKNOWLEDGMENT We would like to thank VIT University to give us this opportunity to do this project We also would like to thank our guide Dr Shaik Jameel for his timely support e
45. frequent battery recharging while the whole goal of ZigBee is for a user to be able to put a couple of batteries in the devices and forget about them for months to years In timing critical applications ZigBee is designed to respond quickly while Bluetooth takes much longer and could be detrimental to the application Thus a user could easily use both technologies as a wireless solution in a PAN to suit all types of applications within that network 6 After that for wireless internet access we have used WI FI technology Wi Fi stands for wireless fidelity Wi Fi technology builds on IEEE 802 11 standards 7 Wi Fi allows the deployment of local area networks LANs without wires for client devices typically reducing the costs of network deployment and expansion Spaces where cables cannot be run such as outdoor areas and historical buildings can host wireless LANs It is based on JEEE802 11 established in 1990 7 But Wi Fi has some limitations like Wi Fi technology is still using local area network LAN for the predictable future with some limited speed of data transmission to overcome this problem WIMAX is work which provides faster speed but has coverage up to 50 km which interconnects the LAN amp MAN also compared with WI FI range is limited 8 In 1998 the IEEE The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers began standards project to specify a point to multipoint broadband wireless access system suitable for
46. giving someone permission to do or have something In multi user computer systems a system administrator defines for the system which users are allowed access to the system and what privileges of use such as access to which file directories hours of access amount of allocated storage space and so forth Assuming that someone has logged in to a computer operating system or application the system or application may want to identify what resources the user can be given during this session Thus authorization is sometimes seen as both the preliminary setting up of permissions by a system administrator and the actual checking of the permission values that have been set up when a user is getting access Logically authorization is preceded by authentication M TYPES OF BIOMETRIC AND OTHER TYPE OF AUTHENTICATION Types of biometric authentication gt Fingerprint recognition Fingerprint is the most widely used form of authentication where the pattern of a user s fingerprint is used It can be deployed in a broad range of environments and provides flexibility and increased system accuracy by allowing users to enroll multiple fingers in the template system gt Facial recognition It uses data related to the unique facial features of a user It involves analyzing facial characteristics It is a unique biometric in that it does not require the cooperation of the scanned individual it can utilize almost any high resolution image acquisi
47. implementing security mechanisms themselves Though being a local solution because of the specific e ID implementation the framework both provides identity verification for the consumers via multi factor authentication and verifies the merchants institutional info to ensure a safe path of payment from the consumers bank accounts to the merchants bank accounts The deficiency of the E Commerce transactions has enforced people to research new methodologies One of such methodologies is Visa s Verified by Visa program which has been then adopted by MasterCard as MasterCard SecureCode and by JCB International as J Secure This program introduces a password protection mechanism to online credit card transactions The approach is based on a protocol called 3D Secure In this protocol the credit card issuer bank approves the fund transfer after authenticating the cardholder via a previously defined password for which the user is prompted during an online credit card transaction However being an easy to use system especially for the users the strength the protocol offers by password approach has also become the weakness because of phishing and key loggers The side effect to the user is keeping the password secret IL AUTHENTICATION AND AUTHERIZATION Authentication Authentication is verification of the identity of the entity requesting access to a system It is the process of determining whether someone or somethin
48. in a desiccator s overnight and again dried in an oven at 40 C In this way different samples copolymer PTh PANI were prepared with different concentration 2 6M of FeCl The IR spectra of powders were recorded on Shimadzu Model 8201 FTIR in the KBr medium at room temperature in the region 3900 450 cm at a 0 97 cm resolution averaging 16 scans 3 Results and Discussion The FTIR spectrum Fig 1 of the sample of 1 4 M concentrations was taken to confirm the copolymerization of aniline thiophene monomer mixture FTIR spectrum of PTh PANI characteristics bands observed at 1576 1457 1366 1134 911 cm is six principal absorption peaks were observed in FTIR spectrum The peaks at 1590 cm and 1508 cm are assigned to C C ring stretching vibrations The peaks at 1292 cm correspond to NH bending The corresponding peaks for the polyaniline salt appear at 1593 1505 1292 1246 and 845 cm respectively The peak at 2388 cm could be attributed as due to N H stretching mode and the 1685cm 1 bands to the N H bending vibration 8 The peak value 697cm may be assigned to C Cl stretching The peak value 2923 cm was assigned to C H stretching vibration in PTh The bands 1458 1596 cm may be assigned to C C stretching in PTh The C H in plane bending and C S bending were observed at 1118 cm and 747 cm respectively 9 The peaks value 1424 1180 907 637 cm may be assigned to the copolymer ISS
49. increase of the number of active users in a cell causes the increase of the total interference sensed at the base station Therefore in congested cells users need to transmit with higher power to maintain a certain signal to interference ratio at the receiving base station As the users in a congested cell increase their transmission power they also increase their interference to the neighboring cells since all cells use the same frequency in CDMA networks As a result the overall network capacity may decrease Furthermore since the maximal transmission power of the users is bounded the users who are far from the base station may experience poor services To overcome these problems the cell breathing approach was proposed In essence they reduce the size of congested cells PROPOSED SYSTEM we address the problem of minimizing the load of the congested APs Let us call the AP with the maximal load as congested AP and its load as congestion load We designed two polynomial time algorithms that find optimal solutions one for the complete knowledge model and the other for the limited knowledge model These results are intriguing because similar load balancing problems are known to be strong NP hard It is particularly interesting that a polynomial time optimal algorithm exists for the limited knowledge model Second we address the problem of min max load balancing This is a strong NP hard problem In it is ISSN 2231 5381 http
50. is evident that the concept of E Nose is applied in the field of health care environment and food industry Currently the biggest market for electronic noses is the food industry Applications of electronic noses in the food industry include inspection of food quality by odour control of food cooking processes inspection of fish monitoring the fermentation process checking rancidity of milk etc In food industry quality assurance systems need to be rapid and more accurate Generally qualitative assessment of food spoilage is made by human sensory panels that evaluate air samples and discriminate which food products are good or unacceptable Bacterial contamination of food and drinks can generate unpleasant odours and toxic substances Therefore different industries are interested in the application of E Nose both for monitoring of storage quality degradation and for detecting microbial contaminants Electronic nose can be used for accurately detection for all contaminations in the food product In some instances E Nose can be used to augment or replace panels of human experts In other cases E Nose can be used to reduce the amount of analytical chemistry that is performed in food in food production especially when qualitative results will do 3 PROPOSED METHODOLOGY DURING THE TENURE OF THE RESEARCH WORK The demand of E nose in food or dairy industry 1s growing because of its versatility and ease of operation of these instruments make
51. is required AC power is controlled successfully In case of power failure RTC takes care of time and corresponding modes So this project is efficient and cheap and maintenance free References 1 Hirak Patangia Sri Nikhil Gupta Gourisetti Real Time Harmonic elimination using a modified carrier CONTELECOMP Mexico Feb 2012 2 Linear Electronics Circuit by Ramakant Gaikawad page 21 3 Communication Engineering by Davis Kennedy page 104 ISSN 2231 5381 http www 1ettjournal org Page 38 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 Wheelchairs for the Handicapped Based On Artificial Intelligence Nikhil S Bodhale Pankaj M Ingle 7 1 amp 2 Student of Mechanical Engineering Dr Bhausaheb Nandurkar College of Engineering and Technology Amravati University Yavatmal India Abstract A brief survey of research in the development of autonomy in wheelchairs is presented and to build a series of intelligent autonomous wheelchairs is discussed A standardized autonomy management system that can be installed on readily available power chairs which havebeenwell engineered over the years has been developed and tested A _ behaviour based approach wasused to establish sufficient on board autonomy at minimal cost and material usage while achievinghigh efficiency sufficient safety transparency in appearance and extendability So far the add onsystem has been insta
52. linear least square and in each of the following iterations the motion vectors that have large bias from the model estimated in the previous iteration are removed before re estimating the camera motion model Video with these significant camera and object motion large view point changes and significant object motion between the consecutive frames brings the significant appearance variance In thispaper we present a camera motion approach which work affectively for video indexing 2 Object Motion Analysis Object motion analysis includes moving object detection and tracking Object detection in videos involves verifying the presence of an object in image sequences and possibly locating it precisely for recognition To distinguish difference moving object motion classifications is done by classifying object motion into several levels according to corresponding position orientation and magnitude XXXVI RESULT Finally the result that we have observed manually and the result obtained from algorithm are tabulated and considered for the determination of recall and precision Manual Observations ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 118 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science FADE FADE 2 z ROLE POLE Pe CLIP CLIPS5 FADE DISSOLVE FADE i DISSPLVE 7 FADE FADE DISSOLVE 20 FADE 34 FADE 4 Table 1 Manual Observation CLIP 10 Result from Algorithm The
53. of sensors have been elaborated by PCA in order to obtain a classification of the data clusters related to different milk ageing days and so track the dynamic evolution of milk rancidity Graham E Searle and Julian W Gardner 23 presented linear black box inverse models for an E nose system that can be successfully employed for strain classification of cyanobacteria The models performed as well as the previously employed artificial neural network techniques with the advantage that they require less computing power to implement However for the more complex problem of growth phase classification the technique was only moderately successful failing to compete with the results obtained elsewhere using nonlinear neural network techniques Thus such modeling techniques could be appropriate for use in relatively simple applications where available computing power is limited such as in a handheld ISSN 2231 5381 http www 1iettjournal org Page 12 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 instrument Future refinements of the techniques could make them suitable for more challenging classification problems where currently artificial neural networks are most suitable Vassilis S Kodogianniset al 24 presented an alternative approach based on gas sensing technology was taken to investigate the suitability of such a system as a point of care device It should be emphasized here that this sys
54. of the user without waiting for explicit input from that user There are difficult challenges ISSN 2231 5381 http www iettjournal org Page 61 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 Thra eae Fig l processing stages in the mind read Using a digital video camera the mind reading computer system analyses a person s facial expressions in real time and infers that person s underlying mental state such as whether he or she is agreeing or disagreeing interested or bored thinking or confused Prior knowledge of how particular mental states are expressed in the face is combined with analysis of facial expressions and head gestures occurring in real time The model represents these at different granularities starting with face and head movements and building those in time and in space to form a clearer model of what mental state is being represented Software from never vision identifies 24 feature points on the face and tracks them in real time Movement shape and colour are then analyzed to identify gestures like a smile or eyebrows being raised Combinations of these occurring over time indicate mental states The relationship between observable head and facial displays and the corresponding hidden mental states Over time is modelled using Dynamic Bayesian Networks The mind reading computer system presents information about your mental state as easily as a keyboard and mo
55. out and fade in are used to describe a transition to and from a blank image In the fade in effect the totally dark image change into the bright one while in case of the fade out the bright one convert into dark gradually b Dissolve Like the fade a dissolve involves gradually changing the visibility of the picture However rather than transitioning from a shot to a color a dissolve is when a shot changes into another shot gradually Dissolves like cuts can be used to create a link between two different objects a man telling a story and a visual of his story for instance c Wipe A wipe involves one shot replacing another travelling from one side of the frame to another Think of a vertical line passing from the right side of the frame to the left On the left side of this line we have shot A and on the right side of this line is shot B When this line reaches the left edge of the frame shot B will completely fill the scene and the transition ISSN 2231 5381 http www iettjournal org Page 82 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 is complete This example describes a vertical line wipe though this is but one type of wipe Another common type of wipe uses objects in the scene rather than an invisible vertical line One interesting application of this creates the illusion of a camera passing through the ceiling of the bottom floor of a multi story house to the ground
56. policies and is checked for errors like runtime errors long run errors and other maintenances like table verification and reports UNIT TESTING Unit testing verification efforts on the smallest unit of software design module This is known as Module Testing The modules are tested separately This testing is carried out during programming stage itself In these testing steps each module is found to be working satisfactorily as regard to the expected output from the module INTEGRATION TESTING Integration testing is a systematic technique for constructing tests to uncover error associated within the interface In the project all the modules are combined and then the entire programmer is tested as a whole In the integration testing step all the error uncovered is corrected for the next testing steps APPLICATION gt In mobile networks nowadays using cell breathing technology for roaming purpose to avoid overload in home network gt Cell breathing method which finds deterministic global optimal solutions for providing fairness to get the digital voice Clarity FUTURE ENHANCE gt In future we can introduce this cell breathing technology in internet connection mainly in WIFI technology Already in this project we proved that by using this method we can avoid the network traffic or overload on APs gt If we apply this technology on WIFI connection means we can increase the speed of the internet and get connection conti
57. regulation This integration the compensator compensates all the power quality issue for fixed speed induction wind generator Simulation results are presented to confirm that this approach has better performance over the existing power quality conditioners for FSTWG connected with micro grid Keywords Micro Grid UPFC Matrix converter CF UPFC FSIWG XXX INTRODUCTION A micro grid is a combination of interconnected distributed generators loads and intermediate storage units that cooperate with each other to be collectively treated by the grid Micro grid can operate in grid connected mode or in island mode In grid connected mode the micro grid either draws or supplies power to the main grid depending on the generation and load Power quality events and pre set conditions will make the micro grid disconnect from the main grid and operate as a separate island Typical micro gird sources include combustion engines small wind turbines and photovoltaic systems 1 The main problem in micro grid is power quality issues when connected to heavy loads If the load increases frequency and voltage will vary 2 If the supply frequency and voltage varies beyond the power quality the utility equipment may not work properly R K SHARMA H O D Department of Power Electronics andDrives Lovely professional university Punjab India A unified power flow controller is an advanced concept in the power quality control field The unified
58. s just so highly reactive ISSN 2231 5381 http www iettjournal org Page 47 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 hue being applied te open incision Fig no 4 Image of glue being applied to open incision c Implantation The glue is viscous and it is in a liquid state so we can inject it We can even paint it on We can place this onto the surface of a patch like material and then we can deploy this So in some instances we may use the glue alone by injecting through a minimally invasive device for example wherever we inject the glue as soon as it hits a surface because it s so viscous it just stays there Then also what is found which is quite fascinating is that the glue is able to penetrate into the tissue So it actually goes into the tissue fibres and then when we shine UV light this actually cures and locks the glue into place In other instances we can coat it on the surface of a patch and even a biodegradable patch so the entire system the glue and the patch will degrade We can shine a fairly low level of intensity of light over a short period of time So typically it only takes maybe 5 to 30 seconds to get a complete cure So we in our initial experiments we actually looked at this in extensive detail and found intensities of light that did damage the tissue But then we were able to scale that back and it still achieved a strong fast cure withou
59. set of videos that we have considered for manual observation is given as an input to the Matlab code and the result obtained from the programme is tabulated in the table 2 FADE aa L a mr e n me i eee CLIP 3 NCETMS 2014 FADE CLIP 6 FADE CLIP 7 FADE FADE 5 FADE oe DISSOLVE 1 CLIP 10 FADE Table 2 Result from Algorithm XXXVII FUTURE EXPANSION AND CONCLUSIONS In this paper we have proposed an efficient method for detecting gradual transitions Also shot boundary detection method using colour histogram difference as the main feature of analysis in front of camera and moving objects In this paper an effective camera and object motion analysis approach for video analysis is considered The experimental results show that our method especially works effectively on shots from action movies which contain more significant camera motions and object motions In this paper we have proposed an efficient method for detecting dissolve type gradual transitions Recall values obtained by this algorithm are in the 77 85 range while precision values are in the 66 82 range The main contributions of this paper are the threshold of proposed algorithm can be determined theoretically A binomial distribution model is used to distinguish real dissolves from motion As most general motions can be filtered out by using a very low threshold a real dissolve effect can be easily detected REFERENCE
60. source and target accounts and the certificates of sides ensure the integrity of IVP and ODP and protect the transaction from malicious attempts Another approach is using virtual credit card number in online payments In this approach a credit card holder is assigned a virtual credit card that shares the same account as the cardholder s physical credit card It can be used in online transactions as a traditional credit card until its expiry date The virtual card has a card number a CVC number an expiry date and a flexible monetary limit that can be redefined by the user prior to a transaction and reset periodically The advantage offered by a virtual credit card is that even if the credit card number is stolen together with other details it cannot be used until the user redefines a new temporary limit for a new transaction Though decreased the theft possibility occurs between the time span starting with a limit redefinition and ending with a transaction or ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 7 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 periodical reset An alternative to virtual credit card which can be used several times is the Single Use Card Number In this approach the card issuing bank provides the user a single use card number which expires after single use in a transaction This approach limits fraud possibility and defeats the key loggers because of single use
61. swarm optimization technique and with the use of modular and software method for solving the hydrothermal optimization problem etc 3 5 The basic aim of hydro thermal scheduling is to minimize the generation cost of the power system however to meet environmental regulations enforced in current years Emission control has turn into one of the important operational aim in thermal power generation there are so many gaseous pollutants like SO CO2 NO from thermal generating plants In scheduling of hydro thermal power plant the main concern is to minimize these gaseous pollutants as well as cost and losses but here we reducing only the emissions of oxides of carbons and oxides of sulphur In hydrothermal co ordination our main concern is to minimize the overall cost of the operating system and to reduce the losses as well as gaseous pollutants subject to the operating constraint of hydro and thermal plants over the optimization interval The integrated operation of hydro thermal system is divided into two separate problems long range problem and short range problem The validity of time period for long range problem is ranges from 1 year to several years and for short range problem hour by hour scheduling is required Since the time period for the short range is small so the water inflows and loads are considered fully known with complete certainty II ECONOMIC LOAD DISPATCH PROBLEM In the objective problem formulation two important in a
62. that arises when each authenticator is used alone in an authentication scenario In other words hacking one s secret password is easier than hacking the password and fingerprint together Thereby multi factor authentication provides a more reliable infrastructure than a traditional password authentication scheme Biometric ID card implements the three categories of MFA as follows 1 What you know is the PIN of the e ID card 2 What you have is the smart card that is issued by the government to the citizen and 3 Who you are is the biometric data of the citizen saved securely in the smart card or a central database for biometric authentication and play the key role in identification As being passwords that are physically bound to human and not needed to be memorized biometrics provides more reliable identity verification Is this person who he claims to be Consequently if the used biometric verification system is powerful enough it nearly becomes impossible to perform an online transaction without the customer s knowledge even if someone steals her card and PIN somehow Another advantage of biometric ID card is that the e ID system provides an authentication scheme that is approved by the governmental authorities This introduces a more legitimate and central identity verification framework which can be utilized in different applications Hence various organizations such as health care institutions ban
63. that the other parties contact but every single entity is able to initiate a connection directly with all other entities Routing in computer networks refers to the process of discovering selecting and employing paths from one node to another in the network Routing involves two basic activities determining optimal routing paths and transporting information packets through an inter network Routing protocols use metrics to evaluate what path will be the best for a packet to travel Routing determines the overall performance of a network in terms of throughput and transmission delay Routing process involves building forward tables one for each node in the network which tell incoming data which link to use to continue their travel towards the destination node 4 While directing traffic from source to destination the goal of the routing algorithm is to maximize the network performance and minimize costs ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 131 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 A P2P system can take many forms Email Internet Relay Chat and Napster are all examples of P2P systems Routing on these networks is either centralized or statically configured and is therefore unproblematic Another class of P2P networks 1s the overlay network Overlay networks build a virtual topology on top of the physical links of the network Nodes leave and join this network dynamically
64. the initiator of a message from those who are forwarding the requests Crowds will try to provide sender s anonymity from all the nodes in the network along with the receiver On the other hand it provides receiver anonymity only from adversaries and not from the sender The other drawbacks of Crowds include they failed to defend against denial of service attacks by rogue crowd members Also the anonymity of sender is exposed to local eavesdropper B Onion Routing Onion routing is a technique developed by David Goldschlag Michael Reed and Paul Syverson for anonymous communication over a network This technique is developed based on David Chaum s mix networks The main goal of this protocol is to protect the identity of an initiator and responder of a message and also the content of the message while it is traversing over the network Routing onions is the core concept used by this protocol for anonymous communication This concept deals with encoding routing information in a set of encrypted layers The anonymous communication between two nodes in this protocol happens in the following way When an initiator wants to establish anonymous communication with a responder he will approach application proxy This will in turn forward this message to Onion proxy Onion proxy will randomly select some routers and establish a route constructing an Onion This Onion is a recursively layered data structure that contains the information ab
65. the tap ECG on the graphical LCD GLCD as well as the digital signal processor is able to capture the tap ECG as shown on the graphical window in Code Composer 3x 4x Nevertheless this system design has laid the ground work for standalone operation in ECG monitoring purposes by using digital signal processor for real time signal processing The hardware system is ready to run any processing algorithm related to ECG The algorithm can be continuously changed and tested to improve system performance and efficiency VI REFERENCES 1 Goh Chun Seng Sh Hussain Salleh J M Najeb I Kamarulafizam Mahyar Hamedi and Alias Md Noor Design and development of standalone DSP prototype for QT interval processing and monitoring Accepted 30 March 2012 2 Barold S and S J Norman Jeff Holter Father of ambulatory ECG monitoring Journal of Interventional Cardiac Electrophysiology Vol 14 No 2 117 118 Springer 2005 3 Garvey J L ECG techniques and technologies Emergency Medicine Clinics of North America Vol 24 No 1 209 225 Elsevier 2005 4 Trusov A A I Chepurko A R Schofield and A M Shkel A standalone programmable signal processing unit for versatile characterization of MEMS gyroscopes IEEE Conferences 2007 ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettiournal or Page 55 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 Vision Based Hand Gesture Recognition f
66. the femoral artery AP is Ps Pd p is the blood viscosity and a and b are constants for converting a CAVI value to a value obtained by Hasegawa s method 12 13 Fig 3 CAVI Measurement CAVI is calculated using PWV from the aortic valve origin to the ankle region and blood pressure measured at the upper arm Fig 3 The formula for CAVI uses the Bramwell Hill s equation which represents the relationship between PWV and volume change 10 and is derived from the stiffness A Factors that affect CAVI Increase in CAVI is due to Aging Male Arteriosclerotic diseases Haemodialysis patients cerebral infarction Coronary artery disease chronic kidney diseases Arteriosclerosis risks Diabetes mellitus Hypertension Dyslipidemia Metabolic syndrome Smoking Decrease in CAVI is due to Weight reduction Glucose control insulin Glimepiride Blood pressure control ARB CA antagonist Cholesterol control Statin EPA and Smoking cessation IX ACQUIRED DATA The below Table III systematically shows the acquired data from both normal and disease patient And followed by it Fig 4 Fig 5 Fig 6 shows the graphical representation of acquired data ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 24 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 TABLE III pata fee eee DONDOO Pelle Ton a OODEN Cd else alr Pf els el a Pelee eee ele ACQUIRED
67. the power level of the congested APs until any of the congested APs reaches to the minimal power level This will shift users from congested APs to their neighbors and the set of congested APs and their load may change during the execution of the algorithm A complete knowledge model is feasible when all users collect the RSSI information from all of the nearby APs Such a feature is suggested for instance in the IEEE 802 11 k proposal Unfortunately this feature is currently not available in most existing WLANs We use this model as a building block for the limited knowledge solution FEASIBILITY STUDY The feasibility of the project is analyzed in this phase and business proposal is put forth with a very general plan for the project and some cost estimates During system analysis the feasibility study of the proposed system is to be carried out This is to ensure that the proposed system is not a burden to the company For feasibility analysis some understanding of the major requirements for the system is essential Three key considerations involved in the feasibility analysis are gt ECONOMICAL FEASIBILITY gt TECHNICAL FEASIBILITY gt SOCIAL FEASIBILITY ECONOMICAL FEASIBILITY This study is carried out to check the economic impact that the system will have on the organization The amount of fund that the company can pour into the research and development of the system is limited The expenditures must be justified Thus th
68. them on crowded buses without being overheard The finding raises issues about the application of such tools for screening suspected terrorists as well as for predicting future dangerousness more generally We are closer than ever to the crime prediction technology of Minority Report _The day when computers will be able to recognize the smallest units in the English language the 40 odd basic sounds or phonemes out of which all words or verbalized thoughts can be constructed Such skills could be put to many practical uses The pilot of a high speed plane or spacecraft for instance could simply order by thought alone some vital flight information for an all purpose cockpit display There would be no need to search for the right dials or switches on a crowded instrument panel The initial success doesn t mean it will scale up he told New Scientist Small vocabulary isolated word recognition is a quite different problem than conversational speech not just in scale but in kind APPLICATION e Help paralytic patient e Help handicapped people e Help comma patient e Help people who cant speak e Can be use for military purposes and sting operation e Eliminate the capability to lie Conclusion Tufts University researchers have begun a three year research project which if successful will allow computers to respond to the brain activity of the computer s user Users wear futuristic looking headbands to shine light on the
69. to a single usually connected LAN device in most cases an ethernet hub or switch allowing wireless devices to communicate with any other device on the LAN 2 Wireless Routers A wireless router integrates a wireless access point with an ethernet switch and an ethernet router The integrated switch connects the integrated access point and the integrated ethernet router internally and allows for external wired ethernet LAN devices to be connected as well as a usually single WAN device such as a cable modem or DSL modem A wireless router advantageously allows all three devices mainly the access point and router to be configured through one central configuration utility usually through an integrated web server However one disadvantage is that one may not decouple the access point so that it may be used elsewhere 3 Wireless Ethernet Bridge A wireless Ethernet bridge connects a wired network to a wireless network This is different pointfrom an accessin the sense that an access point connects wirelessdevices to awired network at the data link layer Two wireless bridges may be used to connect two wired networks over a wireless link useful in situations where a wired connection may be unavailable such as between two separate homes 4 Range Extender A wireless range extender or wireless repeater can increase the range of an existing wireless network by being strategically placed in locations where a wireless signal is suffici
70. upon deterministic cost function result in the lowest expected overall cost The proposed method provide the means to consider 1 The inaccuracies and uncertainties in the hydrothermal schedule 2 Allowed explicit trade off between overall operating cost NOx emission and risk level with the weightage given and 3 And provide the decision maker with the best solution from the non inferior solution with the help of fuzzy set theory In this paper also we are using a fuzzy decision making technique in order to get the overall minimum production cost of the entire hydrothermal system And also for the minimization of gaseous pollutants like NO emission SO amp CO emissions REFERENCES 1 D P Kothari J S Dhillan optimal hydro thermal scheduling power system optimization pg 249 2 J S Dhillan S C Parti D P Kothari fuzzy decision making in multi objective long term scheduling of hydro thermal systeml 19 april 2000 3 S D kavatza G C Contexis hydro thermal scheduling of power system with stochastic inflowsl department of EE national technical university of Athens Greece 4 M M salama M M elgazar et al optimal generation scheduling of multi chain hydro thermal system using constriction factor based particle swarm optimization techniquel international journal of scientific and research publication vol 3 issue4 april2013 5 S D Kavatza G C Contaxis hydrothermal scheduling of power system with stochasti
71. www ijettjournal org Page 122 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 proved that there exists no algorithm that guarantees any coordinate wise approximation ratio and the approximation ratio of any prefix sum approximation algorithm is at least nlogn where n is the number of APs In this paper we solve a variant of this min max problem termed min max priority load balancing whose optimal solution can be calculated in polynomial time for both knowledge models Here the AP load is defined as an ordered pair of the aggregated load contributions of its associated users and a unique AP priority REQUIREMENTS SPECIFICATION 1 HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS e System Pentium IV 2 4 GHz e Hard disk 40 GB e Floppy drive 1 44 MB e Monitor 15 VGA colour e Mouse Logitech e RAM 256 MB 2 SOFTWARE REQUIREMENTS e Operating system Windows XP 7 e Front End Visual Studio 2010 e Coding Language Visual C Net e Back End Sql Server 2008 SYSTEM DESIGN ANALYSIS AND DESIGN Software design sits at the technical kernel of the software engineering process and is applied regardless of the development paradigm and area of application Design is the first step in the development phase for any engineered product or system The designer s goal is to produce a model or representation of an entity that will later be built Beginning once system requirement have been specified an
72. 013 Cardio Ankle Vascular Index CAVI andits Potential Clinical Implications for Cardiovascular Disease Cardiol Pharmacol 2 108 doi 10 4172 cpo 1000108 10 Bramwell JC Hill AV 1922 Velocity of the pulse wave in man Proc Roy SocB 93 298 306 11 Hayashi K Handa H Nagasawa S Okumura A Moritake K 1980 Stiffnessand elastic behavior of human intracranial and extracranial arteries J Biomech13 175 184 12 Hasegawa M 1970 Fundamental research on human aortic pulse wavevelocity Jikei Medical Journal 85 742 760 13 Hasegawa M Arai C 1995 Clinical Estimation of vascular elastic function andpractical application Connective Tissue 27 149 157 10 11 12 13 ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 26 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 Computer Assisted Navigation Surgery Vaibhav Zamre Mohanish Chandurkar Ss tudentof Biomedical engineering Departmentof AmravatiUniversity Yavatmal India Abstract Modern minimally invasive surgery has made huge advances in both technique and technology However the minimally invasive surgeon is still faced with daunting challenges in terms of visualization and hand eye co ordination We have been developing a set of techniques for assisting surgeons in navigating and manipulating the three dimensional space within the human body Despite rapid developments in the research areas medi
73. 2 Fv Fv denotes the total number of video Stage IX Adaptive Threshold In this stage we are calculating the adaptive threshold for the two consecutive frames which are under observation The threshold is given by following formula Threshold M D Thresold factor x STD 5 The mentioned threshold is adaptive as the mean deviation and the standard deviation are changing for every consecutive frame The threshold factor is initialized as 1 If we have initialized the threshold factor less than 1 then we get less threshold value and wise versa we will have larger threshold value if we have initialized the threshold factor greater than 1 XII EXPERIMENTAL RESULT Now to show the algorithm is effective we have calculated the abrupt transition 1 e cut detection precision and recall The formulae for calculating recall and precision are as below correct Recall MM correct missed correct Precision correct false RECALL 70 60 82 70 VIDEO Video Video 2 74 90 83 10 Video 3 62 50 75 01 Video 4 69 00 81 53 Video 5 72 60 88 36 Video 6 82 93 91 42 Video 7 65 81 85 00 71 19 83 87 Average Table Experimental results XIII CONCLUSION amp FUTURE SCOPE An effective shot change detection system using multi stage algorithm is presented After detecting a shot we can extract the KEY frame from the video Histogram method is very time consuming process but the
74. 3 The TMS320VC33 DSP is a 32 bit floating point processor manufactured in 0 18 um four level metal ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettiournal or Page 53 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 CMOS Timeline technology The TMS320VC33 is part of the TMS320C3x generation of DSPs from Texas Instruments The TMS320C3x s internal busing and special digital signal processing instruction set have the speed and flexibility to execute up to 150 million floating point operations per second MFLOPS The TMS320VC33o0ptimizes speed by implementing functions in hardware that other processors implement through software or microcode This hardware intensive approach provides performance previously unavailable on a single chip The TMS320VC33 can perform parallel multiply and ALU operations on integer or floating point data in a single cycle Each processor also possesses a general purpose register file a program cache dedicated ARAUs internal dual access memories one DMA channel supporting concurrent I O and a short machine cycle time High performance and ease of use are the results of these features General purpose applications are greatly enhanced by the large address space multiprocessor interface internally and externally generated wait states one external interface port two timers one serial port and multiple interrupt structure The TMS320C3x supports a wide variety of system applicatio
75. 445001 Abstract There are different entities that one would like to optimize when designing a VLSI circuit These entities can often not be optimized simultaneously only improve one entity at the expense of one or more others can be the target The design of an efficient multiplier circuit in terms of power area and speed simultaneously has become a_ very challenging problem In Very Large Scale Integration low power VLSI design is necessary Multiplication occurs frequently in finite impulse response filters fast Fourier transforms convolution and many other important DSP systems The objective of a good multiplier is to provide a physically compact good speed and low power consuming chip To save significant power consumption of a VLSI design it is a good direction to reduce its dynamic power that is the major part of total power dissipation In this paper we made a performance wise comparison of different multipliers The booth multiplier will reduce the number of partial products generated by a factor of 2 The adder will avoid the unwanted addition and thus minimize the switching power dissipation This paper presents study of an efficient implementation of high speed multiplier like serial multiplier parallel multiplier array multiplier shift amp add multiplier Booth multiplier Here we compare the working of these multipliers in order to find a better option Keywords Different Multiplier XXII INTRODUCTION
76. 483 5 and 5725 5850 MHz bands at distances up to a few hundred feet B Patient Monitoring System Repeated or continuous observations or measurements of the patient his or her physiological function and the function of life support equipment for the purpose of guiding management decisions including when to maketherapeutic interventions and assessment of those interventions C Army Building 4G CommunicationSystem For Wounded Warrior Care Medics are often faced with wounded soldiers that need immediate attention that only a trained surgeon can help with Moreover once the surgeon finally gets his hands on the patient knowing the background of the injury and the subsequent medical details can dramatically speed up initialization of proper care Additionally triaging multiple injuries in the field by deciding who gets the medevac first can be improved if doctors at the hospital have a good sense of what the status of the wounded 1s The Army is working on a system that can manage patient data from injury site to recovery including providing live audio video communication for medics in the field The system relies on a number of devices and 4G cellular networking to send vitals to and communicate with the doctor while everything is being recorded for further review Surely a similar system can be translated for use for civilian care and integrated into ambulances and clinics REFERENCES 1 Glisic S Advanced wireless communicat
77. 81 http www iettjournal org Page 79 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 V RESULT One cannot put any type of material in the human body Biocompatibility must be evaluated first for any kind of material Each of the material has its up sides and down sides The majority of stents that we see in the market are of stainless steel however there are several materials that have been used in human body But co cr has been found more elastic than stainless steel VI CONCLUSIONS Selections of mechanical properties of metallic biomaterial as well as physio chemical properties of stent are important issues when forming of application features is involved The forming is based on selection of proper biomechanical characteristics determined with an implantation procedure taken into account This results from an expansion of a stent Conclusions co cr as suitable the co castanets have similar safety in relation to stainless steel but co cr is more elastic in comparison to stainless steel hence for proper arterial blood flow and accurate calibration of stents co cr is better VII REFERENCES 1 Bloomberg News El Nuevo Dia February 4 2004 p 96 2 www avestapolarit com 3 http 65 18 188 177 Cordis Coronary Stent 4 http advancedstent com stent html SLK View Stent 5 Gere James M 2001 Mechanics of Materials 5th Ed Brook Cole Thomson learning 6 The Associated Pre
78. DATA aea pu n Fig 4 shows a graph between BloodPressure and Age Fig 5shows a graph between Total cholesterol TCL PWV amp CAVI Fig 6shows the graph between HDL LDL and CAVI amp Age X DISCUSION Readings of 150 diseased normal and diabetic patients are described in the Table L lI were mean value of all the parameters of same age people is considered on the basis of ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal or Page 25 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 the acquired readings of blood pressure cholesterol PWV and CAVI is calculated It is found from Fig 4 that with increase in the age of diseased patient blood pressure levels are increasing also the cholesterol level i e the plot of HDL LDL v s CAVI which 1s plotted in Fig 6 The Fig 5 shows that with increase in cholesterol value PWV is increasing and even CAVI value is increasing Hence study of CAVI can be considered as an early marker for detection of deposition of cholesterol and a device to detect Atherosclerosis can be designed on the basis of the CAVI XI PROPOSED DEVICE The basic input for the designed device will be pulse detected by the PVDF pressure sensor which would be further amplified using a precision Instrumentation amplifier by a gain of 1000 Signal processing block would include two major filters one of which would be a Band pass filter with appropriate frequency range The second
79. EEE USA Jul 1992 pp 1093 1100 G Nagy Y Xu Automatic Prototype Extraction for Adaptive OCR Proc of the 4th Int Conf on Document Analysis and Recognition IEEE Aug 1997 pp 278 282 11 Marosi Industrial OCR approaches architecture algorithms and adaptation techniques Document ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 94 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 Constant Frequency Unified Power Flow Controller for Wind Power Generator connected With Micro Grid K E CH VIDYA SHEKAR M Tech scholarsDepartment of Electrical Engineering Lovely Professional University Punjab India Abstract The paper proposes the application of constant frequency unified power quality conditioner to overcome the power quality issues in fixed speed wind mill connected with the micro grid The power circuit of a constant frequency unified power flow controller CF UPFC is based on a combination of UPFC and frequency regulator matrix converter This equipment incorporates compensation functions like voltage sag voltage swell reactive power compensation current harmonic rejection and also provides frequency regulation Integrated series and parallel active filter UPFC is a universal solution for the most power quality problems The main drawback is that it cannot regulate the supply frequency variation Here CF UPFC the matrix converter is used for frequency
80. EnTc Department Amravati University Maharashtra India 445001 BE final year EnTc Department Amravati University Maharashtra India 445001 3 Assistant Professor EnTc DBNCOET Yavatmal Maharashtra India 445001 Abstract In this paper we evaluate the performance of the AntNet routing algorithm in terms of efficiency and security in peer to peer networks Using the network simulator NS2 a simulator is implemented for a network of 8 nodes which simulates the ant colony intelligence in deciding the most efficient and secured path from source to destination nodes In the simulator a variety of network scenarios is considered The AntNet routing algorithm has the ability to detect faulty and malicious nodes and abandon them from the routing tables of the intermediate nodes Hence a healing is established so that packets are efficiently and securely transferred from source to destination In addition the probabilistic nature of AntNet routing distributes the network traffic of data packets over several optimal and suboptimal paths which lead to improve the network performance and minimize the packet latency And an energy efficient inter cluster coordination protocol developed for the wireless sensor networks has been proposed By controlling the topology longevity and scalabity of the network can be increased Clustering sensor node isan effective topology for the energy constrained networks So cluster based algorithm h
81. Fig 5 Control system of shunt and series active filter Phase neutral voltages as given in 13 The instantaneous real and imaginary powers include both oscillating and average components as shown in 14 Average components of p and q consist of positive sequence components p and q of source current The oscillating components p and q of p and q include harmonic and negative sequence components of source currents In order to reduce neutral current pO is calculated by using average and oscillating components of imaginary power and oscillating component of the real power as given in equation 14 isa is 1soare the reference currents of shunt APF in a B coordinates These currents are transformed to three phase system as shown in 15 P v Ve li ye 13 q V_ v i a Po T Vo Yo Pp ptp 14 F _ om i a E J i 15 ls f bee Da a 3 j W3 722 A Tse se B l g L af 2 2 The reference currents are calculated in order to compensate neutral harmonic and reactive currents in the load These reference source current signals are then compared with threephase source currents and the errors are processed by hysteresis band PWM controller to generate the required switching signals for the shunt APF switches in expressed in the equation 15 iw bo V SIMULATION RESULT To validate the effectiveness of the proposed system based wind mill different cases have been exa
82. GY A General Principles 1 Creating A Virtual Image Of The Patient The most important component for Computer assisted navigation surgery is the development of an accurate model of the patient This can be conducted through a number of medical imaging technologies including CT MRI x rays ultrasound plus many more For the generation of this model the anatomical region to be operated has to be scanned and uploaded into the computer system It is possible to employ a number of scanning methods with the datasets combined through data fusion techniques The final objective is the creation of a 3D dataset that reproduces the exact geometrical situation of the normal and pathological tissues and structures of that region Of the available scanning methods the CT is preferred because MRI data sets are known to have volumetric deformations that may lead to inaccuracies An example data set can include the collection of data compiled with 180 CT slices that are 1 mm apart each having 512 by 512 pixels The contrasts of the 3D dataset with its tens of millions of pixels provide the detail of soft vs hard tissue structures and thus allow a computer to differentiate and visually separate for a human the different tissues and structures The image data taken from a patient will often include intentional landmark features in order to be able to later realign the virtual dataset against the actual patient during surgery See patient registration
83. In array multiplication we need to add as many partial products as there are multiplier bits BOOTH MULTIPLIER It is a powerful algorithm for signed number multiplication which treats both positive and negative numbers uniformly For the standard add shift operation each multiplier bit generates one multiple of the multiplicand to be added to the partial product If the multiplier is very large then a large number of multiplicands have to be added In this case the delay of multiplier is determined mainly by the number of additions to be performed If there is a way to reduce the number of the additions the performance will get better Booth algorithm is a method that will reduce the number of multiplicand multiples The multiplicand and multiplier are placed in the m and Q registers respectively A 1 bit register is placed logically to the right of the LSB least significant bit QO of Q register This is denoted by Q 1 A and Q 1 are initially set to 0 Control logic checks the two bits QO and Q 1 If the twi bits are same 00 or 11 then all of the bits of A Q Q 1 are shifted 1 bit to the right If they are not the same and if the combination is 10 then the multiplicand is subtracted from A and if the combination is 01 then the multiplicand is added with A In both the cases results are stored in A and after the addition or subtraction operation A Q Q 1 are right shifted The shifting is the arithmetic right shift operation where t
84. LANs however have shown that AP load is often substantially uneven To alleviate such imbalance of load several load balancing schemes have been proposed These schemes commonly require proprietary software or hardware at the user side for controlling the user AP association In this paper we present a new load balancing technique by controlling the size of WLAN cells i e AP s coverage range which is conceptually similar to cell breathing in cellular networks The proposed scheme does not require any modification to the users neither the IEEE 802 11 standard It only requires the ability of dynamically changing the transmission power of the AP beacon messages We develop a set of polynomial time algorithms that find the optimal beacon power settings which minimize the load of the most congested AP We also consider the problem of network wide min max load balancing Simulation results show that the performance of the proposed method is comparable with or superior to the best existing association based method INTRODUCTION Recent studies on operational IEEE 802 11 wireless LANs WLANs have shown that traffic load is often unevenly distributed among the access points APs In WLANs by default a user scans all available channels and associates itself with an AP that has the strongest received signal strength indicator RSSI while being oblivious to the load of APs As users are typically not evenly distributed some APs tend to suf
85. M Shahidehpour hydro thermal scheduling by tabu search and decomposition method vol 11 no 2 ieee 15 A Farhat M E El Hawary Short Term Hydro Thermal Scheduling Using an Improved Bacterial Foraging Algorithm TEEE 16 Momoh JA Ma XW Tomsovik K Overview and literature survey of fuzzy set theory in power system IEEE Trans Power system 1955 vol 10 no 3 17 D P Kothari J S Dhillon second edition power system optimization 18 www brighthub com environment renewable energy articles 7826 aspx 19 S P Umayal and N Kamaraj December 2005 Stochastic Multi Objective Short Term Hydrothermal Scheduling Using Particle Swarm Optimization IEEE Indicon 2005 conference 20 G Zayaraz et al 2009 Evaluation of Software Architectures using Multi criteria Fuzzy Decision Making Technique IEEE 21 Yinghai Li et al A Modified Shuffled Frog Leaping Algorithm and Its Application to Short term Hydrothermal Scheduling 2011 Seventh International Conference on Natural Computation ISSN 2231 5381 http www iettjournal org Page 18 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 Artificial Intelligence and Learning Computers Ashwini s Raghamwar Payal s Raghamwar Tejaswini m Chaudhari 1 2 3 Student of Computer Science amp Engineering Jawaharlal Darda College Of Engg amp Tech Yavataml S G B A U Amravati Maharashtra India Abstract The term art
86. Multipliers play an important role in today s digital signal processing and various other applications With advances in technology many researchers have tried and are trying to design multipliers which offer either of the following design targets high speed low power consumption regularity of layout and hence less area or even combination of them in one multiplier thus making them suitable for various high speed low power and compact VLSI implementation The common multiplication method is add and shift algorithm In parallel multipliers number of partial products to be added is the main parameter that determines the performance of the multiplier To reduce the number of partial products to be added Modified Booth algorithm is one of the most popular algorithms the amount of shifts between the partial products and intermediate sums to be added will increase which may result in reduced speed increase in silicon area due to irregularity of structure and also increased power consumption due to increase in interconnect resulting from complex routing On the other hand serial parallel multipliers compromise speed to achieve better performance for area and power consumption The selection of a parallel or serial multiplier actually depends on the nature of application In this seminar we introduce the multiplication algorithms and architecture and compare them in terms of speed area power and combination of these metrics
87. N 2231 5381 http www iettjournal org Page 109 Absobtion National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 oe wee oeeo ee eee ee ee 0 oe 0 ew e Io e Wavenumber cm Fig 1 FTIR spectra of copolymer PTh PANI with 4M concentration of FeCl Most polymers are insulator because their electrons are localized that is each of the electrons is attached to its own nucleus 10 In organic solids intramolecular interactions are mainly covalent but intermolecular interactions are due to much weaker Vander Waals and London forces 5 However the conducting or semiconducting polymers have the conjugated double bonds The double bond consists of a o bond and a 2 bond The electrons in the o bonds form the backbone of the chain dominating the mechanical properties of the polymers Due to the a orbital overlap of neighbouring molecules of the conjugated structure the a electrons delocalize along the entire chain which provides their semiconduting and conducting properties 5 The o bonds form completely filled low lying energy bands have a much larger ionization potential than z electrons and a much large bandgap and thus do not contribute in a major way to the electrical and optical properties The m bands however form an energy band in which each carbon atom contributes one electron and thus the band should be half filled because of the spin degeneracy 10 In metal
88. National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 Brain Computer Interface Shweta Sanjay Borikar Snehal Ramesh Kochre Prof Yugandhara D Zade Final year Biomedical Engineering S G B A U Amravati Final year Biomedical Engineering G B A U Amravati 3 Assistant Professor BME D B N C O E T Yavatmal Yavatmal M S India Abstract Brain computer interface BCI is a fast growing emergent technology in which researchers aim to build a direct channel between the human brain and the computer The device was designed to help those who have lost control on their limbs or other bodily functions such as patients with amyotrophic lateral sclerosis ALS or spinal cord injury A Brain Computer Interface BCI is a collaboration in which a brain accepts and controls a mechanical device as a natural part of its representation of the body Computer brain interfaces are designed to restore sensory function transmit sensory information to the brain or stimulate the brain through artificially generated electrical signals A brain computer interface is a new communication link between a functioning human brain and the outside world BCI uses brain activity to command control actuate and communicate with the world directly through brain integration with peripheral devices and systems The signals from the brain are taken to the computer via the implants for data entry without any direct brain intervention
89. S 55 W A C Fernando C N Canagarajah D R Bull 1999 IEEE International Conference on Image Processing 3 299 303J S Boreczky and L A Rowe Comparison of Video Shot Boundary Detection Techniques ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 119 56 57 58 59 60 61 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 W A C Fernando C N Canagarajah and D R Bull Fade and dissolve detection in uncompressed and compressed video sequences in Proc IEEE Int Conf Image Processing vol 3 Oct 1999 In Storage and Retrieval for Still Image and Video Databases IV Proc SPIE 2000 Tong Zhang and Carlo Tomasi Fast Robust and Consistent Camera Motion Estimation Computer Vision and Pattern Recognition 2003 FabricioTiburzi and JesusBescos Camera Motion Analysis in On line MPEG Sequences in Proceedings of Eighth International Workshop on Image Analysis for Multimedia Interactive Services Santorini Greece 2007 J Xiao H Cheng F Han H S Sawhney Geo spatial aerial video processing for scene understanding and object tracking 2009 Chih Wen Su Hong Yuan Mark Liao Hsiao RongTyan and Kuo Chin Fan A Motion Tolerant Dissolve Detection Algorithm IEEE transactions on mulmultimedia vol 7 no 6 December 62 63 64 65 66 JehoNamand Ahmed H Tewfik Detection of Gradual Transitions in Video Sequences Using B
90. S system for MR imaging guided tumor ablation HE Cline K Hynynen RD Watkins WJ Adams JF Schenck ISSN 2231 5381 http www iettjournal org Page 45 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 Bio inspired Superglue can mend Broken Hearts Niharika Singh Akshata Wadaskar 1 BE Student Biomedical Engineering DBNCOET Amravati University Yavatmal Maharashtra India 2 BE Student Biomedical Engineering DBNCOET Amravati University Yavatmal Maharashtra India Abstract We have been using Staples and sutures have been using for decades and there has been really minimal innovation They have inherent limitations These are difficult to place in small spaces like during laparoscopic or minimally invasive procedures One example of glue that has approved is a medical grade crazy glue or super glue It s only been approved for minimal uses When we use it inside the body we actually have to dry the tissue before we apply it because it s just so highly reactive The glue HLAA Hydrophobic Light Activated Adhesive can be used in operations to seal holes in the heart It is polyglycerol sebacate acrylate PGSA This paper presents the discovery of medical superglue and its approach to heal or patch up holes in the blood vessels and heart walls with easier technology This adhesive sets in few seconds when exposed to UV light This important contribution of thi
91. SN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 74 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 accordance with chosen criteria mainly that the sensors have to be low cost and lightweight Fig 5 shows the block diagram of the proposed methodology M LCD display Pic Microcontroller Fig 5 Alive human detector The Alive human detector work on three main sections these are as A Input section In an input section the temperature transducer is used to detect the temperature of human body After detecting the temperature Wheatstone bridge changes the resistance according to which current and in voltage parameter changes These parameters are applied to thefilter circuit to convert them into acceptable input for ADCwhich converts them into digital form For this purpose we need ADC of PIC microcontroller Analog to digital conversion is an electronic process in which a continuously variable signal is changed without altering its essential content into a multi level digital signal The input to an analog to digital converter ADC consists of a voltage that varies among a theoretically infinite number of values Examples are sine waves the waveforms representing human speech and the signals from a conventional television camera The output of the ADC in contrast has defined levels or states The number of states is almost always a power of two that is 2 4 8 16 etc The simple
92. Science NCETMS 2014 simulated before the surgery During the operation surgeon is guided visually and by sound alerts IGI Image Guided Implantology is one of the navigation systems which use this technology 4 Computer Assisted Ent Surgery Image guided surgery and computer assisted navigation surgery in ENT commonly consists of navigating preoperative image data such as CT or cone beam CT to assist with locating or avoiding anatomically important regions such as the optical nerve or the opening to the frontal sinuses For use in middle ear surgery there has been some application of robotic surgery due to the requirement for high precision actions 5 Computer Assisted Visceral Surgery With the advent of Computer assisted surgery great progresses have been made in general surgery towards minimal invasive approaches Laparoscopy in abdominal and gynecologic surgery is one of the beneficiaries allowing surgical robots to perform routine operations like colecystectomies or even hysterectomies In cardiac surgery shared control systems can perform mitral valve replacement or ventricular pacing by small thoracotomies In urology surgical robots contributed in laparoscopic approaches for pyeloplasty or nephrectomy or prostatic interventions 6 Computer Assisted Radiosurgery Radiosurgery is also incorporating advanced robotic systems CyberKnife is such a system that has a lightweight linear accelerator mounted on the robotic a
93. TMS 2014 to transmit theyintroduce random delay followed by a constant listening period If the channel is free then they transmit Otherwise they enter in a backoff period during which the radio is turned off This backoff period is alsoapplied as a phase shift to the periodicity of the application aiming to desynchronize nodes Contention control mechanism Such a mechanism should use the minimum number of control packets If the traffic load justifies it then a combination of request to send RTS and clear to send CTS controlpackets can be used Rate control mechanism MAC should control the rate of the originating data of a node in order to allow route thru traffic to access the channel and reach the base station The adaptive rate control proposed usesloss as collision signal to adjust transmission rate in a manner similar to the congestion control in TCP e All CSMA schemes achieve good channel utilization and aggregate fairness is almost insensitiveto the presence of backoff However backoff plays an important role in maintaining proportional fairness when using a fixed window size or binary exponential decrease in window size e Randomness in the pre collision phase provides robustness e Schemes with constant listen period achieve best energy efficiency e Following a transmission failure with a random shift in the sampling interval allows the nodes tobreak away from synchronization which listening and back off fai
94. XXV MOTION ANALYSIS Motion analysis is a topic in computer vision image processing and machine vision that studies applications in which two or more consecutive images from an image sequencesare processed to produce information based on the apparent motion in the images In some applications the camera is fixed relative to the scene and objects are moving around the scene In some applications the scene is more or less fixed and the camera is moving and in some cases both the camera and the scene are moving The motion analysisis used to detect motion 1 e find the points in the image where something is moving The information that is produced is often related to a specific image in the sequence corresponding to a specific time point but then depends also ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 117 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 on the neighbouring images This means that motion analysis can producetime dependent information about motion Applications of motion analysis can be found in rather diverse areas such as surveillance medicine film industry and navigation of autonomous vehicles A video camera can be seen as an approximation of a pinhole camerawhere each point in the image is illuminated by some point in the scene in front of the camera Each visible point in the scene is projected along a straight line that passes through the camera aperture and intersects the i
95. ability of cluster count clustering schemes can be classified into two types fixed and variable ones In the former scheme the set of cluster head are predetermined and the number of clusters is fixed However the number of clusters is variable in the latter scheme in which CHs are selected randomly or based on some rules from the deployed sensor nodes Uniformity of Cluster Sizes In the light of uniformity of cluster sizes clustering routing protocols in WSNs can be classified into two classes even and uneven ones respectively with the same size clusters and different size clusters in the network In general clustering with different sizes clusters is used to achieve more uniform energy consumption and avoid energy hole Intra Cluster Routing According to the methods of inter cluster routing clustering routing manners in WSNs also include two classes single hop intra cluster routing methods and multiple hop ones For the manner of intra cluster single hop all MNs in the cluster transmit data to the corresponding CH directly Instead data relaying is used when MNs communicate with the corresponding CH in the cluster Inter Cluster Routing Based on the manners of inter cluster routing clustering routing protocols in WSNs include two classes single hop inter cluster routing manners and multiple hop ones For the manner of inter ISSN 2231 5381 http www jettjournal org Page 106 National Conference on Engineer
96. accuracy is higher especially in Gradual transitions It shows a very good performance at detecting the cuts fades and dissolve and for wipe it has relatively good result too This method is well supported to the uncompressed stream In future this method can extend to all types of videos and also extend for any format of the video XIV REFERENCES 1 Weigang Zhang Jiangiu Lin Xiaopeng Chen Qingming Huang and Yang Liu Video shot detection using Hidden Markow models with complementary feature IEEE COMPUTER SOCIETY Proceedings of the first international conference on innovative computing information and control 2008 2 Jian ling Yi QunLian Yue Ting Zhaung New method for shot gradual transition detection using support vector machine IEEE proc of the 4 international conference on machine learning and cybernatics 5599 5604 2007 ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 85 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 3 Y Nakajima K Ujihara and A Yoneyama Universal scene change detection on MPEG coded data domain in Vis Commun and Image Process 1997 vol 3024 Proc SPIE pp 992 1003 4IM Sugano Y Nakajima H Yanagihara and A Yoneyama A fast scene change detection on MPEG coding parameter domain in Proc IEEE Int Conf Image Processing vol 1 Oct 1998 pp 888 892 4 J Mas and G Fernandez Video Shot Boundary Detection b
97. actual transmission with minimal error to minimized packet being garbled amp the router s efficiency in switching a packet to the appropriate outgoing link 5 ANTNET BASED ALGORITHM A The Ant Colony Optimization In ant colony ants are able to find the shortest path between a food source and their home colony Real ants communicate via pheromones The ant deposits a certain amount of pheromone when it walks An ant tends to choose a path positively correlated to the pheromone intensity of found trials The pheromone trail evaporates over time If many ants choose a certain path and lay down pheromones the intensity of the trail increases Thus this trail attracts more and more ants a process that results in ant highway following the shortest pat Ants also have the ability to adapt to the environmental changes for example finding the new and shortest path once the old one is no longer feasible due to a new obstacle ed ed Fig ACO Ant colony optimization ACO mimics in software the behavior of real ants in colony In applying ACO in network routing an artificial ant is typically realized as a simple program consisting of simple procedures that simulate the laying and sensing of pheromone and data structures that record trip times and the nodes that it passes Moving from one node to another an artificial ant emulates laying of pheromone by updating the corresponding entry in the routing tab
98. agnets The device is wirelessly powered and operates with approximately 250 uW and travels controllably at 0 53 cm sec in a 0 06 T field Additionally data transfer is fast and efficient achieving rates of 25 Mbps and consuming only 0 5 pJ bit at 10 Mbps These devices can serve as a versatile tool for a variety of medical treatments that require precise guidance including drug delivery diagnostics and cardiac catheter treatments REFERENCE 1 S Tamaz R Gourdeau A Chanu J B Mathieu and S Martel Real time MRI based control of a ferromagnetic core for endovascularnavigation IEEE Transactions on Biomedical Engineering vol 55 no 7 pp pp 1854 1863 2008 2 B Nelson Towards nanorobots Solid State Sensors Actuators andMicrosystems Conference TRANSDUCERS 2009 International pp 2155 2159 June 2009 3 D Pivonka A S Y Poon and T H Meng Locomotive micro implantwith active electromagnetic propulsion Proc IEEE Engineering inMedicine and Biology Society Annual Intl Conference EMBC Minneapolis MN USA pp 6404 6407 Sept 2009 m v cmos voltage reference circuit 4 D Pivonka T Meng and A Poon Translating electromagnetic torqueinto controlled motion for use in medical implants in Engineeringin Medicine and Biology Society EMBC 2010 Annual InternationalConference of the IEEE 31 2010 sept 4 2010 pp 6433 6436Fig Spectrum of the 1 86 GHz carrier modulated at 9 d
99. akes a sound when it emerges from its egg This phenomenon is called imprinting Consequently a device can be in one of two states imprint able waiting for a shared secret that will associate it with another master device and imprinted already associated The imprinting can take place with physical electrical contact which transfers a secret key that binds the device to the specified master forever In the original model once a device is associated with another master device it only obeys that device until it is instructed to become imprint able again However this model was too limiting since it did not allow interaction with other entities It was extended in the second paper to include the specification of policy where for each action the master device specifies what credentials are required to be presented by a another device in order to request that action 3 6Talking to strangers Authentication in adhoc wireless networks Problem Provide support for secure communication and authentication in wireless ad hoc networks without anypublic key infrastructure Specifically when device A chooses to establish connection to a previouslyunknown device B device A needs know that it is actually communicating securely and authentically withdevice B and not with an attacker Approach The approach is an extension and formalization of the Resurrecting Duckling policy model and providesbootstrapping secure wireless communication
100. al The analog processor is generally a low pass filter used for anti aliasing effect The ADC block converts the analog signals into digital form The DSP block represents the signal processor The DAC is for Digital to Analog Converter which converts the digital signals into analog form The analog low pass filter eliminates noise introduced by the interpolation in the DAC ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettiournal or Page 51 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 If LITRATURE REVIEW At first Holter relied entirely on personal funds but later beginning in 1952 received grants from the National Institutes of Health and still later from private funds Although he and Generalised that small sized equipment would be essential for successful practical telemetering of physiologic data the first goal was to see if transmission of electroencephalograms or electrocardiograms ECGs was possible irrespective of the size of the equipment Their first success was in broadcasting electroencephalograms and recording them accurately in a boy who was riding a bicycle nearby Shortly thereafter Holter switched from the brain to the heart because the heart s voltage is about 10 times greater than that of the brain therefore making the electronics easier and because heart disease is far more prevalent than cerebral disease 2 Taddei et al 1995 designed a rule based system for two lead ECG recording
101. al Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 sub to initiate subtraction operation shift to initiate arithmetis right shift operation dc this is to decrement counter The controller generates the control signals according to the input received from the datapath Here the inputs are the least significant QO bit of Q register Q 1 bit and count bit from the down counter CONTROLLER ADVANTAGE OF MULTIPLIER 1 In VLSI system used in different multiplier to reduce the partial product amp delay 2 Booth algorithm is a method that will reduce the number of multiplicand multiples 3 Booth multiplier is faster than other multiplier 4 It is the powerful algorithm for sign number multiplication which treats both positive amp negative uniformly IMPLICATION 1 Multipliers are extensively used in microprocessor DSP and communication applications 2 Higher throughput arithmetic operations are important to achive the desired performance in many real time signal and image processing application 3 Multiplier used in the biomedical signal processing 4 Multipliers are now required in cryptographic amp error correction circuit CONCLUSION This paper gives a clear concept of different multipliers Multipliers are one the most important componentof many systems Different multipliers are compared from the result of power consumption and total area Multipliers are used to speed
102. al filtering used in Gi Fi technology would keep the signal strong versus the longer ranged but slower and more drop prone W1 Fi option of today The chip in Gi fi would likely cost about 10 or less to build This and a small design would allow cell phones and other small devices to add the technology without significantly drive up the price according to the company The change opens the possibility of a successor to UWB and its related technology Wireless USB which matches the same range but roughly the same 480Mbps peak speed of its wired equivalent In recent years new wireless local area networks WLANs such as Wi Fi and wireless personal area networks WPAN such as Bluetooth have become available Now we can compare the GI FI technology with the existing technologies like Bluetooth W1 Fi ISSN 2231 5381 http www iettjournal org Page 129 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 Fig High Speed Data Transmission Using Gi Fi IX CONCLUSION In this paper different wireless technologies is defined that will allow wireless transfer of audio and video data up to 5 gigabits per second ten times the current maximum wireless transfer rate at one tenth of the cost usually within a range of 10 meters that operates at 60GHz on the CMOS process This technology removes cables that for many years curled the world and provides high speed data transfer rate The comparison that is perform
103. an 8 bit measurement Each flash ADC is made up of 15 comparators which compare the unknown input to a reference ladder to get a 4 bit result To take a full 8 bit reading one flash conversion is done to provide the 4 most significant data bits via the MS flash ADC Driven by the 4 MSBs an internal DAC recreates an analog approximation of the input voltage This analog signal is then subtracted from the input and the difference voltage is converted by a second 4 bit flash ADC the LS ADC providing the 4 least significant bits of the output data word The internal DAC is actually a subsection of the MS flash converter This is accomplished by using the same resistor ladder for the A D as well as for generating the DAC signal The DAC output is actually the tap on the resistor ladder which most closely approximates the analog ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettiournal or Page 54 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 input In addition the sampled data comparators used in the ADC0820 N provide the ability to compare the magnitudes of several analog signals simultaneously without using input summing amplifiers This is especially useful in the LS flash ADC where the signal to be converted is an analog difference V CONCLUSION We have presented the DSP based stand alone system design by using digital signal processor as the core processing unit The DSP hardware is able to visualize
104. an OCR lt ystem The identity of each symbol is found by comparing the extracted features with descriptions of the symbol classes obtained through a previous learning phase Finally contextual information is used to reconstruct the words and numbers of the original text II FUNCTION OF OCR e Forms can be scanned through a scanner and then the recognition engine of the OCR system interpret the images and turn images of handwritten or printed characters into ASCII data machine readable characters e The technology provides a complete form processing and documents capture solution e Allows an open scaleable and workflow e Includes forms definition scanning image e pre processing and recognition capabilities Advantages e Quicker processing no moving or storage of questionnaires near operators e Savings in costs and efficiencies by not having the paper questionnaires e Scanning and recognition allowed efficient management and planning for the rest of the processing workload e Reduced long term storage requirements questionnaires could be destroyed after the initial scanning recognition and repair e Quick retrieval for editing and reprocessing e Minimizes errors associated with physical handling of the questionnaires Iii THE FUTURE OF OCR Through the years the methods of character recognition has improved from quite primitive schemes suitable only for reading stylized printed numerals to more complex and so
105. and the average uptime of individual nodes is relatively low The topology of an overlay network may change all the time Once a route is established there is no guarantee of the length of time that it will be valid Routing in these networks is therefore very problematic Great interest was devoted to the routing problem and several routing algorithms were proposed Static routing determines the path taken by a packet on the basis of the source and destination without regard to the current network state This path is usually chosen as the shortest one according to some cost criterion Adaptive routing on the other hand adapts the routing policy to the varying traffic conditions Open shortest path first OSPF is one of the most widely used routing protocols In OSPF every node gathers information about the entire network and calculates the best path to each destination For every destination the interface to this path issaved in the routing table While OSPF minimizes the static link cost it cannot react to thedynamic nature of the network While OSPF protocol is a static deterministic algorithm AntNet on the other hand introduces a dynamic probabilistic approach AntNet is a dynamic algorithm for packet routing in communication networks originally proposed by M Dorigo and G Di Caro in 1997 In AntNet a group of mobile agents or artificial ants build paths between pair of nodes exploring the network concurrently and exchangin
106. and Giorgio Valentini Boosting and classification of electronic nose data Proceedings of the Third International Workshop on Multiple Classifier Systems MCS 2002 Pages 262 271 3 Gardner J Bartlett P N Electronic Nose Principles and Applications Oxford University Press Oxford UK 1999 4 Diana Hodgins Derek Simmonds Electronic Nose and its applications to the manufacture of food products J Automat Chem vol 17 no 5 pp 179 185 1995 ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 14 10 11 12 13 14 1D 16 Iz 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 23 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 K C Persaud P Wareham A M Pisanelli E Scorsone Electronic nose a new monitoring device for environmental applications J Chemical Senses vol 30 no 1 pp 252 253 2005 R E Baby M Cabezas E N Walsoe de Reca Electronic nose a useful tool for monitoring environmental contamination Sensors and Actuators B vol 69 no 3 pp 214 218 Oct 2000 J W Gardner H W Shin E L Hines An electronic nose system to diagnose illness Sens Actuators B vol 70 no 1 3 pp 19 24 Nov 2000 J Yinon Detection of explosive by electronic noses Anal Chem vol 75 no 5 pp 98A 105A Mar 2003 T Borjesson T Eklov A Jonsson H Sundgren J Schnurer Electronic Nose for odour classificati
107. and recognition I TYPES OF VIDEO There are several types of the video exit The video types are depends on the codec that are used to compressed the videos Some of the video formats are mentioned below e MPEG AVI VLC OGG FLY TIFF XCF PSD ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 81 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 Credited in the revised template as follows original version of this template was provided by courtesy of Causal Productions www cauSalproductions com IV IMAGE Image is the array of the pixels The image may be black and white gray scale RGB image or RGBa Technically speaking the following terms are used A digital video consists of frames that are presented to the viewer s eye in rapid succession to create the impression of movement Digital in this context means both that a single frame consists ofpixels and the data is present asbinary data such that it can be processed with a computer Each frame within a digital video can be uniquely identified by its frame index a serial number The image or the frame in a video is as shows in fig below we Pelee com 5 Fig 1 Image frame So from now whenever we talk about the frame it is nothing but the image VI PIXEL Pixel is the smallest part of the frame In digital imaging a pixel or pix for picture and for element is a physical point in araster image or the s
108. apted to practical applications where single piece measurements are not cost effective The results obtained prove that our Electronic Nose monitors peach and pear ripeness successfully Measurements with apples were not as good and further research will be done in order to increase the accuracy with this particular fruit W A Collier et al 21 proposed a model in which an electronic nose can be used to discriminate among four milk samples among four yoghurt samples and among four cultured and non cultured dairy products with a high degree of success if the measurements on the samples were all made in a single experiment It has also been demonstrated that a single electrode array can be used to make these discriminations More rigorous control of manufacturing conditions of arrays or preparation steps could ensure that the sensing surfaces are more reproducible enabling classification of samples based on previously stored databases of training sets S Capone M Epifani F Quaranta P Siciliano A Taurino L Vasanelli 22 developed a model in which the rancidity of milk by means of electronic nose and dynamic PCA analysis Semiconductor thin films based electronic nose were used to recognise the rancidity of two differeent kinds of milk UHT and pasteurised during their ageing days The employed sensor array consists of five different SnO2 thin films prepared by means of sol gel technology The data coming from the response
109. arantee that it has been used only once V PROPOSED FRAMEWORK Having a remote biometric authentication system available we demonstrate online credit card transaction system prototype The structure of the system is depicted in figure 2 We have grouped the system components into domains according to their roles and relations The verification domain contains two components the IVS and the issuing bank which as the name implies issues the customer s credit card and performs payment according to identity verification result Acquiring domain represents the target of the payment There are two components of this domain 1 the merchant that sells products or service to the customer and 2 the acquiring bank which provides the merchant s account that the transfer will be made to The customer domain stands for the user side of the system and has four components 1 the customer s computer 2 biometric ID card 3 CAD and 4 the customer In this framework we do not only aim the identification of the customer but also we verify the merchant and order data to ensure a proper fund transfer To achieve this we use the arbitrary data field of IVP to store the order details package ODP which is created by the merchant The ODP is a signed package that contains the merchant s info and bank account details order info and merchants public certificates This approach protects both the customer and the merchant because the IVP now contains both
110. ardiogram approach has become the standard practice in clinical environment after it is first made known by Eithoven Then the discovery of ECG brings forward the opportunities for further research and development So in year 1947 modern ECG recording machine is introduced by Norman Jeff holter Later it is called Holter Ambulatory Electrocardiography Hence along the path it gave birth to the ECG recording system which is populated by the invention of microprocessor in the later years Indeed ECG recording trend is turning a new leaf when microprocessor is embedded with electronic gadget in various hardware platforms which allows full assessment to the collected data of electrocardiography However in the early microprocessor system the ECG signal is compressed while the system is in recording mode then it is stored and the analysis is done on computer After that ECG recording also have had evolved throughout the decades with the growth of technology in signal processing Later on the impact of the signal processing achievements created a paradigm shift and alters the being of hardware computation when mathematically algorithms are applied in signal analysis Since then the algorithmic activities show favors in non computer dependant operation with efficiency in numerical processing Then it is followed by the influential of its outcome which is ushering the microprocessor step into higher stage by means of doing solo numerical com
111. are victims or something else This robot was used for first time in real conditions on 11th September 2001 in the World Trade Center disaster 1 Fig 1 Jackpot robot after the World Trade Centre This robot use different sensor like millimeter wave radar for measuring distance a camera for vision and a forward looking infrared camera FLIR for the human heat detection 7 Another new sensor has just been implemented on this robot recently This is aSpO2 sensor to measure the oxygen quantity in blood Then the user will be able to know if the victim is still alive This robot is totally operated with a human It sends its information to the user to allow him to take decision and to drive the robot in an interesting place B Utility Vehicle for Search Researchers from Kobe University have several homogeneous small robots that can link together to form a large robot in order to climb large obstacles Most of their research appears to be focused 2 on large scale coordination efforts such as disaster relief after the Hanshin Awaji Earthquake that hit Kobe City in 1995 refer in 2 They have also developed a simulator for Robot Cup Rescue Simulation league emphasizes coordination rather than victim detection and issues individual robots must solve Fig 2 Utility Vehicle for Search Developing snake robots for exploration of small space in disaster sites They are designed so that they can be dismantled into many parts for tra
112. as been developed in which different levels of clusters aare considerd on the basis of received signal strength to recognize the distance of clusters from the BS base station and to determine the number of cluster coordinator to make routes for the CHs to transmit the data Based on the investigation of existing protocol in which cluster heads send data directly to the based station it is found that direct transmission by the CHs is nit an optimal solution and dissipates a lot of energy so in this a novel EEICCP energy efficient inter cluster coordination protocol has been proposed which evenly distributes the energy load among the sensor nodes and used the multihope approach for the CHs For this algorithm MATLAB is implemented 1 INTRODUCTION The P2P network comprises a collection of nodes that can cooperate and collaborate with each other to offer opportunities for real time communication collaboration and information sharing in a large scale decentralized and distributed manner A node in a P2P network can access information present in the network using peer discovery followed by a search and retrieval phase The most distinct characteristic of P2P computing is that there is a symmetric communication between the peers each peer has both a client and a server role Both parties have the same capabilities and both can initiate a connection It is the opposite of the client server model in the sense that there is no central entity
113. ased on Colour Histogram Notebook Papers TRECVID2003 2003 5 Y Zhuang Y Rui T S Huang and S Mehrotra Adaptive key frame extraction using unsupervised clustering Proceeding ICIP 98 C Chicago IL 1998 Vol 1 pp 866 870 6 D J He N Geng Digital image processing Pressof Xidian University July 2003 First Edition pp 104 106 7 W A C Fernando C N Canagarajah and D R Bull A Unified Approach To Scene Change Detection In Uncompressed And Compressed Video IEEE Transactions on Consumer Electronics vol 46 no 3 pp 769 779 2000 8 Kintu Patel Key Frame Extraction Based on Block based HistogramDifference and Edge Matching Rate International Journal of ScientificEngineering and Technology Volume No 1 Issue No 1 pg 23 30 9 Y Cheng X Yang and D Xu A method for shot boundary detection with automatic threshold TENCON 02 Proceedings 2002 IEEE Region 10 Conference on Computers Communication Control and Power Engineering C Vol 1 October 2002 582 585 10 ZuzanaCernekova Ioannis Pitas Information Theory Based Shot Cut FadeDetection and Video Summarization in IEEE proc in circuits and systems for video technology VOL 16 NO 1 JANUARY 2006 ISSN 2231 5381 http www iettjournal org Page 86 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 Pill Camera Eas 1 Tejaswini Bankar Akanksha Ware
114. assification of different types of quality deterioration have also been published different off odours in milk with an MS based tool lower quality of casein samples with MOS sensors identification of microbial contamination in milk with CP MS etc Nevertheless in most cases the results will have to be confirmed on a larger scale to make sure that the classifications obtained are still valid with a larger intra group variability which is generally found in the case of natural products Simona Benedettier al 16 have suggested a model of Electronic Nose for honey classification Seventy samples of honey of different geographical and botanical origin were ISSN 2231 5381 http www 1iettjournal org Page 11 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 analyzed with an electronic nose The instrument equipped with 10 Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistors MOSFET and 12 Metal Oxide Semiconductor MOS sensors was used to generate a pattern of the volatile compounds present in the honey samples The sensor responses were evaluated by Principal Component Analysis PCA and Artificial Neural Network ANN Good results were obtained in the classification of honey samples by using a neural network model based on a multilayer perceptron that learned using a back propagation algorithm The methodology is simple rapid and results suggest that the electronic nose could be a useful tool fo
115. ate APDU commands is performed between the citizen ID card and another special smart card called Secure Access Module SAM which is embedded into the special Card Access Device CAD that is designed by TUBITAK UEKAE SAM contains symmetric keys that are needed to verify a citizen card and asymmetric keys and certificates that are issued by governmental certificate authorities CAD is a specialized card reader that is also capable of enrolling and verifying fingerprint and finger vein data Remote Biometric Authentication in Turkish e ID system Having an embedded SAM card and biometric enrolment support CAD is able to access the fingerprint or finger vein data of the citizen verify the data locally and sign the biometric verification result so that the result can be verified at remote systems The CAD requires user s PIN input performs data matching and creates a signed single use identity verification package IVP IVP contains timestamp the biometric matching result the citizen s demographic data arbitrary data field that might be used for signing external data and the SAM s certificate Since governmental certificate authorities issue the CAD certificates any remote system will be sure that a higher authority approves the authentication result by validating the package via the official identity verification service IVS a web service provided in the e ID system The IVS marks the IVP as expired after validation in order to gu
116. ate words and sentences A gesture in a sign language is a particular movement of the hands with a specific shape made out of it A sign language usually provides sign for whole words It can also provide sign for letters to perform words that don t have corresponding sign in that sign language In this paper Flex Sensor plays the major role Flex sensors are sensors that change its resistance depending on the amount of bend on the sensor This paper uses ATMEGA 16 controller to control all the processes and flex sensors will track the movement of fingers as well as entire palm LCD will be used to display the user s gesture into text message Keywords Sign language text synthesizer flag sensors ATMEGA 16 Microcontroller 1 I INTRODUCTION Aims to extend the communication capabilities of those with hearing and speech disabilities after interacting with hearing and speech impaired athletes at their school the quad squad team set out to develop a way for those who know sign language to communicate easily with those whose don t Their solution includes a hardware component the gloves fitted with various sensors and a software component which translates the hand signals into text in real time The goal of paper is to recognize hand gestures using flex sensor for the people suffering in physiologically disability of speaking or in non communicative state The dumb people are unable to speak but they can move their hand finger usin
117. ated to the output phase currents iu iv iw by Sii gt 31 u I y S Ta Sx i 2 5 23 33 E y Assume that the input voltages of the converter system of balanced sinusoidal waveform as W y sin oi 22 9 V t E sing wm i r 4 V sn I gt 2 Where V and qi are the amplitude and the angular frequencyof the input voltages respectively The output voltages aredesired to be balanced sinusoidal waveforms Consider adesired output phase of voltage as V t V sin 6 4 ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 97 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 Where V and wo are the amplitude and the angular frequency of the converter output voltage respectively IV CONTROL SCHEMES OF CONSTANT FREQUENCY input power facti coemral 4 INDMRECT MATRIX CONVERTER wey wily Fig 4 UNIFIED POWER FLOW CONTROLLER for windmill The control system of Universal Power Line Manager consists of three sections A Frequency Regulating Control Block The control diagram of the Matrix converter basedfrequency regulated power supply for Utility is shown in Fig 4 Control system of frequency regulator in matrix Conventional space vector pulse width modulation is used to switch the matrix converter The control method of this frequency regulator is similar to that of the flux or
118. attern recognition method for electronic noses based on an olfactory neural network Sens Actuators B vol 125 no 2 pp 489 497 2007 Federica Cheli Anna Campagnoli Luciano Pinotti Giovanni Savoini Vittorio Dell Orto Electronic nose for determination of aflatoxins in maize Biotechnol Agron Soc Environ vol 13 pp 39 43 2009 J Brezmes E Llobet X Vilanova G Saiz X Correig Fruit ripeness monitoring using an Electronic Nose Sens Actuators B vol 69 no 3 pp 223 229 2000 W A Collier D B Baird Z A Park Ng N More A L Hart Discrimination among milks and cultured dairy products using screen printed electrochemical arrays and an electronic nose Sens Actuators B vol 92 no 1 2 pp 232 239 2003 S Capone M Epifani F Quaranta P Siciliano A Taurino L Vasanelli Monitoring of rancidity of milk by means of an electronic nose and a dynamic PCA analysis Sens Actuators B vol 78 no 1 3 pp 174 179 2001 Graham E Searle Julian W Gardner System Identification of Electronic Nose Data From Cyanobacteria Experiments IEEE Sensors Journal Vol 2 Issue 3 pp 218 229 June 2002 Vassilis S Kodogiannis John N Lygouras Andrzej Tarczynski and Hardial S Chowdrey Artificial odor discrimination system using electronic nose and neural networks for the identification of urinary tract infection IEEE Trans Information Technology in Biomedicine vol 12 no
119. aun multiplier and Baugh Woolly multiplier achivecomparatively goodperformance but they require large area of silicon unlike the add shift algorithms which require less hardware and exhibit poorer performance The booth multiplier makes use of booth encoding algorithm in order to reduce the number of partial product by considering two bits of the multiplier at a time there by achieving a speed advantage over other multiplier architectures This algorithm is valid for both signed and unsigned numbers It accept the number in 2s compliment from based on radix2 computation B Modified booth multiplier The modified Booth encoding or modified Booth algorithm was proposed by O L Macsorley in 1961 4 The recoding method is widely used to generate the partial products for implementation of large parallel multipliers which adopts the parallel encoding scheme One of the solutions of realizing high speed multipliers is to enhance parallelism w hich helps to decrease the number of subsequent stages The original version of Booth algorithm Radix 2 had two drawbacks e The number of add subtract operations and the number of shift operations becomes variable and becomes inconvenient in designing parallel multipliers e The algorithm becomes isolated s inefficient when there are These problems can be overcome by modified Booth algorithm process three bits at a time during recoding Recoding the multiplier in higher radix is a powerfu
120. authors examine how CSMA based medium access can be adapted for sensor networks CSMA strategies include listening to the channel before transmission using explicit positive or negative acknowledgments to signal collision relying on time synchronized slotted channels or performing collision detection However these approaches are not directly applicable due to the characteristics of sensor networks e Network operates as a collective structure Its primary goal is the sampling of the environment and the propagation of the samples possibly processed and aggregated toward one or more gateways e Traffic tends to be periodic and highly correlated Conventional schemes make the assumption ofstochastically distributed traffic Every node is both a data source and a router Node capabilities are very restricted e Equal cost per unit time for listening receiving and transmitting Approach The authors outline a CSMA based MAC and transmission control scheme to achieve fairness while being energy efficient They categorize media access control mechanisms into listening backoff contention control and rate control mechanisms Listening combined with backoff mechanism Neighbouring nodes will sense the same event and attemptto transmit at the same time According to the proposed scheme whenever nodes need ISSN 2231 5381 http www jettjournal org Page 104 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCE
121. aximum absolute error and the mean square error when compared with the previous published multiplier in 1 However their mean errors are much larger than that of 1 The smaller mean error and mean square error represent that the error distribution is more symmetric to and centralized in the error equal to zero denoted as zero error For many multimedia and DSP applications the final output data are produced from accumulating a series of products rather than from a single multiplication operation directly This paper is organized as follows In section II the modifisssssed booth multiplier is briefly reviewed The implementation results and outputs are showed describes the detailed comparison of booth multiplier and modified booth multiplier Finally section III concludes this paper II PROPOSED LOGIC Here booth multiplier is going tomodified as Multiplier partial product partial product shifter adder blocks are shown in below figure ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 57 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 Fig l Block diagram of modified booth multiplier Multiplicand 15 0 Product 31 0 Multiplier 15 0 Fig Block diagram of multiplier For example Multiplicand 07 00 01 10101001 Multiplier 0000111101010101 Product 000001 10000101 10101010000001 101 A Booth multiplier Conventional array multipliers like the Br
122. ban Search AndRescue Response at The World Trade Canter s Thesis Computer Science and Engineering USF South Florida 2002 7 Chen KM Huang Y Zhang JP Norman A RF life detection Systems for searching human being IEEE Transaction on biomedical engineering Pages 105 114 JAN 1991 www alldatasheet com ULN2003 TEXAS 8 Global Positioning System GPS Resources by Sam Worley Iowa State University http www cnde iastate edu staff swormley gps gps html ISSN 2231 5381 http www iyettjournal org Page 77 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 Survey on different Biomaterial and Biomechanical stents that the during airway Obstruction Snehal D Gulhane Sonali H Gajbhiye B E 2 yr Department of Biomedical Engineering Dr Bhausaheb Nandurkar College of Engineering and Technology Yavatmal Maharashtra India Abstract Airway and coronary arteries can be obstructedby a variety of diseases Airway are mainly obstructedby lung cancer scar inflammation or weakening of the airway wall the main cause of cholesterol in the human body The aim of the presented work was determination of the biomechanical characteristics of the vascular stent maid of stainless steel cr ni mo and co cr w ni alloy In order to determine the strength characteristics of the analyzed stent the finite element method was applied Geometrical model of the vascular stent which was meshed with
123. blood pressure at the measuring time It is one of the parameter for early detection of arterial sclerosis Cardio ankle vascular index CAVI is a stiffness index and shows the artery stiffness from the region of the aorta to the region of ankle It is not depending on blood pressure at the measuring time Arteriosclerosis contributes to the cardiovascular disease It shows high mortality and morbidity with respect to Arteriosclerosis Arterial sclerosis with the coronary is evaluated by Coronary Angenography CAG Ultrasonography is also used for analysis of coronary artery disease As we are dealing specially with atherosclerosis we are going to take arterial pulses and blood pressure of normal and diseased patients As we know diabetic patients are more prone to get atherosclerosis we will try to analyse them Analysis of 3 fingers index middle and ring finger pulse rate at different time intervals morning afternoon evening helps us to analyse the disease and develop the device for it which is inexpensive Polyvinylidene fluoride PVDF sensor are best sensor to get readings Blood pressure Pulse wave velocity Keywords Atherosclerosis Pulse Wave Velocity PWV Cardio Ankle Vascular Index CAVI Polyvinylidene Fluoride PVDF VI INTRODUCTION Ayurveda is an Indian medical science which has not received great value due to scientific recognition in modern times Today the development of efficient and non invasive device requ
124. bots have been proposed to help them and to perform tasks that neither human dogs nor existing tools can do For this project we will focus only sensors which will work in a disaster environment of manmade structure like collapsed buildings They are called Urban Search and Rescue operation There are several teams working on Human body Currently Mellon University is being found by the National Science Foundation to investigate the use of semi autonomous robots for urban search and rescue These Sensors will assist firemen police and disaster agencies with reconnaissance site evaluation and human detection The goal of this research is to develop hardware sensors and software systems user interfaces and navigation planning and coordination module to support these tasks Compare to the other projects Team is capable of navigating the difficult terrain of a disaster site but lacks sensors for victim detection The contribution of this work is to provide a sensor suite for human detection in the urban disaster environment The philosophy of the USAR project at Carnegie Mellon is that the robot team should be low cost semi autonomous heterogeneous and work together under a human coordinator In line with this philosophy one of the most challenging parts of this project is to find a lightweight and low cost solution that can fit on human body Conditions in a disaster area are extreme with many unknown parameters Victims may be cover
125. c inflows ieee ISSN 2231 5381 http www 1iettjournal org Page 17 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 6 G da Cruz Jr S Soares may 1996 non uniform composite representation of hydroelectric system for long term hydrothermal scheduling IEEE 7 Md Sayeed Salam Khalid Mohamed Nor Abdul Razak Hamdan feb 1998 hydrothermal scheduling based lagrangian relaxation approach to hydrothermal Coordination vol 13 no 1 IEEE 8 T D H Cau and RJ Kaye march 2002 evolutionary optimisation method for multistorage hydrothermal scheduling vol 149 no 2 9 Wilfredo S Sifuentes Alberto Vargas august 2007 Hydrothermal Scheduling Using Benders Decomposition Accelerating Techniques vol 22 no 3 10 V R Sherkat K Moslehi E O Lo G Sanchez J Diaz moduiar and flexible soltbare for medium and short term ikdro therw amp scheduling vol 3 no 2 1eee 11 A A F M Carneiro S Soares P S Bond a large scale application of an optimal deterministic hydrothermal scheduling algorithm vol 5 no 1 IEEE 12 Tiago Norbiato dos Santos and Andre Luiz Diniz AUG 2009 A New Miultiperiod Stage Definition for the Multistage Benders Decomposition Approach Applied to Hydrothermal Scheduling VOL 24 NO 3 13 Xaiomin Bai S M Shahidehpour MAY 1996 hydro thermal scheduling by tabu search and decomposition method vol 11 no 2 ieee 22 14 Chandrasekar Samudi S
126. cal imaging medical image processing and robotics the use of computer assistance in surgical routine is still limited to diagnostics surgical planning and interventions on mostly rigid structures In order to establish a computer aided workflow from diagnosis to surgical treatment and follow up several proposals for computer assisted navigation surgery interventions have been made in recent years By means of different pre and intraoperative information sources like surgical planning s intra operative imaging and tracking devices surgical navigation systems aim at supporting surgeons in localizing anatomical targets observing critical structures and sparing healthy tissue We concentrate on approaches which can be applied in orthopaedic surgery ENT surgery neurosurgery radiosurgery oral and maxillofacial surgery visceral surgery has special needs for image guidance due to limitations in perception Keywords computeraided surgery computer assisted intervention image guided surgery surgical navigation I INTRODUCTION Computer assisted navigation surgery represents a surgical concept and set of methods that use computer technology for pre surgical planning and for guiding or performing surgical interventions Computer assisted navigation surgery is also known as computeraided surgery computer assisted intervention image guided surgery and surgical navigation Computer assisted navigation surgery has been a lead in facto
127. called as the transition An abrupt transition between shots corresponds to a sudden change cut between two consecutive frames while a gradual transition prolongs itself throughout a_ small comparing to entire video sequence number of frames The later can be further classified as dissolve fade wipe or other complex types A fade is slow change in brightness of images usually resulting in fade out or starting with fade in a solid black frame In a dissolve the scene from the previous shot slowly fades out while the image from next shot slowly fades in simultaneously Shot boundary detection SBD is an essential step towards semantic video retrieval and indexing it aims to segment the video into some consecutive partitions temporally The idea of SBD is simply finding the discontinuity of visual contends It is difficult to build general model to detect the type and location of these transition Usually a SBD system extracts one or more low level features then run pair wise comparison between the current frame and successive frame and decide whether the boundary occurs or not Now people proposed a general model construction method and emerged various methods for model construction Many approaches used different kinds of features to detect shot boundary including histogram shape information motion activity Among these approaches histogram is the popular approach However in these histogram based approaches pixels space distr
128. ching for food D 1 Route Discovery As the name states this phase helps in discovering various available routes between sender and receiver of a message In a way to find a route to reach receiver sender makes a random walk or a broadcast search that leads it towards the receiver D 2 Route Maintenance This phase helps in the improvement of routes between a sender and receiver This algorithm doesn t need any special packets for route maintenance It depends on the pheromone deposited by every message in their traversal to find the shortest path and for better maintenance of route The pheromone here is the clue left by a message at every node in its traversal This clue is nothing but a pseudo identity of sender receiver Based on these clues a shortest path is selected D 3 Route Failure Handling This phase helps in handling the failed routes which is quite common in adhoc networks The reason for route failures lies in the mobility of nodes in the network This algorithm recognizes a route failure through a missing acknowledgement If a node finds an error message then it will first deactivate the link by setting the pheromone value to 0 The node then searches for an alternative link in its routing table If it finds any alternative link then it will traverse the message via that link Otherwise a new route is created getting back to the initial phase 3 PEER TO PEER NETWORK Defination Peer to Peer systems are
129. cience NCETMS 2014 END C 2 EEICCP ALGORITHM Algorithm of EEICCP protocol works in this way that after the data transmission by all the nodes of all the clusters one round gets complete and election phase restart The cluster heads are elected on the basis of the number of the clusters As 1055 nodes are taken in simulation newly protocol deviding the 1000 nodes into 10 clusters of 100 nodes each As there are layers of clusters one above the other so the formula of sum of first n natural numbers _n n 1 2 is used to calculate CHs needed for the 10 clusters n and they are in increasing the sequence sterting from the depth first which has only 1 CH with highest distance from the BS and they are in the order of 1 2 10 as movement is accomplished from depth to the BS so clusters nearest to the BS has 10 CHs In each cluster out of all the CHs in that cluster one is the CH for the nodes of that cluster and other acting as the CCOs cluster coordination for the clusters Election phase Ech_elec l Ee Es d nl l Ee Ebf Algorithm for data transmission l set k 0 n 1 2 set j no of cluster k 3 Repeat while j gt 1 4 If j 1 then Cluster j 1 n 1 cluster j n increment set n n 1 Else Base_station cluster j n increment k k 1 Set n 1 End of if structure 5 decrement set j 1 Go to step 2 6 End of step 3 loop 7 Exit 6 CONCLUSION In this paper the performance of AntNet routing algorith
130. ck diagram for the multiplier is shown in figure below The first operand A is loaded in parallel and the most significant bit is shifted out during each clock cycle Operand B is also loaded in parallel and its value is stored in the register for the entire multiplication process The result C is generated by shifting the added bits of each column one by one into the resultant register Therefore register RA is a parallel load shift register RB is a parallel load parallel output register and RC is a serial input parallel output register Figure2 Structure of Serial Parallel C ADD AND SHIFT MULTIPLIER Shift and add multiplication is similar to the multiplication performed by paper and pencil This method adds the multiplicand X to itself Y times where Y denotes the multiplier To multiply two numbers by paper and pencil the algorithm is to take the digits of the multiplier one at a time from right to left multiplying the multiplicand by a single digit of the multiplier and placing the intermediate product in the appropriate positions to the left of the earlier results As an example consider the multiplication of two unsigned 4 bit numbers 8 1000 and 9 1001 8 4 AAR Multiplicand 1000 LEA j a 4A Multiplier 1001 4 f A VUV ANANN JUVV AAA Jy UV A A WY a z SAAT AAA Prodi cl LUVLY J In the case of binary multiplication since the digits are O and 1 each step of the multiplication is simple
131. cognitiion Is the technology which can recognize and analyze the specific object and that can get the out as text which is the editable form The Object may be paper picture which might any format and reali time desktop or anything else We are are here defining that the suphrial system which works like intelligence And also we define the representation of structure and alogorithm in that included Keywords Object Chatacter Recogntion OpenCv Computer Vision Library INTRODUCTION Machine replication of human functions like reading is an ancient dream However over the last five decades machine reading has grown from a dream to reality Optical character recognition has become one of the most successful applications of technology in the field of pattern recognition and artificial intelligence Many commercial systems for performing OCIR exist for a variety of applications although the machines are still not able to compete with human reading capabilities A OCIR By 1950 the technological revolution was moving forward at a high speed and electronic data processing was becoming an important field Data entry was performed through punched cards and a cost effective way of handling the increasing amount of data was needed At the same time the technology for machine reading was becoming sufficiently mature for application and by the middle of the 1950 s OCR machines became commerciallyavailable The first true OCR reading machine
132. congested cells boundaries to shift to adjacent lesscongested APs The separation between the transmission power of the data traffic and that of the AP beacon messages On one hand the transmission bit rate between a user and its associated AP is determined by the quality of the data traffic channel Transmitting the data traffic with maximal power3 maximizes the AP user SNR and the bit rate On the other hand each user determines its association by performing a scanning operation in which it evaluates the quality of the beacon messages of the APs in its vicinity gt CONGESTION LOAD MINIMIZATION The algorithms presented in Section 4 minimize the load of the congested AP but they do not necessarily balance the load of the non congested APs as demonstrated in Examples 4 and 5 In this section we consider min max load balancing approach that not only minimizes the network congestion load but also balances the load of the non congested APs As mentioned earlier the proposed approach can be used for obtaining various max min fairness objectives by associating each users with appropriate load contributions Unfortunately min max load balancing is NP hard problem and it is hard to find even an approximated solution In this paper we solve a variant of the min max problem termed min max priority load balancing problem whose optimal solution can be found in polynomial time gt ALGORITHMIC CHALLENGES A greedy algorithm that reduces
133. consist of 4 input output ports which we can use to obtained output and to give input as per need It consist of inbuilt ADC USART Analog Comparator SPI JTAG hence there is no need toattached external devices In our paper we used ATmegal6microcontroller because it satisfies our all requirements also its data processing speed is fast as compare to other microcontroller 6 VI ADVANTAGES Low cost system Compact system Flexible to users It takes less power consumption to operate system ie a 7 VU APPLICATIONS This approach can be used in various applications that are related to speech disabilities and that have many advantages and may vary on the basis of conditions some of the applications are as follows 1 It was basically designed for the patient or dumb people those are in non communicative state with the help of movements they can communicate sofollowing are the cases in which the patient can make use of our device 2 Physically challenged persons Conveying information related operations 4 This approach has wider range of application in ICU ICCU and general ward of a hospital Oo 8 VII FUTURE WORK Changes are the prominent and key aspect in technology development No developer can say that his her proposed system is complete and no future changes are required Every system has some life and need some development or improvisation as per current or future demands The completion of this protot
134. control our arms and legs today These experiments lend hope that people with spinal injuries will be able to someday use their brain to control a prosthetic limb or even their own arm A BMI could e g allow a paralysed patient to convey her his intentions to a computer program But also applications in which healthy users can benefit from the direct brain computer communication are conceivable e g to speed up reaction times XV Mind reading is a type of negative thinking style common among those with Social anxiety disorder SAD When you mind read you believe that you know what other people are thinking about you for example that you are socially inept or awkward Mind reading is a specific type of probability overestimation XVI MIND READING COMPUTER A computer that can read human minds has unveiled by scientist It translates thought signals into speech through sensors place on the brain XVII A COMPUTATIONAL MODEL OF MIND READING Drawing inspiration from psychology computer vision and machine learning the team in the Computer Laboratory at the University of Cambridge has developed mind reading machines computers that implement a computational model of mind readingto infer mental states of people from their facial signals The goal is to enhance human computer interaction through empathic responses to improve the productivity of the user and to enable applications to initiate interactions with and on behalf
135. ctronics design are more prefer to use in standalone operation for specific task 1 1 Electrocardiogram Electrocardiography ECG or EKG from Greekkardia meaning heart is a transthoracic across the thorax or ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 50 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 chest interpretation of the electrical activity of the heart over a period of time as detected by electrodes attached to the surface of the skin and recorded by a device external to the body The recording produced by this noninvasive procedure is termed an electrocardiogram also ECG or EKG An ECG is used to measure the rate and regularity of heartbeats as well as the size and position of the chambers the presence of any damage to the heart and the effects of drugs or devices used to regulate the heart such as a pacemaker Most ECGs are performed for diagnostic or research purposes on human heart but may also be performed on animals usually for diagnosis of heart abnormalities or research An ECG is a way to measure and diagnose abnormal rhythms of the heart and helps to diagnose properly particularly abnormal rhythms caused by damage to the conductive tissue that carries electrical signals or abnormal rhythms caused by electrolyte imbalances In a myocardial infarction MI the ECG can identify if the heart muscle has been damaged in specific areas though not all areas of the h
136. ctually based on the standards that making the possibility to delivery last mile broadband access as a substitute to conventional cable and DSL lines ISSN 2231 5381 http www iettjournal org Page 128 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 Wimax would operate similar to Wi Fi but at higher speeds over greater distances and for a greater number of users WiMAX has the ability to provide service even in areas that are difficult for wired infrastructure to reach and the ability to overcome the physical limitations of traditional wired infrastructure WiMAX could potentially be deployed in a variety of spectrum bands 2 3GHz 2 5GHz 3 5GHz and 5 8GHz HOV WIMAX VV ORTKS HOMU nA APEA me Tears Fig WIMAX Network VII TYPES OF WIMAX The WiMAX family of standards concentrates on two types of usage models a fixed usage model and a mobile usage model The basic element that differentiates these systems is the ground speed at which the systems are designed to manage Based on mobility wireless access systems are designed to operate on the move without any disruption of service wireless access can be divided into three classes stationary pedestrian and vehicular 1 Fixed Wimax Service and consumer usage of WiMAX for fixed access 1s expected to reflect that of fixed wire line service with many of the standards based requirements being confined to the air interface Because com
137. current method of investigating the lining of the digestive system where a thin tube with a camera and a light source at the end is passed down into the oesophagus Endoscopies have a number of practical disadvantages including e They are often performed under sedation so they can be time consuming e They require specially trained staff so they can be expensive to carry out specialist staff usually want specialist pay rates Because of these disadvantages diagnosing oesophageal cancers can place a strain on resources However if this new technology is proved to be quick safe andeffective and that is a very big if then the diagnosis process may become a lot easier e Another advantage is that the camera can provide more detailed images than current investigative methods such as endoscopy II CANCER CAMERA The cancer camera is a new way of investigating the lining of the gastrointestinal tract for signs of diseases such as cancer or abnormal cells that are likely to go on to become cancerous The cancer camera or opto mechanically engineered pill is a small 12 8mm by 24 8mm high tech pill shaped laser camera that is attached to a thin string like wire called a tether The pill which is swallowed captures microscopic images of the lining of the oesophagus and gut at high resolution as it travels naturally through the digestive tract ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 87 National Conf
138. d analyzed system design is the first of the three technical activities design code and test that is required to build and verify software SYSTEM IMPLEMENTATION The importance can be stated with a single word Quality Design is the place where quality is fostered in software development Design provides us with representations of software that can assess for quality Design is the only way that we can accurately translate a customer s view into a finished software product or system Software design serves as a foundation for all the software engineering steps that follow Without a strong design we risk building an unstable system one that will be difficult to test one whose quality cannot be assessed until the last stage During design progressive refinement of data structure program structure and procedural details are developed reviewed and documented System design can be viewed from either technical or project management perspective From the technical point of view design is comprised of four activities architectural design data structure design interface design and procedural design DATA FLOW DIAGRAM Balan cing Bala ncing U User N AP Access Point Fig Data flow diagram STATE DIAGRAM Select the APs Sending signal load Overload Balancing load by Cell breathing Method aT Passing signal load Qannantialler ta Reaching the CO Fig State diagram ISSN 2231 5381
139. e MR pelvic coil Uterus Fibroid Focused ultrasound wa Advantages of HIFU No blood loss Quick recovery Non surgical Radiation free An outpatient procedure It reduces morbidity and mortality among women of child bearing age O O O O O Conclusion From above all detail description I have to conclude that MRI guided HIFU ablation may be a safe and effective minimally invasive technique for the treatment of uterine fibroids HIFU treatment on uterine fibroid was proved to be effective in this study through analyzing 70 cases clinical data of examinations and results However how to evaluate the therapy efficacy is always cared Because HIFU is a new technique from ultrasound the tumor response to therapy mostly are accurately evaluated by using contrast enhanced ultrasound and MRI imaging combined with routine ultrasound color Doppler flow imaging and power Doppler ultrasound REFERENCES Vollenhoven BL Lawrence AS Healy DL 1990 uterine fibroids a clinical review Br J Obstet Gynecol 97 285298 Haar GT Therapeutic applications of ultrasound Prog Biophys Mol Biol 2007 93 13 111 29 Radeleff B Eiers M Bellemann N et al 2010 Expulsionof dominant submucosal fibroids after uterine artery emobolization Eur J Radiol 75 e57 e63 Magnetic Resonance Guided Focused Ultrasound Surgery United States Patent 5247935 Harvey Cline Robert Ettinger Kenneth Rohling Ronald Watkins filed March 1992 Focused U
140. e developed system as well within the budget and this was achieved because most of the technologies used are freely available Only the customized products had to be purchased 1 2 TECHNICAL FISIBILITY 3 This study is carried out to check the technical feasibility that is the technical requirements of the system Any system developed must not have a high demand on the available technical resources This will lead to high demands on the available technical resources This will lead to high demands being placed on the client The developed system must have a modest requirement as only minimal or null changes are required for implementing this system SOCIAL FEASIBILITY The aspect of study is to check the level of acceptance of the system by the user This includes the process of training the user to use the system efficiently The user must not feel threatened by the system instead must accept it as a necessity The level of acceptance by the users solely depends on the methods that are employed to educate the user about the system and to make him familiar with it His level of confidence must be raised so that he is also able to make some constructive criticism which is welcomed as he is the final user of the system SYSTEM REQUIREMENT SPECIFICATION EXISTING SYSTEM Cell breathing has been studied mostly in the context of CDMA cellular networks The coverage and capacity of a CDMA cell are inversely related with each other The
141. e signs and the high complexity of passive magnetic designs Our prior work based on Lorentz forces demonstrates two methods with significant advantages over existing techniques in terms of power efficiency scalability and controllability The first method drives current directly through the fluid usingmagneto hydrodynamic MHD and the second switches current in a loop of wire to oscillate the device which experiences asymmetric drag fluid forces In both methods the force is proportional to current and therefore maximizing current will maximize the speed Fig 2 shows the operation of magneto hydrodynamic MHD Propulsion H A eL pz Bottom View B field Fluid Electrodes Forward Steering Thrust Current B field Fig 2 operation of magneto hydrodynamic MHD propulsion A Magneto hydrodyanmic MHD Propulsion MHD propulsion drives electric currents through fluids so the efficiency of this method depends on the fluid conductivity The basic principle of motion is described in Fig 2 The conductivity of The thrust force for MHD propulsion is the Lorentzforce on the ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 70 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 current flowing through the fluid These forces are given in the equation below where I is the current in the wire L is a vector denoting the length and direction of the wire and B is the background magnetic f
142. e Wx Fy Pai Subject to Ss Poi Pp P 0 Pe P Pee i 1 2 sasas NG eer We 1 w20 Where This approach yields meaningful result to the decision maker when solved many times for different values of wy k 1 2 M weighting factors w are determined based on the relative importance of various objectives which may vary from place to place and utility to utility The constrained scalar optimization problem is converted into unconstrained scalar optimization problem Each constrained equation as associated with an multiplier function known as lagrange multiplier The desired objective function is L ee Wg Fg A Poa Pi ee By taking the partial derivative of the augmented objective function with respect to the decision variable L _ um Fk aPL OPgi dik 1 Wk OPgi TA Sai i N i La NG OL ja Pp P UNS Pei 0 Where OF1 aPgi 2a Poi b OFk 1 aPgi 2dkiP i CK k 1 2 3 L NG aPgi Bio 2 i 2B Pj These equations are obviously nonlinear We use classical method to solve these equations and to find a solution with a appropriate initial guess formerly the water constrained amp LaGrange multiplier is obtained the generation of thermal and hydro unit can be determined V CONCLUSION The uncertainties present in water inflows system load demand operating cost equation coefficient and NOx emission coefficients affects the short term hydrothermal schedule The generation schedule based
143. e data bus and address bus width b Signal monitoring displays unit This unit provides display on graphical liquid crystal displays GLCD for monitoring ECG as shown in Figure 1 In this unit the microcontroller PIC18LF452 is configured to interact with graphical liquid crystal displays GLCD The microcontroller 1s added in this unit without interrupting the TMS320VC33 because the microcontroller performs best in tasking order which capable of task orientation and lack of DSP terms However the ADC0820 received the input from the tap ECG signal through signal conditioning circuit SCC and the converted ADC data is latch to the output port of ADC0820 Then the tap ECG signal from SCC output was capture and converted by 8 bit Analog to Digital Converter chip set ADC0820 and translated by PIC18LF452 into GLCD code in order to display on the GLCD Figure 2 shows that upon initialization the microcontroller put to observe the FT245RL chip set to get acknowledge and the observation is done through Port A of PICI8LF452 As the acknowledge signal is detected and then the firmware will proceed to next step s label as A If there is no feed back for acknowledge signal by the FT245RL then in this case the next stage will begin with monitoring the external interrupt and the firmware loops If the interrupt is detected PICI8LF452 will initialize the Graphic LCD panel and begin to read the ADC data from Port C of PICI8LF452 Afte
144. e real load balancing in the case of sensor nodes with different amounts of initial energy because CHs are elected in terms of probabilities without energy considerations Sensor nodes with lower initial energy that act as CHs for the same number of rounds as other sensor nodes with higher initial energy will die prematurely This could bring about energy holes and coverage problems 3 since CH election is performed in terms of probabilities it is hard for the predetermined CHs to be uniformly distributed throughout the network Thereby there exist the elected CHs that are concentrated in one part of the network and some nodes that have not any CHs in their vicinity 4 The idea of dynamic clustering brings extra overhead For instance CH changes and advertisements may diminish the gain in energy consumption 5 Taxonomy of Clustering Schemes In the literature clustering attributes in WSNs generally can be roughly classified into cluster characteristics cluster head characteristics clustering process and entire proceeding of the algorithm In this section we discuss a lot of detailed clustering attributes for WSNs and propose a more comprehensive and fine grained taxonomy compared to that of previous work The categories included in the taxonomy are individually analyzed in the subsections that follow 5 1 Classification of Clustering Attributes in WSNs 5 1 1 Cluster Characteristics Variability of Cluster Count Based on vari
145. e the new joint components into the patient s existing anatomy CAOS technologies allow the surgeon to e Plan the component placement in advance including determination of the appropriate component sizes e Measure the intra operative placement of the components in real time making sure that the plan is adhered to e Measure the post operative result It has not yet been proved that CAOS technologies result in a significant long term improvement in operative outcome Whilst the surgeon or even medical students in laboratory studies can achieve better results in terms of planned vs achieved placement of components it is not clear whether the plan has been constructed optimally Further because of the functional adaptability of bone errors in component placement may become unimportant in the long term Because of the relatively short time period over which CAOS has developed long term follow up studies have not yet been possible With CAOS the surgeon can more accurately pinpoint anatomical landmarks that might be hard to see in a small incision This navigation system then guides the surgeon through different bone cuts and finally to implantation Computer assisted orthopaedic surgery is mostly used in knee implant surgery because of the precision the surgeon gets with femoral and tibial bone cuts It 1s also used to navigate acetabular components placement where correct cup inclination is crucial Computer assisted orthopaedic s
146. eart are covered The ECG cannot reliably measure the pumping ability of the heart for which ultrasound based echocardiography or nuclear tests are used It 1s possible for a human or other animal to be in cardiac arrest but still have a normal ECG signal a condition known as pulse less The ECG device detects and amplifies the tiny electrical changes on the skin that are caused when the heart muscle depolarizes during each heartbeat At rest each heart muscle cell has a negative charge called the membrane potential across its cell membrane Decreasing this negative charge towards zero via the influx of the positive cations Na and Ca is called depolarization which activates the mechanisms in the cell that cause it to contract During each heartbeat a healthy heart will have an orderly progression of a wave of depolarization that is triggered by the cells in the senatorial spreads out through the atrium passes through the atrioventricular node and then spreads all over the ventricles This is detected as tiny rises and falls in the voltage between two electrodes placed either side of the heart which is displayed as a wavy line either on a screen or on paper This display indicates the overall rhythm of the heart and weaknesses in different parts of the heart muscle Figure Shows Schematic representation of normal ECG The P waves QRS complex and T waves shows the activation of the right and left atria depolarization of the
147. easily swallowed e Jt provides doctors more detailed images and the entire digestive track not visible by other techniques and records 870 000 images e Harmless to the patient of and easier than a endoscopy and it include the avoidance of standard endoscopy e The patient can continue their everyday life once he she has successfully swallowed the pill cam and no sedation is necessary for capsule endoscopy e Doctors can steer the images of the internal body as they wish e The pill cam platform is an efficient patient friendly and clinically proven diagnostic solution that provides accurate visualization of the gastrointestinal tract in its natural state VI CONCLUSIONS Wireless capsule endoscopy represents a significant technical breakthrough for the investigation of the small bowel The endoscopy system is the first of its kind to be able to provide noninvasive imaging of the entire small intestine It is cheap because it so small it doesn t require anesthesia and sedation which increase cost of the traditional proce REFERENCES 1 Pink tentacle Sayaka Next generation capsule endoscope 2 www nanotechgov Web sites 3 www sciencedaily com 4 ww zyvex com 5 Mylonki M et al Wireless capsule endos comparision with push enteroscopy in patients with gastcopy and copy colonoscopy negative gastrointestinal bleeding ISSN 2231 5381 http www iettjournal org Page 88 National Confer
148. eat thundering statistical herds All of us know manufactured products aremade from atoms The properties of those products depend on how those atoms arearranged If we rearrange atoms in dirt water and air we get grass The next stepin manufacturing technology is tomanufacture products at molecular level The technology used to achievemanufacturing at molecular levelis nanotechnology Nanotechnology is the creation of useful materials devices and system throughmanipulation of such minuscule matter Nanotechnology deals withobjects measured in nanometres Nanometre can be visualized as billionthof a meter or millionth of a millimetre or itis 1 80000 width of human hair A Pill Camera May Make Cancer Diagnose The new camera pill may make endoscopies thing of the past recent news coverage has heralded the arrival of a new camera you can swallow that could help detect early stages of cancer of the oesophagus The high tech device about the size of a large vitamin pill uses optical lasers to photograph the insides of the stomach and oesophagus in detail Diagnosis of esophagus cancer Fig loesophagul cancer l It is hoped that this new investigative technique may help spot early signs of cancers of the digestive system such as oesophagealcancer also known as cancer of the gullet The researchers suggest the cancer camera is a quick simple and pain free imaging method that patients may prefer to endoscopy the
149. ection in a road transportation network cross points in the Internet are known as routers A router s function are to read the destination address marked in an incoming IP packet to consult its internal information to identify on outgoing link to which the packets 1s to be forwarded to the packets Suppose that traffic suddenly increase for an example because of many users trying to download from the same website then packets are generated can possibly be queued at routers or even dropped Since a ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 133 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 router maintains a finite amount of space known as buffer to temporarily stored backlogged packets it is possible to reach the buffer limit Since the basic principle of TCP IP allow the possibility of IP packet not being delivered or being dropped enrout the finite buffer at a router is not a problem On the other hand from the efficient delivery point of view it is desirable not to have any packets loss or at least minimize it during transit This is because there liable delivery notion works on the principle of retransmission and acknowledgement and any dropped would mean an increase in delay due to the need of retransmission Thus for efficient delivery of packet there are several key factors to consider routers with a reasonable amount buffer space link with adequate bandwidth
150. ed Astenn Tanal Ong oe re oe r M z SCALABILITY Supporting one to dozen users Supportsg One to Himdred owe CPE pes wies Fined JOMHz Pieces OF CPE Valiuited Channe Width Subsoriber Wale Each CPE Plexitte L ro 20Mhiz gt mv wsaseosaPe eee HIT RATE 2 Bps Hz SBye biz te pee 4 z tr r y SPEED 54 View m Mile Chaad Mh po in UMH Channel bons lt i spe ay egy ny K 2r gt a QoS Quality Ut Sereices Mo QoS Supports Supper QoS whech enables eervices for weire amp vrideca as PEP ea Fa ae Bardh Lirit iini SECURITY MECHANISM Wired Equrvalers Privacy Extenuble Authentscation Awthentication Pre chared ke Protecel Based Authentication Privacy Key Management Table Comparison of Wi fi amp Wimax VII GI FI TECHNOLOGY When telling people to migrate from W1 Fi or Wi Max to Gi Fi the question you usually hear is why There are actually a few good reasons to move to the new technology The process of Gi Fi would use a chip that transmits at an extremely high 60GHz frequency versus the 5GHz used for the fastest forms of W1 Fi Mixing and signal filtering used in Gi Fi technology would keep the signal strong versus the longer ranged but slower and more drop prone Wi Fi option of today The GiFi uses the short range wireless technology would potentially be a competitor or more than likely a replacement for Wi Fi and things like Bluetooth might want to look out as well Mixing and sign
151. ed between Gi Fi and existing wireless technologies in this paper shows that these features along with some other benefits such as Low cost chip No Frequency Interference Low Power Consumption and High Security that are explained in detail in this paper makes it suitable to replace the existing wireless technologies for data transmission between devices that are placed in the short distances from each other Gi Fi technology has much number of applications and can be used in many places and devices such as smart phones wireless pan networks media access control and mm Wave video signals transmission systems Finally it is conspicuous that more research should be done in the field of this new wireless technology and its applications Frequency 2 4GHz 2 4 GHz 60 GHz Range 10 m 100 m 10 m Data transfer 800 Kbps 11 Mbps 5 Gbps rate Power Smw 1OmWw lt 2mWwW consumption Specification Bluctooth IEEE WECA NICTA authority SIG Primary devices Mobile Notebook Mobile phones Computers phones PDAs Desktop Home Consumer Computer devices Electronics servers PDAs office Consumer Industrial Electronics Automation office Devices Industmial Notebook Automaton Dewices Table Comparison between Bluetooth W1 Fi Gi Fi X REFERENCES 1 ZigBee Alliance Network Specification ZigBee Document 02130r10 December 14th 2004 2 ZigBee Alliance ZigBee Application Profile Home Control Lighting ZigBee Document 03540
152. ed for the measurement of CAVI Several reports have shown the usefulness of CAVI for the detection of atherosclerotic diseases 8 VHI PRINCIPLE OF CAVI Pulse wave velocity PWV from the heart to the ankle is obtained by measuring the length from the origin of the aorta to the ankle and by calculating T tb tba Blood pressure is measured at the brachial artery Ps systolic blood pressure Pd diastolic blood pressure AP Ps Pd p blood density AP pulse pressure L length from the origin of the aorta to the ankle T time taken for the pulse wave to propagate from the aortic valve to the ankle tba time between the rise of thebrachial pulse wave and the rise of the ankle pulse wave tb time between aortic valve closing sound and the notch of brachial pulse wave t b time between aortic valve opening sound and the rise of the brachial pulse wave 9 CAVI is calculated using PWV from the aortic valve origin to the ankle region and blood pressure measured at the upper arm Fig 3 The formula for CAVI uses the Bramwell Hill s equation which represents the relationship between PWV and volume change 10 and is derived from the stiffness parameter B first proposed by Hayashi et al 11 CAVI is calculated as follows CAVI a 2p AP x In Ps Pd xPWV2 b where Ps is the systolic blood pressure Pd is the diastolic blood pressure PWV is the pulse wave velocity from the aortic origin to the ankle region via
153. ed in debris trapped in voids or entombed making it difficult to find them and determine their state of health This is why it will be important to choose a set of different sensors which are complementary and able to operate in these conditions The selected sensors will be integrated with military This involved developing hardware and low level data acquisition software solutions Tests will be used to determine the robustness limitations and accuracy of each sensor and this data will be used to develop a comprehensive system that fuses the information from all the sensors to determine the location and probability of human presences XXV LITERATURE REVIEW In this section we will discuss the work done in the area of human detection so far Many universities in USA Japan and Europeare purchasing urban search and rescue robotics Three of the most advanced research teams are discussed in this paper A CRASAR Centre for Robot Assisted Search and Rescue Steve Burien suggested on Human Detection for Robotic Urban Search and Rescue university of South Florida That is may be the most advanced project for a search and ISSN 2231 5381 http www iettjournal org Page 73 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 rescue robot 1 The aim of this robot is to help the first aid workers by giving them a picture of a place that they cannot reach So they can see the environment see if there
154. elopment different possible efficient neural network models for that and their comparison 5 Determination of best possible neural network model from the various efficient models implemented 6 Testing and validation of the final neural network model In this research it is proposed to use different neural network Structures such as MLP Generalized Feedforward Neural Networks Modular Feedforward Neural Networks Principal Component Analysis NN RBF NN and Support Vector Machines for modeling of different intelligent sensors undertaken The generalization performance of different models will be validated meticulously on the basis of the following important parameters O MSE on train cross validation and test data a NMSE on train cross validation and test data QO Correlation coefficient for train cross validation and test data QO 9 Error for train cross validation and test data QO Akaike s Information Criterion for train validation and test data QO Minimum descriptive length for train cross validation and test data Q Sensitivity Analysis for train cross validation and test data O Receiver Operating Characteristics for train cross validation and test data O Confusion matrices for train cross validation and test data cross 4 IMPLICATIONS Electronic Nose is an important concept which is used in food industries to assess the quality of food Food products contain off flavor compounds created by a variety o
155. elping avoid hot spots in the network In LEACH we use randomized rotation of the cluster headpositions to achieve the same goal Another method of wireless communication is to use clustering In this case nodes send their data to a central clusterhead that forwards the data to get it closer to the desired recipient Clustering enables bandwidth reuse and can thus increasesystem capacity Using clustering enables better resource allocationand helps improve power control While conventional cluster based networks rely on a fixed infrastructure new research is focusing on ways to deploy clusteringarchitectures in an ad hoc fashion Earlywork by Baker et al developed a linked cluster architecture where nodes are assigned to be ordinary nodes clusterhead nodes or gateways between different clusters Thecluster heads act as local control centres whereas the gatewaysact as the backbone network transporting data betweenclusters This enables robust networking with point to pointconnectivity Another ad hoc clustering protocol the near termdigital radio NTDR uses a clustering approach with a _ two tierhierarchical routing algorithm Nodes form local clusters and intra cluster data are sent directly from one node to thenext whereas inter cluster data are routed through the clusterhead nodes This protocol enables point to point connectivityand does not use low energy routing or MAC therefore it isnot suited for microsensor netwo
156. els The ways of sealing congenital heart defects in infants that are needed were creating a laundry list of properties of the ideal surgical glue The material had to be elastic biodegradable biocompatible and had to stick strongly to the tissue under wet conditions especially in presence of blood and found that the pre polymer poly glycerol sebacate acrylate or PGSA fit all of criteria except that it was only partially adhesive A modified PGSA was well attached to the tissue and imparted the material with on demand adhesiveness The resulting glue contains a chemical that when activated by Ultra violet light creates free radicals that lock the polymer in place but allows the material to remain elastic II METHODOLOGY In California slugs and sandcastle worms are found These creatures can produce viscous secretions that are not easily washed away and do not mix with water Studying these secretions which are viscous and water repellant a material is made that performs well under this condition is elastic and biocompatible and fully biodegrade over time A compound of two naturally occurring substances glycerol and sebacic acid is developed which is named as hydrophobic light activated adhesive HLAA The mixture is viscous and easy to spread over the surface When activated to UV light it becomes a strong and flexible adhesive ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 46 National Conference on Engine
157. ely Figure l a shows the tapped ECG from test subject it is tapped from the Lead I formation on human body skin surface with four disposable electrodes placed on the right arm white color left arm black color right leg green color and left leg red color all the color code were referred to electrodes placement on human body Figure 1 b shows the oscilloscope screen display from the output of AFE this means that it is functional Then in Figure 1 c shows that the output from AFE is able to read by microcontroller PIC18F452 and display the tap ECG to the Graphic LCD Emulator XDS510PP PLUS from Spectrum Digital Incorporated was attached to on board JTAG connector at TMS320VC33_ by communicate through Code Composer 3x 4x in order to visualized the tap ECG at the graphical windows as depicted in Figure 1 d The capacity of the graphical windows can only display 2000 data As a result 7 cycles of tap ECG data were captured in approximately 7 second all the captured ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettiournal or Page 52 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 signal were labeled with its P Q R S and T waves These collected tapped ECG data are temporary stored in the external RAM as shown in Figure 1 d IV HARDWARE PLATFORM In this DSP hardware design is utilizing two processors by means of putting a single DSP processor lack of tasks oriented but capable of mathematica
158. ence on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 Serum based diagnosis of asthma using Raman Spectroscopy Tejas Thaware Rajashri Ramteke B E 2 year Biomedical Engineering Dr Bhausaheb Nandurkar College of Engineering and Technology Yavatmal Maharashtra India Abstract The currently prescribed tests for asthma diagnosis require compulsory patient compliance and are usually not sensitive to mild asthma Development of an objective test using minimally invasive samples for diagnosing and monitoring of the response of asthma may help better management of the disease Raman spectroscopy RS has previously shown potential in several biomedical applications including pharmacology and forensics In this study we have explored the feasibility of detecting asthma and determining treatment response in asthma patients through RS of serum Serum samples from 44 asthma subjects of different grades mild moderate treated severe and untreated severe and from 15 reference subjects were subjected to Raman spectroscopy Differences like changes in protein structure increase in DNA specific bands and increased glycosaminoglycans like features were more prominent with increase in asthma severity Multivariate tools using Principal component analysis PCA and Principal component based linear discriminant analysis PC LDA followed by Leave one out cross validation LOOCV were employed for data analyses Keywords phenoty
159. end T R D Prakash Constant frequency unified power quality conditioner IEEE International Conference on Emerging Trends in Electrical and Computer Technology ICETECT 2011 pp1 8 7 Khadkikar V Chandra A Barry A O Nguyen T D Conceptual Study of Unified Power Quality Conditioner UPQC IEEE International Symposium on Industrial Electronics Vol 2 2006 pp 1088 1093 8 L Ribickis I Galkin Direct frequency converters for induction motor drives IEEE International Symposium on Industrial Electronics 1999 ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 100 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 ISIE 99 Proceedings of the Vol 1 1999 pp 26 30 9 Yang Mei Kai Sun Daning Zhou Lipei Huang Analysis and Compensation of matrix converter operation under abnormal input voltage conditions IEEE International Power Electronics and Motion Control Conference IPEMC 2004 Vol3 2004 pp 1311 1315 10 I Sato J Itoh H Ohguchi A Odaka H Mine Method of Matrix Converter Drives Under Input Voltage Disturbances Improvement IEEE Transactions on Power Electronics Vol 22 1 2007 pp 132 138 11 K C Divyaa P S Nagendra Raoa Effect of Grid Voltage and Frequency Variations on the Output of WindGenerators Electric Power Components and Systems Taylor amp Francis no36 vol 6 2008 pp 602 614 12 M Imecs A M Trzynadl
160. ent related potentials in normal and clinical subjects Clinical Neurophysiology 111 1745 58 2000 ISSN 2231 5381 http www iettjournal org Page 4 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 Combining Biometric Id Cards and Online Credit Card Transaction Miss Neelima U Kantode Miss Darshana G Badwaik Information Technology Department DBNCOET Yavatmal Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University Amravati India Information Technology Department DBNCOET Yavatmal Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University Amravati India Abstract Internet shopping a strong alternative to traditional go see touch and buy shopping has been one of the mostly used facilities of the Internet Several online shopping systems serve internet users all around the world and enable people to get the products they need with a small effort Internet shopping can be considered as see and buy retailing While the see part is implemented by the expertise and imagination of web designers different payment schemes have been devised for the buy part The most used media are online credit card transaction systems Several different methodologies have been developed for credit card transactions However research has shown that most of internet users do not fully trust credit card payment systems because of financial risks such as loss of money Various approaches have been performed in orde
161. ently the autonomy program occupies about 35 Kbytes for all of the vision relatedprocessing and 32 Kbytes for other behaviour generation and miscellaneous computation Of the 35Kbytes for vision related processing only about 10 Kbytes are directly related to behaviour generation The rest are involved in various forms of signal pre processing generation of depth map calculation of the size of free space estimation of the vanishing point and detection of specificobstacles in the immediate front of the chair Of the remaining 25 Kbytes approximately 20 Kbytes are used in the neural network systemfor detecting landmarks and referencing a topological map 7 The current implementation of thelandmark system consumes only 256 Bytes per landmark although this figure may change in thefuture as more sophisticated landmark description might become necessary The current system has space for up to 64 landmarks but this can also be adjusted in future versions Of the 32 Kbytes of non vision processing i e processing of inputs from IR s bump sensors voice I O etc again no more than several Kbytes are spent for generating behaviours A considerable amount of code hasbeen written to deal with trivial periphery such as keypad interface voice I O and LCD display The comparable inefficiency of coding is because these non behavioural processing had to be described in more conventional algorithms IV APPLICATIONS e Hospitals e Health care centr
162. ently strong and near by locations that have poor to no signal strength An example location would be at the corner of an L shaped corridor where the access point is at the end of one leg and a strong signal is desired at the end of the other leg Another example would be 75 of the way between the access point and the edge of its useable signal This would effectively increase the range by 75 5 Wi Fi vs cellular Some argue that Wi Fi and related consumer technologies hold the key to replacing cellular telephone networks such as GSM Some obstacles to this happening in the near future are missing roaming and authentication features see 802 1x SIM cards and RADIUS the narrowness of the available spectrum and the limited range of Wi Fi It is more likely that WiMax will compete with other cellular phone protocols such as GSM UMTS or CDMA However Wi Fi is ideal for VoIP applications e g in a corporate LAN or SOHO environment Early adopters were already available in the late 90s though not until 2005 did the market explodes Companies such as Zyxel UT Starcomm Sony Samsung Hitachi and many more are offering VoIP Wi Fi phones for reasonable prices MEDICAL APPLICATION OF ADVANCED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION A Wi Fi These unlicensed technologies are commonly used with cell phones handheld devices and personal computers but can also be used for implanted or body worn medical devices These devices operate in the 902 928 2400 2
163. epth with an 8 3MHz clock ISSN 2231 5381 Page 72 http www ijettjournal org National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 Alive Human Detector Preeti Kale Priyanka Bhave Rajesh Kshirsagar IBE final year EnTc DBNCOET Yavatmal Maharashtra India 445001 BE final year EnTc DBNCOET Yavatmal Maharashtra India 445001 Assistant Professor EnTc DBNCOET Yavatmal Maharashtra India 445001 Abstract Natural calamities do occur and they are unstoppable But humans are becoming increasingly aware in the concept of intelligent rescue operations in such calamities so that precious life and material can be saved though calamities cannot be stopped Still there are lots of disasters that occur all of a sudden and Earthquake is one of such things Earthquakes produce a devastating effect and they see no difference between human and material Hence a lot of times humans are buried among the debris and it become impossible to detect them A timely rescue can only save the people who are buried and wounded Detection by rescue workers becomes time consuming and due to the vast area that gets affected it becomes more difficult So the concept proposed helps in identifying the position of alive people and rescue operations A hardware prototype of the life detection system has been developed and experimental results show that the proposed method is cost effective and efficie
164. er CF UPFC has been proposed to evaluate the wind mill connected with microgrid system Simulation studies have been carried out in MATLAB SIMULINK software to examine the impacts of FSIWTG on the steady state under unbalanced supply frequency fluctuation conditions This new power quality conditioner compensates the voltage sag swell supply frequency and mitigates the current harmonics Simulation shows that the CFUPFC behaves satisfactorily during steady state and transient periods The proposed system effectively mitigates almost all power quality issues present in the windmill REFERENCES 1 B Awad N Jenkins Control of Distributed Generation Electrotechink Nad Information Techink vol 12 2008 pp409 414 2 E Haesen F Minne J Driesen M Bollen Hosting Capacity for Motor Starting in Weak Grids IEEE International Conference on Future Power Systems 2005 pp 6 12 3 B Prokuda Power quality site surveys for industrial and commercial buildings IEEE Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Technical Conference 1994 pp 97 103 4 H Akagi E Watanabe E M Aredes Combined Series and Shunt power Conditioners Instantaneous Power Theory and Applications to Power Conditioning ch6 2007 pp265 374 5 K Palanisamy J SMishra I J Raglend D P Kothari IEEE Joint International Conference Power Electronics Drives and Energy Systems PEDES amp 2010 Power India 2010 pp1 5 6 P JenoPaul I J Ragl
165. erence on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 The wire also allows an operator to control the position of the pill in the digestive tract to look at specific areas of interest Il WORKING It is slightly larger than normal capsule The patient swallows the capsule and the natural muscular waves of the digestive tract propel it forward through stomach into small intestine through the large intestine and then out in the stool It takes snaps as it glides through digestive tract twice a second The capsule transmits the images to a data recorder which is worn on a belt around the patient s waist while going about his or her day as usual The physician then transfers the store data to a computer for processing and analysis The complete traversal takes around eight hours and after it has completed taking pictures 1s comes out of body as excreta Study results showed Ver rnanect Magnet Fisctromagnet Vwhwte LE inrer Capsule Outer Capsule Image Sensor u n 4 Fig 2 Camera pill That the camera pill was safe without any side effects and was able to detect abnormalities in the small intestine including parts that cannot be reached by the endoscope The tiniest endoscope yet takes 32 megapixel images per second and offloads them wirelessly See how it works inside the body in an animation Pop this pill and eight hours later doctors can examine a high resolution video of your intestines for tu
166. ering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 Fig 1 Slugs and sandcastle worms a A series of experiments that have been performed e Comparison of patches covered in HLAA with current medical glue by sticking them to the outside of rats hearts e Comparative studies of HLAA to conventional stitches by making a hole in the heart of two groups of rats and used the HLAA patches to close it in one group n 19 and compared this to using stitches in the other n 15 e Putting patches coated with HLAA on the septum of four pigs hearts e Gluing of a small cut measuring 3 4mm to a pig artery in the laboratory using HLAA and then assessed at what pressures it would remain closed to see if it could cope with human blood pressures b Constituents of the glue and their chemistry Sebacic acid is a naturally occurring dicarboxylic acid with the structure HOOC CH2 s COOH In its pure state it is a white flake or powdered crystal The product is described as non hazardous though in its powdered form it can be prone to flash ignition a typical risk in handling fine organic powders Sebacic acid is a derivative of castor oil with the vast majority of world production occurring in China which annually exports over 20 000 metric tonnes representing over 90 of global trade of the product 0 Hn OH Fig no 2 Structural formula for Sebacic acid Glycerol also called as glycerineis a simple polyol sugar alcohol compound
167. es e Old age home e Physically handicapped individuals e In industries as robot to carry goods e Automatic gaming toys e Communication e Control of Mechanical systems e Sports e Feedback in Computer Based Learning environment V ADVANTAGES amp DISADVANTAGES A Advantages Power wheelchairs also referred to as electric wheelchairs are a common aid to daily living for people who are disabled or elderly Power wheelchairs provide many advantages for wheelchair bound people Many people who require a wheelchair find a power wheelchair offers more benefits than a bulky manual wheelchair e Increased mobility For disabled people who cannot use their arms to power a manual wheelchair or for people who do not have the upper body strength to self propel a manual wheelchair power wheelchairs offer the ability to be mobile with the use of a joystick or mouthpiece such as the sip and puff control described by Wheelchair ca or a tongue controlled wheelchair e Increased Manoeuvreability Power wheelchairs use casters that swivel a full 180 degrees to provide more manoeuvreability especially in small areas according to the Electric Wheelchairs Centre Manoeuvreability is one of the key problems associated with wheelchair use Power wheelchairs allow a disabled individual to get around tight spaces and move through smaller areas which is especially beneficial at home e Increased Physical Support A power wheelchair can have the option
168. ese constraints require innovative design techniques to use the available bandwidth and energy efficiently In order to design good protocols for wireless microsensor networks it 1s important to understand the parameters that are relevant to the sensor applications While there are many ways in which the properties of a sensor network protocol can be evaluated we use the following metrics A Ease of Deployment Sensor networks may contain hundreds or thousands of nodes and they may need to be deployed in remote or dangerous environments allowing users to extract information in ways that would not have been possible otherwise This requires that nodes be able to communicate with each other even in the absence of an established network infrastructure and predefined node locations B System Lifetime These networks should function for as long as possible It may be inconvenient or impossible to recharge node batteries Therefore all aspects of the node from the hardware to the protocols must be designed to be extremely energy efficient C Latency Data from sensor networks are typically time sensitive so it is important to receive the data in a timely manner D Quality The notion of quality in a microsensor network is very different than in traditional wireless data networks For sensor networks the end user does not require all the data in the network because The data from neighbouring nodes are highly correlated ma
169. esearch Institute University of Nevada Las Vegas July 1995 3 R W Smith The Extraction and Recognition of Text fromMultimedia Document Images PhD Thesis University ofBristol November 1987 R Smith A Simple and Efficient Skew DetectionAlgorithm via Text Row Accumulation Proc of the 3rd Int Conf on Document Analysis and Recognition Vol 2 TEEE1995 pp 1145 1148 4 P J Rousseeuw A M Leroy Robust Regression and Outlier Detection Wiley IEEE 2003 5 S V Rice G Nagy T A Nartker Optical Character Recognition An Illustrated Guide to the Frontier Kluwer Academic Publishers USA 1999 pp 57 60 6 P J Schneider An Algorithm for Automatically Fitting Digitized Curves in A S Glassner Graphics Gems I Morgan Kaufmann 1990 pp 612 626 7 R J Shillman Character Recognition Based on Phenomenological Attributes Theory and Methods PhD Thesis Massachusetts Institute of Technology 1974 B A Blesser T T Kuklinski R J Shillman Empirical Tests for Feature Selection Based on a Pscychological Theory of Character Recognition Pattern Recognition 8 2 Elsevier New York 1976 8S M Bokser Omnidocument Technologies Proc IEEE 80 7 IEEE USA Jul 1992 pp 1066 1078 9 H S Baird R Fossey A 100 Font Classifier Proc of the Ist Int Conf on Document Analysis and Recognition IEEE 1991 pp 332 340 10 G Nagy At the frontiers of OCR Proc IEEE 80 7 I
170. ess steel is most use In a second perspective we find the nitinol This material is very popular in the market because of his capability of self Supe gastic NITI STRAIN Fig Response of Metals Stress vs Strain Expanding This process is interesting because the process of the angioplasty is not necessary Other materials are not as frequently use in the marketplace because of their recent introduction to the public Some are like the silicone and cobalt chromium As a way to look always for the new things and finding out what is new and effective we compare what is new in the market and what is already well established When doing an analysis of the value in a stress strain diagram we found that if the modulus is higher means that the slope of the curve in the linear elasticity part is steepest Meaning that is need a bigger stress to develop a considerable strain A Cobalt chromium For the chromium cobalt there is a lot of ambiguity in the field of the construction of stents because of their early introduction to the world This material is also used for other biomechanical devices like hip replacement The modulus of elasticity is defined by Hooke s law is 235Gpa For cr co B Stainless steel May corrode inside the body under certain circumstances such as highly stressed and oxygen depletion region that s why suitable for fracture plates screws etc modules of elasticity is 193gpa ISSN 2231 53
171. esults obtained from the non sampled video sequence our algorithm worked better on the sampled video sequence Second we have even noted that the probability that the intensity of a pixel either increases or decreases between two consecutive frames is 1 2 in a non dissolve sequence Usually the following three measures are used to measure the quality of algorithm XXXIV PERFORMANCE MEASURE For the evaluation of detection algorithm the precision and recall can be computed using following formulae C Recall R EET C Precision P ET Where C M and F are the numbers of correct miss and false detects respectively Fl is a combined measure that results in high value ifand only if both precision and recall result in high values 2 xR xP P R The recall and precision values are calculated by checking if the transition framewindows overlapped Therefore only one frame overlap between the reference and detected transitions is required to produce good results Additional performance indicators are needed to describe how accurately the system is able to spot the starting point and length of the transitions This accuracy is measured using frameprecision and frame recall These values are calculated using only the reference transitions that were found and the corresponding detected transitions That is the detected transitions and the reference transitions without a match are discarded when calculating these values FI measure X
172. f food or dairy product available in the market by employing an efficient near optimal neural network based classifier using E ISSN 2231 5381 http www 1iettjournal org Page 13 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 Nose Pattern recognition is an important part of E Nose technology would be done using neural networks The main problem associated with neural network is long processing time and large training sample required The main advantages using this algorithm are learning may be fast and parallel computing is possible weight analysis is easier for modular network better generalization performance The design of neural network will be done using MATLAB or Neurosolutions softwares Actual experiment on electronic nose will be done at CDAC Kolkata and database will be generated CDAC Kolkata has given permission to perform experiments at their facility on the E Nose set up The unique and dominant features of the data set shall be extracted from the E Nose after performing experiments The features will then be applied to the Neural networks to train and design it optimally so as to further classify the test product to know its quality Implementation Scheme in various phases 1 Study of the sensors chosen for classification 2 Nonlinear parameter identification of the selected sensors 3 Development of a basic neural network based model for sensor data classification 4 Dev
173. f mechanisms such as through the action of natural and microbial enzymes and chemical changes catalyzed by light or heavy metals However detection of aroma compounds using electronic noses has become more and more important Potential applications in odor assessment by electronic noses in the food area are numerous they have been used for quality control monitoring process aging determination of geographical origin adulteration contamination and spoilage There is no universal sensor system that can solve all odor analysis problems Instead there is a need to employ intelligent application specific sensor systems that are appropriate to the application This means building in intelligence through the development of suitable sensor structures sensor materials and pattern recognition methods New pattern recognition methods would make use of the transient information in the sensor signal to enhance the identification ability of the system This requires the use of dynamic models for the sensor system which can account for the drift in sensor parameters This research work is an attempt to develop a Neuro Softcomputing system to assess the quality of food product which will be more accurate more reliable and optimal 5 REFERENCES 1 Esmaeil MAHMOUDI Electronic Nose Technology and its Applications J Sensors amp Transducers vol 107 no 8 pp 17 25 Aug 2009 2 Francesco Masulli Matteo Pardo Giorgio Sberveglieri
174. f the lamp is around 50 watts considering that a 100000 inhabitant city contains about 18000 lamps such a city spend around 11 Giga watt hours Considering that producing 1 kWh implies the emission of 340 grams of CO 1 the street lights of such a city are responsible for the emission of 3700 tons of CO in the atmosphere per year Technologies and techniques now exist to e Save electricity with outing impacting the lighting level perceived by citizen e Automatically identify 99 of lamp and blast failure saving on maintenance cost and increasing security Block diagram and working The block diagram comprises of power supply an AVR micro controller which is the heart of the circuit it control the operation of all the blocks a zero cross detector Triac LCD Real Time Clock an ISSN 2231 5381 http www 1ettjournal org Page 37 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 emergency light A 230 volt 50 Hz power supply is connected to blocks A 230 volt power supply is converted into 5 volt DC supply which is used for supplying the micro controller The conversion is done with the help of a step down transformer which brings down the 230 volts to 12 volt 2 Now to convert this 12 volt AC into DC we are using a rectifier circuit further a capacitor 1s used to remove ripples Now a constant 5 volt DC supply is obtained using regulator IC The power supply is connected to the ZCD
175. fer from heavy load while their adjacent APs may carry only light load Such load imbalance among APs is undesirable as it hampers the network from fully utilizing its capacity and providing fair services to users In this paper we present a novel load balancing scheme that reduces the load of congested APs by forcing the users near the boundaries of congested cells to move to neighboring less congested cells We achieve this via cell size dimensioning by controlling the transmission power of the AP beacon messages In this paper a WLAN cell is defined as a region in which the AP beacon signal has the strongest RSSI Our approach is conceptually similar to cell breathing in cellular networks We present an optimal algorithm that finds deterministic min max load balancing solutions Informally a WLAN is called min max load balanced if it is impossible to reduce the load of any AP without increasing the load of other APs with equal or higher load Our approach is practical since it does not require either user assistance or standard modification The project entitled as Cell Breathing Techniques for Load Balancing in Wireless LANs developed using NET using C Modules display as follows Client Model Server Model Network Model Cell Breathing Approach Congestion Load Minimization Algorithmic challenges VVVVV V MODULE DESCRIPTION gt CLIENT MODEL A client is an application or system that accesses a remote service on another com
176. fficulty we will detect how many body alive or not XXVIII ADVANTAGES A It is small unmanned fully autonomous amp a light weight system and therefore it can be fielded in narrow passage very easily as it is futilely autonomous no controlling is required B Due to its light weight power requirements are less and easy to carry Its microcontroller based circuitry makes it simple and compact and provides more flexibility as in future if any change is required then only by changing the program its functionality can be changed C All through low cost standard processing hardware was chosen It performs well and is capable of doing work efficiently D It has caterpillar type wheel arrangement it help in the movement of the vehicle in rough terrain Also its turning radius is very small XXIX CONCLUSION AND FUTURE SCOPE In this way the contribution of this work is to provide a sensor suitable for human detection in the urban disaster environment One of the most challenging parts of this project is to find a lightweight and low cost solution Hence we will detect the alive human body ISSN 2231 5381 http www iettjournal org Page 76 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 Hence many life s can be saved by using this autonomous module during an earthquake disaster in a short duration which becomes time consuming and unaffected if done manually This module can be improved by usi
177. first step feature extraction extracts signal features that encode the intent of user In order to have effective BCI operation the electrophysiological features extracted should have strong correlations with the user s intent The signal features extracted can be in the time domain or the frequency domain The most common signal features used in current BCI systems include amplitudes or latencies of event evoked potentials e g P300 frequency power spectra e g sensorimotor rhythms or firing rates of individual cortical neurons An algorithm filters the digitized data and extracts the features that will be used to control the BCI In this step confounding artefacts such as 60 Hz noise or EMG activity are removed to ensure accurate measurement of the brain signal features 3 Feature Translations The second step of signal processing is accomplished by the translation algorithm which converts the extracted signal features into device commands Brain electrophysiological features or parameters are translated into commands that will produce output such as letter selection cursor movement control of a robot arm or operation of another assistive device A translation algorithm must be dynamic to accommodate and adapt to the continuing changes of the signal features and to ensure that the possible range of the specific signal features from the user covers the full range of device control 4 Device Output The signal features th
178. for the Classification The performance of their approaches compares well with previously reported results using the same subset from the ESC ST T 24 database and indicates that it could be part of a system for the detection of ischemic episodes in long duration ECGs Erik Zellmer et al 2009 presented a highly accurate ECG beat classification system It uses continuous wavelet transformation combined with time domain morphology analysis to form three separate feature vectors from each beat Each of these feature vectors are then used separately to trainthree different SVM classifiers Philip Langley et al 2010 proposed an algorithm for analysing changes in ECG morphology based on PCA is presented and applied to the derivation of surrogate respiratory signals from single lead ECGs The respiratory induced variability of ECG features P waves QRS complexes and T waves are described by the PCA The assessment of ECG features and principal components yielded the best surrogate for the respiratory signal Ill STANDALONE ECG MONITORING SYSTEM Figurel Block diagram of prototype DSP stand alone system with the tapped ECG is checked with oscilloscope and display on the graphic LCD The tap ECG also captured by the DSP processor and displayed on the window at Code Composer 3x 4x From Figurel shows the operation for Analog Front End AFE unit interface with volunteer subject as shown in Figure 1 a Figure 1 b and Figure 1 c respectiv
179. g gesture movement This gesture movement generate thesignal and these signal display on display board in the form of text message Normal people cannot understand the sign language of dumb people but by reading text from display board they can understand the feelings of dumb people and they know what these people want This paper provides easy communication of dumb people with normal person For such type of people we are using flex sensor which gives the analog voltage of movement and the same voltage converted into digital information of the necessity of the persons to be displayed on the LCD screen attached at the receivers end forrespectivevoltage value captured by the flex sensors The wireless communication is achieved by using RF cc2500 module 2 If BLOCK DIAGRAM ATMEGA 16 MICRO CONTROLLER SIGNAL CONDITIONING INPUT DATA DISPLAY Fig 1 Block Diagram For the system to be implemented requirement of following different modules were considered as the individual blocks for operation 1 Input sensors for Hand Gesture Recognition 2 Signal Conditioning for Data Compatibility to next Stage 3 Microcontroller for Data Process and Action 4 Display Device for Data and Menu Display In this paper flex sensors will act as an input device generating different voltages from its output pin Now this input will be send to the microcontroller for processing by executing the code embedded in the microcontroller Here
180. g in the opposite direction and is used to modify the routing tables of the visited nodes AntNet system comprises two sets of homogeneous mobile agents called forward and backward ants They possess the same structure but they can sense different inputs and they can produce different independent outputs Forward ants gather information On a regular time base every node sends one forward ant with a random destination over the network This forward ant is forward by some intermediate nodes to its final destination in a way that balances between exploitation of known good paths and the exploration of new possibly better paths Backward ants are created out of forward ants once they have reached their destination The backward ant follows exactly the same path as the forward ant but in the opposite direction resulting in adapting the probabilities in the routing table of all intermediate nodes Fig ANTNET ROUTING C 1 ANTNET ALGORITHM Algorithm AntNet1 0 Suppose a data network with N nodes where s denotes a generic source node when it generates an agent or ant toward a destination d Two types of ants are defined 1 Forward Ant denoted Fs d which will travel from the source node s to adestination d 2 Backward Ant denoted Bs d that will be generated by a forward ant Fs d in thedestination d and it will come back to s following the same path traversed by Fs d with the purpose of using the information already
181. g is in fact who or what it is declared to be In private and public computer networks including the Internet authentication is commonly done through the use of logon passwords Knowledge of the password is assumed to guarantee that the user is authentic Each user registers initially or is registered by someone else using an assigned or self declared password On each subsequent use the ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 5 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 user must know and use the previously declared password The weakness in this system for transactions that are significant such as the exchange of money is that passwords can often be stolen accidentally revealed or forgotten For this reason Internet business and many other transactions require a more stringent authentication process The use of digital certificates issued and verified by a Certificate Authority CA as part of a public key infrastructure is considered likely to become the standard way to perform authentication on the Internet Logically authentication precedes authorization although they may often seem to be combined f Challange 2 Response Authentication ad es Server Chlent PC i O Token Device Challenge a il Valid Certiicate 3 5 Authentication 4 Token Device Answers Token Figure 1 Process of authentication Authorization Authorization is the process of
182. g obtained information to update the routing tables In this discourse we evaluate the performance of the AntNet routing algorithm in terms of efficiency and security in peer to peer networks Using the network simulator NS2 a simulator is implemented for a network of 8 nodes which simulates the ant colony intelligence in deciding the most efficient and secured path from source to destination In the simulator a variety of network scenarios is considered 2 LITRATURE SURVEY A Crowds Crowds are an anonymous network developed by Michael K Reitter and Aviel D Rubin The degree of anonymity given by crowds can be ranged as probable innocence which defends against large number of attackers This mechanism will defend against internal attackers and a corrupt receiver but provides no anonymity against a global attacker or a local eavesdropper Crowds was named for the notion blending into a crowd which operates by grouping users into a large and geographically diverse group crowd in which every user s intention is to hide their identity while communicating with some web server The anonymity 1s achieved by hiding one s actions with the actions of many others while traversing one s message In this way crowds make it difficult for web servers to trace the original initiator of the message because it is equally likely to have originated from any member of the crowd Even the members in the crowd cannot distinguish
183. g the hydro thermal scheduling problem and many researchers have done so many work regarding hydrothermal scheduling by using different techniques like particle swarm optimization fuzzy decision making technique and newton raphson method for solving hydrothermal scheduling problem Hydrothermal scheduling can be done in three basis for long term medium term and short term basis But here in this paper short term fixed head hydrothermal scheduling using fuzzy decision making technique is used for solving the hydrothermal problem and for minimizing the total cost and for minimizing the gaseous pollutants like SO2 NO2 CO2 emissions In order to get the minimum overall production cost Key words Hydrothermal scheduling fuzzy decision I INTRODUCTION In a modern power system there may be several conventional hydro plants which is connected to various load centres via a lossy transmission network with negligible incremental cost involved in hydro generation The main problem is to minimize the operating cost of the hydro thermal system so as to minimize the fuel cost of the thermal plant under the constraint of water available for the hydro generation for a specified time then we can achieve the hydro thermal scheduling in a planned way 2 Many approaches and methods have been proposed to solve the hydro thermal scheduling problem hydro thermal scheduling of power system with stochastic inflow with Newton rap son method with particle
184. ge digital video storage is challenging task Video segmentation is first step in the process of efficient video indexing retrieval Video shot boundaries needs to be clearly detected which will help in key frame extraction and then video retrieval The shot transition are of two types i e Abrupt Transition amp Gradual Transition In Gradual Transition there are three types fade in fade out dissolve and wipe In our topic we developed multi stage algorithm for shot boundary detection Keywords Shot boundary detection Histogram detection L INTRODUCTION The demand for intelligent processing and analysis of multimedia information has been rapidly growing in recent years Researchers have actively developed different approaches for intelligent video management including shot transition detection key frame extraction video retrieval etc Among these approaches shot transition detection is the first step of content based video analysis and key frame is a simple yet efficient form of video abstract It can help users to understand the content at a glance and is of practical value Video can be represented by a hierarchical structure consisting of five levels video scenes group key frame and shot from top to bottom increasing in granularity while a shot is the basic unit of video A shot is defined as a sequence of frames captured by the camera in a continuous manner and without interruptions An interruption between the shot is
185. gineering and Technology vol 59 2009 pp 172 176 2 E Stone T Czerniak C Ryan and R McAdoo Peer to Peer Routing http ntrg cs tcd ie undergrad 4ba2 05 group6 index html 3 G D Caro and M Dorigo Mobile Agents for Adaptive Routing Tech Report IRIDIA 1997 4 S I Matta and A Bestavros SEP A Stable Election Protocol for cluster heterogeneous wireless sensor network Technical Report BUCS TR 2004 022G 4 M Strobbe V Verstraete and E V Breusegem Implementation and Evaluation of AntNet a Distributed Shortest path Algorithm Proc of Advanced Industrial Conference on Telecommunications Service Assurance with Partial and Intermittent Resources Conference E Learning on Telecommunications Workshop AICT SAPIR ELETE 2005 July 2005 pp 320 325 6 K Ghosh P P Bhattacharya and P Das Effect of Multipath Fading and Propogation Environment on Performance of Fermat Point Based Energy Efficient Geocast Routing Protocol 7 J Zheng and A Jamalipour Wireless Sensor Network A networking Perspective John Wiley and Sons Hoboken 2009 ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 137
186. h e ID project For that 5 patients clinics in 1 state hospital 95 pharmacies and 9 family doctors joined the project for using the ID card in medical treatments and evaluate the services offered by the system Besides health care there are also 10 automation companies that are planning to integrate the pilot e ID project into their identification infrastructure Turkish e ID system offers different identity verification schemes depending on the required authentication level The most basic level is the visual identity verification scheme that someone e g a police officer matches the citizen photo that is printed or engraved on the card surface to the cardholder for identification by naked eye In this scheme the security level is very low and fraud possibility is high because of the human factor The most secure and reliable scenario is an electronic authentication scenario that relies on the citizens smartcard public data PIN and biometric verification in other words multi factor authentication Turkish e ID system components enable this highest level of identity verification to be also used in remote authentication Turkish e ID System Components Turkish e ID card is a smart card that operates AKIS national smart card operating system The citizens biometric data is stored into a special file element that requires symmetric authentication for read access Symmetric authentication via External Authenticate and Internal Authentic
187. haveformal identity documents informal ones may in some circumstances be required The EID System is actually three separate services Identity Management Service Provides for the creation and management of identity accounts commonly called E ID accounts for the entire university community Authentication Service Provides an EID credential e g password verification service and supports login session management for web based campus services Directory Service Provides lookup services for EID identifiers affiliations and other information of interest across campus Turkish e id system Turkish e ID system is a pilot project that has been started in 2006 by TUBITAK UEKAE and is still in development The project development is planned to be finished in May 2010 There have been three pilot phases for e ID card personalization and distribution The first phase was performed in TUBITAK UEKAE in April 2008 and 100 ID cards were personalized and given to the employees as cardholders The second pilot phase was carried out in Bolu Turkey in three months starting from August 2008 and 13 000 ID cards were personalized and given to citizens The final phase started in July 2009 and is planned to be finished in May 2010 as the last step of the project In this final phase nearly 300 000 ID cards are planned to be personalized and handed over to the citizens Health care was chosen to be the first application of the Turkis
188. he left most bit namely An 1 is not only shifted into An 2 but also remains in An 1 This is to preserve the sign of the number in A and Q The result of the multiplication will appear in the A and Q A 0 Q 1 0 M Multiplicand 0 Multiplier Count c Arithmetic shift Right 4 Q G 1 Count Count 1 Design issues Booth s algorithm can be implemented in many ways This experiment is designed using a controller and a datapath The operations on the data in the datapath is controlled by the control signal received from the controller The datapath contains registers to hold multiplier multiplicand intermediate results data processing units like ALU adder subtractor etc counter and other combinational units Following is the schemetic diagram of the Booth s multiplier which multiplies two 4 bit numbers in 2 s complement of this experiment Here the adder subtractor unit is used as data processing unit M Q A are 4 bit and Q 1 is a 1 bit rigister M holds the multiplicand Q holds the multiplier A holds the results of adder subtractor unit The counter is a down counter which counts the number of operations needed for the multiplication The data flow in the data path is controlled by the five control signals generated from the controller these signals are load to load data in registers add to initiate addition operation ISSN 2231 5381 http www iyettjournal org Page 68 Nation
189. hem sent scented E cards through scent enabled websites and to experience the burning smell of rubber in your favorite TV games etc As a multidisciplinary research most studies on electronic noses focused on the sensitivities of the chemical sensor array and the pattern recognition methods to process the signals obtained from the sensor array With the development of functional material technology signals can be obtained via various sensors such as metal oxide semiconductor optical con ducting polymer CP quartz crystal microbalance and surface acoustic wave sensors 10 Some pattern recognition methods have been introduced into electronic noses 11 12 Neural networks are usually considered to be one of the most promising methods to solve this complex and non linear problem because they can cope with nonlinear problems and handle noise or drift better than conventional statistical approaches So many neural networks to process signals from sensor arrays are reported such as back propagation trained neural network 13 radial basis function neural network probabilistic neural network self organizing network There are few disadvantages to the E Nose technology which includes the price The cost of an E Nose is very high which the main hurdle in doing the research work Another disadvantage has been the delay between successive tests the time delay ranging between 2 to 10 minutes during which time the sensor is to be washed b
190. heme through had aptively adjusting the compensation value according to the input data at the expense of a little higher hardware complexity However most of the adaptive error compensation approaches are developed only for fixed width array multipliers and cannot be applied to significantly reduce the truncation error of fixed width modified Booth multipliers directly To overcome this problem several error compensation approaches 1 3 have been proposed to effectively reduce the truncation error of fixed width modified Booth multipliers In 1 the compensation value was generated by using statistical analysis and linear regression analysis This approach can significantly decrease the mean error of fixed width modified Booth multipliers but the maximum absolute error and the mean square error are still large 2 divided the truncated part of the bit product matrix of Booth multiplication into a major group and a minor group depending on their effects on the truncation error To obtain better error performance with a simple error compensation circuit Booth encoded outputs are utilized to generate the error compensation value In 3 a systematic design methodology for the low error fixed width modified Booth multiplier via exploring the influence of various indices in a binary threshold was developed to decrease the product error The fixed width modified Booth multipliers in 2 and 3 achieve better error performance in terms of the m
191. http www ijettjournal org Page 123 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 SYSTEM IMPLEMENTATION Implementation is the stage of the project when the theoretical design is turned out into a working system Thus it can be considered to be the most critical stage in achieving a successful new system and in giving the user confidence that the new system will work and be effective The implementation stage involves careful planning investigation of the existing system and it s constraints on implementation designing of methods to achieve changeover and evaluation of changeover methods Implementation is the process of converting a new system design into operation It is the phase that focuses on user training site preparation and file conversion for installing a candidate system The important factor that should be considered here is that the conversion should not disrupt the functioning of the organization TECHNOLOGY DETAILS Visual Studio A programming language and environment developed by Microsoft Based on the BASIC language Visual Studio was one of the first products to provide a graphical programming environment and a paint metaphor for developing user interfaces Instead of worrying about syntax details the Visual Studio programmer can add a substantial amount of code simply by dragging and dropping controls such as buttons and dialog boxes and then defining their appearance and behav
192. iagnosis where the samples could be transported to a centralized facility for analyses A Spectral features Difference in spectra was obtained by subtracting normalized average spectrum of reference group from all asthma groups mild moderate treated severe and untreated severe Figure 2 A D All positive peaks belong to the pathological groups mild moderate treated severe and untreated severe asthma while all negative peaks are the features of reference group These peaks may be the indicative of molecules like proteins plasma free amino acids and DNA with relatively higher concentrations persisting in the pathological asthmatic groups sera intensity a u Wavenumber crv Figure 2 Difference spectra of the asthma groups A Mild asthma reference B Moderate asthma reference C Treated severe asthma reference D Untreated severe asthma reference In the untreated severe difference spectra increased number of positive peaks could be observed in the same region The bands observed could be attributed to the enhanced immune hyper responsiveness in severe asthmatic conditions that might lead to a higher secretion of histamines leukotrienes and prostaglandins and the increased deposition of glycosaminoglycans like galactosamine glucoronic acid and glucosamine in the airways ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 90 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical
193. ibution was neglected Different frames may have the same histogram In view of this we divided each frame into r blocks and the difference of the corresponding blocks of consecutive frames was computed by color histogram thedifference D 1 1 1 of the two frames was obtained by adding up all the blocksdifference in the meanwhile the difference V i i 1 between two frames i and i 1 was measured again without using blocks Based on Da i 1 and VG 1 shot boundary was determined Getting over the drawback of the paper we propose more efficient algorithms for shot boundary detection and key frame extraction with automatic threshold II BASICS OF VIDEO The video carries multimodal information like speech audio text and picture information The pictorial information in video is considered to be the series of images what are called frames These frames are run at a specific speed say 30 frames per second to make them it video As per theproduction standards a video sequence 1S composed typically of a set of many video shots To facilitate the processing of video objects a video sequence is first segmented into video shots A shot is a finite sequence of frames recorded contiguously from the same camera usually without viewpoint change Video processing typically involves processing of live or recorded video from one or more cameras to enhance images or extract multimodal information for characterization selection retrieval
194. ic lung ImmunolLett 113 1 6 18 doi 10 1016 imlet 2007 07 010 PubMed 17765979 40 4 World Health Organization 2007 Global surveillance prevention and control of chronic respiratory diseases a comprehensive approach Geneva WHO Press p 155 41 5 World Health Organization 2008 the global burden of disease 2004 update Geneva WHO Press p 146 42 6 Anderson GP 2008 Endotyping asthma new insights into key pathogenic mechanisms in a complex heterogeneous disease Lancet 372 9643 1107 1119 Doi 10 1016 S0140 6736 08 61452 X PubMed 18805339 43 7 Montuschi P Barnes PJ 2011 new perspectives in pharmacological treatment of mild persistent asthma Drug Discov Today 16 1084 1091 doi 10 1016 drudis 2011 09 005 PubMed 21930234 44 8 Montuschi P 2010 Toward a Personalized Pharmacotherapy of Respiratory Diseases Front Pharmacol 1 131 doi 10 3389 fphar 2010 00131 45 9 British Thoracic Society Scottish Intercollegiate Guidelines Network 2003 British guideline on the management of asthma Thorax 58 Suppl 1 11 94 46 10 National Institutes of Health 1997 Guidelines for the diagnosis and management of asthma National Asthma Education and Prevention Program Expert Panel Report 2 Washington DC U S Government Printing Office NIH Publication 97 4051 11 Initiative Globalfor Asthma 1995 Global strategy for asthma management and prevention NHLBI WHO Workshop Report Washington DC
195. ide 4 5 inches long and 0 19 inches thick VREF RESISTANCE TO VOLTAGE COWVERTER Bend Sensor Fig 5 Basic Flex sensor circuit ISSN 2231 5381 http www iettjournal org Page 113 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 In this two or three sensors are connected serially and the output from the sensors is input to the analog to digital converter in the controller The outputs from the flex sensors are input to LM258 LM358 op amps and used a non inverted style setup to amplify their voltage Greater the degree of bending the lower the output voltage The output voltage is determined based on the equation Vin RI R1 R2 where RI is the other input resistor to the non inverting terminal Using the voltage divider concept the output voltage is determined and it ranges from 1 35v to 2 5v Fig 6 Gloves with Flex sensor 5 V MICROCONTROLLER ATMEGA 16 Fig 7 AT Mega 16 Microcontroller ATmegal6 is an 8 bit high performance microcontroller of Atmel s Mega AVR family Atmegal6 is based on enhanced RISC Reduced Instruction Set Computing architecture with 131 powerful instructions Most of the instructions execute in one machine cycle Atmega32 can work on a maximum frequency of 16MHz ATmegal6 has 16 KB programmable flash memory static RAM of 1 KB and EEPROM of 512 Bytes The endurance cycle of flash memory and EEPROM is 10 000 and 100 000 respectively ATmega32
196. ield F ILxB IT WIRELESS CHIP ARCHITECTURE The purpose of the chip was to create a wireless prototype that demonstrates the effectiveness of the propulsion system at the mm scale The specifications were derived from the requirements of the propulsion methods which need approximetly ImA_ of current for cm sec speeds network a charge pump connected rectifier a regulator a bandgap reference circuit a demodulator a digital controller and configurable electrode drivers There are no external components except for the receiving antenna A Antenna and Matching Network The antenna dominates the size of the prototype and is implemented with a 2mmx2mm loop on a PCB using Rogers 4350 substrate External components are not possible due to size constraints so a balanced L match consisting of only capacitors was implemented because on chip inductors have significant loss and occupy large area B Start up and Power on Reset Circuits Start up circuitry for the initial power on is necessary to ensure that the antenna impedance maintains a match and that the chip enters a knownstate A start up Inetwork that turns on a pass transistor for the digital supply voltage is shown in C Power Management When the antenna receives 500 uW the RF input voltage to the rectifier is 350 mV Conventional diode capacitor ladder rectifiers suffer from low efficiency at low input voltage Therefore charge pump connected self driven synchronous rectifiers
197. ient cavitation During inertial cavitation very high temperatures inside the bubbles occur and the collapse is associated with a shock wave and jets that can mechanically damage tissue Because the onset of cavitation and the resulting tissuedamage can be unpredictable it has generally been avoided in clinical applications However cavitation is currently being investigated as a means to enhance HIFU ablation and for other applications MRI Therapy Console image Guided Therapy OO Temperature monitoring safe 4 Effective Ultrasound Transducer In MR Tabletop Therma Realtime Ablation control Non nvasive 4 Targeted Focusing The ultrasound beam can be focused in these ways e Geometrically for example with a lens or with a spherically curved transducer e Electronically by adjusting the relative phases of elements in an array of transducers a phased array By dynamically adjusting the electronic signals to the elements of a phased array the beam can be steered to different locations and aberrations in the ultrasound beam due to tissue structures can be corrected eT Voxel data SDF ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 44 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 How MRI does guided HIFU works The MRI acquires high resolution 3 D images of the fibroid and surrounding structures These images are used for accurate plan
198. iented vector control technique of AC motor drives The speed control loop is omitted and the coordinate transformation angle Ois calculated according to the output frequency f Converter and the sampling time t The supply frequency fs is compared with the reference frequency fs The frequency error signal Afs is applied to a frequency regulator controller Usually the PI proportional integral type controller generates the reference frequency fref When fref is added to fs the required supply frequency fref is obtained This fref is fed to the PLL which produce the corresponding O sin 0 cos 9 The reference output voltage vector represented byUa Uf is provided by the output current controller and the reference input current vector represented by I ref is determined by the input voltages and the input displacement angle 0 through the input power factor control The output currents have been transformed i abc into i a This can be written as l l f ae i Za la i211 2 2 5 i Ix I 8 Ig 3 0 V3 V3 i 2 Z Then it is converted to d q reference frame park transform i cos sin i 7 Pg a aai 6 ly sin COS I B The magnitude of output current can be controlled by setting the values of idref iqref 1diqcompared with reference value and corresponding voltages are generated Again it converted in to Clark transformation It can be written as ie n m 0 sin e k G peak i POP a i ui Vp sin cos
199. ificial intelligence is used to describe a property of machines or programs the intelligence that the system demonstrates Among the traits that researchers hope machines will exhibit are reasoning knowledge planning learning communication perception and the ability to move and manipulate objects Constructing robots that perform intelligent tasks has always been a highly motivating factor for the science and technology of information processing Unlike philosophy and psychology which are also concerned with intelligence AI strives to build intelligent entities such as robots as well as understand them Although no one can predict the future in detail it is clear that computers with human level intelligence or better would have a huge impact on our everyday lives and on the future course of civilization Neural Networks have been proposed as an alternative to Symbolic Artificial Intelligence in constructing intelligent systems They are motivated by computation in the brain Small Threshold computing elements when put togetherproduce powerful information processing machines In this paper we put forth the foundational ideas in artificial intelligence and important concepts in Search Techniques Knowledge Representation Language Understanding Machine Learning Neural Computing and such other disciplines V INTRODUCTION Starting from a modest but an over ambitious effort in the late 50 s AI has grown through its share of joys disap
200. images Advantages e Tesseract is Open source e Tesseract provides results with 100 accuracy When the image is gray and 61 accuracy complex color image e Platfom independent e Tesseract solve the problem of different word spacing CONCLUSION The specializes character classification to the typeface of the current document while the third exploits style consistency in typeset text The method depends only on properties and varies from language to language While at first blush these four notions seem very different we shall see that the borders are fuzzy Although Tesseract 1s command based tool but as it is open source and it is available in the form of Dynamic Link Library it can be easily made available in graphics mode The input images are specific which are vehicle number plates so in these specific images Tesseract provides better accuracy ACKNOWLEDGEMENT We would like to Thanks Prof S R Patil Department of Computer Engineering DBNCOET Yavatmal for kind support and guidance to carry out this work We arealso thankful of our Hon Principal Dr V G Arajpure for providing all the facilities and accomplish our requirements of this research paper effectively amp smoothly REFERENCE 1 S V Rice G Nagy T A Nartker Optical Character Recognition An illustrated guide to the frontier 2 S V Rice F R Jenkins T A Nartker The Fourth Annual Test of OCR Accuracy Technical Report 95 03 Information Science R
201. in Second there is a big difference between being able to solve a problem in principle and doing so in practice Even problems with just a few dozen facts can exhaust the computational resources of any computer unless it has some guidance as to which reasoning steps to try first A problem may or may not have a solution This is why debugging is one of the most challenging jobs faced by programmers today As the rule goes it 1s impossible to create a program which can predict whether a given program is going to terminate ultimately or not Reasoning It is to use the stored information to answer questions and to draw new conclusions Reasoning means drawing of conclusion from observations Reasoning in AI systems work on three principles namely DEDUCTION Given 2 events P amp Q if P is true then Q is also true E g If it rains we can t go for a picnic INDUCTION Induction is a process where in after studying certain facts we reach to a conclusion E g Socrates is a man all men are mortal therefore Socrates is mortal ABDUCTION P implies Q but Q may not always depend on P E g If it rains we can t go for a picnic The fact that we are not in a position to go for a picnic does not mean that it is training There can be other reasons as well Learning The most important requirement for an AI system is that it should learn from its mistakes The bes
202. in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 Distinguishing fade and dissolve from camera motion and object motion Amol Alkari Milind Gajghate Prof Salim A Chavan IPG Student Department of E amp TC DBNCOET Yavatmal 445001 India PG Student Department of E amp TC DBNCOET Yavatmal 445001 India Associate Prof Department of E amp TC DBNCOET Yavatmal 445001 India Abstract To reconstruct scenes from a given video the key frames need to be extracted to represent the main content of each shot In this paper efficient key frame extraction techniques based mainly on transition detection are proposed The main idea is to measure the similarity of content of two consecutive frames and based on that locate the fadesand dissolves A new algorithm which combines the histogram similarity and edge change ratio is used to locate transition between shots To enhance its effectiveness an adaptive thresholding technique is applied For fade and dissolve detection an approach called edge based contrast EC is proposed The proposed algorithms were tested on a large variety of videos of different kinds and formats The simulation results are tabulated Future work may be focused on improvement in the values of recall and precision especially in presence of object and camera motion Keywords key frames fade dissolve transition XXXI The high number and variety of available videos makes the search and retrieval of content a more a
203. in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 compensates the reactive power voltage stability and current harmonic rejection The series converter controls the power flow to the utility voltage regulation and voltage harmonic rejection The dc terminals of the inverters are connected to each other with a dc capacitor of 2200 pF The matrix converter is used to regulate the supply frequency to the fixed speed induction wind turbine generator A detailed UPLM construction scheme is shown in fig 3 The main circuit of the constant frequency unified power quality conditioner consists ofmatrix converter placed in between the series converter and shunt converter arranged as per the circuit diagram This type of arrangement is called as tandem based converter This type of arrangement can avoid the limitations of matrix converter 13 14 The matrix converter consists of a single stage converter which has an array of mxn 3X3 bidirectional power switches to link It consists of nine bidirectional switches arranged in three groups each being associated with an output line This bi directional switches arrangement connects mxn of the input lines to mxn of the output lines Commonly the matrix converter can change the input frequency to the output In this paper the power rating of matrix converter is 450 KVA the input voltage of three phases 440 V and the frequency of output is 50 Hz regulated eee eee eee ewe Ree HE 7 H
204. in the depolarization of the cell Shortly afterwards repolarization Occurs The EEG signal can be picked up with electrodes either from scalp or directly from the cerebral cortex As the neurons in our brain communicate with each other by firing electrical impulses this creates an electric field which travels though the cortex the dura the skull and the scalp The EEG is measured from the surface of the scalp by measuring potential difference between the actual measuring electrode and a reference electrode The peak to peak amplitude of the waves that can be picked up from the scalp is normally 100 uV or less while that on the exposed brain is about ImV The frequency varies greatly with different behavioural states The normal EEG frequency content ranges from 0 5 to 50 Hz Frequency information is particularly significant since the basic frequency of the EEG range is classified into five bands for purposes of EEG analysis These bands are called brain rhythms and are named after Greek letters ISSN 2231 5381 http www iettjournal org Page 2 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 Five brain rhythms are displayed in Table 2 Most of the brain research is concentrated in these channels and especially alpha and beta bands are important for BCI research Theta 4 8 Alpha 8 13 Table 2 Common EEG frequency ranges The alpha rhythm is one of the principal components of the EEG a
205. ing Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 Advanced Wireless Communication Pravin R Ghawghave Nilesh G Khanderao 7 Studentof Biomedical engineering Departmentof AmravatiUniversity Yavatmal India Abstract 4G is the next generation of wireless networks that will totally replace 3G networks It is supposed to provide its customers with better speed and all IP based multimedia services 4G is all about an integrated global network that will be able to provide a comprehensive IP solution where voice data and streamed multimedia can be given to users on an Anytime Anywhere basis 4G presents a solution of this problem as it is all about seamlessly integrating the terminals networks and applications Wi Fi is a kind of new technology about wireless broadband access Compared with conventional wireless technologies it has faster speed wider range and better security In this paper the concepts and characteristics of Wi Fi are introduced and to highlight the benefits challenges in deployment and scope of 4G technologies Keywords 4G mobile communication CRE Internet telephony CDMA FDMA packet radio networks TDMA Ad hoc Infrastructure W LAN Wi Fi Construction of the network I INTRODUCTION The major expectation from the fourth generation 4G of wireless communication networks is to be able to handle much higher data rates which will be in the range of 1Gbits in WLAN environment and 100Mbits in cel
206. ing Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 cluster single hop all CHs communicate with the BS directly In contrast to it data relaying is used by CHs in the routing scheme of inter cluster multiple hop 5 1 2 Clustering Process Control Manners Based on control manners of clustering clustering routing methods in WSNs can be grouped into centralized distributed and hybrid ones In centralized methods a sink or CH requires global information of the network or the cluster to control the network or the cluster In distributed approaches a sensor node is able to become a CH or to join a formed cluster on its own initiative without global information of the network or the cluster Hybrid schemes are composed of centralized and distributed approaches In this environment distributed approaches are used for coordination between CHs and centralized manners are performed for CHs to build individual clusters Parameters for CH Election Based on the parameters used for CH election clustering approaches can be categorized as deterministic adaptive and random ones In deterministic schemes special inherent attributes of the sensor nodes are considered such as the identifier ID number of neighbours they have In adaptive manners CHs are elected from the deployed sensor nodes with higher weights which includes such as residual energy communication cost and etc In random modes mainly used in secure clustering algorithms CHs are e
207. ing Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 respond to active infrared IR sensors When the chair encounters an obstacle it firstreduces its speed and then depending on the situation it faces stops or turns away from the obstacleto avoid hitting it The obstacle can be inanimate e g a column in a hallway a light pole on thesidewalk a desk a standing human or animate a passerby a suddenly opened door in its path anapproaching wheelchair Encountering a moving obstacle the chair first tries to steer around it If it cannot it stops and backs off if the speed of the advancing obstacle is slow enough e g 20centimeters per second Otherwise it stays put until the obstacle passes away Thus if the chairencounters another wheelchair both chairs can pass each other smoothly as long as there is enoughspace in the passage for two chairs A fast paced human usually does not affect the chair s progressand at most causes the chair to temporarily slow down or steer away 6 2 Passage through a narrow corridor When surrounded by walls on each side of the path as in a hallway the chair travelsautonomously from one end to the other parallel to the walls 6 3 Entry through a narrow doorway The chair automatically reduces its speed and cautiously passes through a narrow doorway whichmay leave only a few centimetres of space on each side of the chair Some types of ailment such asParkinson s disease or polio often deprive
208. ing speech rather than menus Unmanned cars moving about in the city would be reality with further advancements in AI systems Also with the advent of VLSI techniques FPGA chips are being used in neural networks The future of AI in making intelligent machines looks incredible but some kind of spiritual understanding will have to be inculcated into the machines so that their decision making is governed by some principles and boundaries References Il Department of Computer Science amp Engineering Indian Institute of Technology Bombay 2 Al Rich amp Knight 3 Principles of AI N J Nelson 4 Neural Systems for Robotics Omid Omidvar 5 http www elsevier nl locate artint 6 http library thinkquest org 18242 essays shtml ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 21 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 Non Invasive Device for Cardiac Diagnosis using Nadi Shastra Parth B Shah Siddaram Mahaj an A V Leio Dr Shaik Jameel Student Biomedical Engineering department VIT University Assistant Professor Department of Medical Biotechnology VIT University Vellore Tamil Nadu India Abstract Analysis of pulse waveforms is very important for diagnosis of cardiovascular functions non invasively Arterial stiffness is a predictor of arteriosclerosis Pulse Wave Velocity PWV is an index parameter for arterial stiffness PWV depends on
209. ing the shooting of the cameras it will help us to detect where the change occurred IX MATCHING DIFFERENCE There are six kinds of histogram match Color histogram was used in computing the matching difference in most literatures However through comparing several kinds of histogram matching methods we reached a conclusion thathistogram outperformed others in shot recognition Hence histogram matching method is proposed in this paper with the adaptive threshold X PREVIOUS APPROCHES TO SHOT DETECTION Thereare several approaches to detect the shot and lots of research had done in this topic Some of them are as below 1 General Approaches e Pixel Comparison e Block Difference e Histogram Comparison e Edge Change Ratio 2 Recent Work e Histogram Block Difference e Average frame similarity Pixel Comparison This method is also called as the Sum of Absolute Difference SAD method This is both the most obvious and most simple algorithm of all The two consecutive frames are comparedpixelby pixel summing up theabsolute values of the differences of each two corresponding pixels The result is a positive number that is used as the score SAD reacts very sensitively to even minor changes within a scene fast movements of the camera explosions or the simple switching on of a light in a previously dark scene result in false hits On the other hand SAD hardly reacts to soft cuts at all Yet SAD is used often to produce a basic se
210. ion is higher and stent advancement is more difficult The lesions may be localized in more distal segments of after tortuous segments In vitro experiments have shown that stents without side holes those made with material with a low coefficient of friction or containing a hydrophilic coating resist bacterial colonization at sites of surface irregularity and sludge formation because they are not as smooth as one would like Coated stents have low coefficient of friction that may increase stent longevity The coating provides maximum Friction reduction which aids the passage of the catheter through lesions in blood vessels To reduce friction coatings are used Hydrophilic polymer coating further stenos leading to the formation of free jets are involved This paper presents a progress report on ongoing efforts to develop a viable method for the treatment of transition in arterial flows within the framework of two equation models of turbulence IV MECHANICAL PROPERTIES Through the years the materials that are used to make stents have been changing These advances in the discovery of new materials for the production of stents are moving very quickly In almost every biomechanical product the use of stainless steel is the main choice other materials excluding stainless steel are the Nickel Titanium Nitinol Silicon Cobalt chromium According to different sources and different companies and what products they offer stainl
211. ions 4G technology John Wiley amp Sons 2004 Chichester London 2 Gelenbe E Zhiguang Xu Seref E Cognitive packet networks 11 IEEE International Conference on Tools with Artificial Intelligence 9 11 Nov 1999 Page s 47 54 3 T Faber ACC Using Active Networking to enhance feedback congestion control mechanisms IEEE Network Magn Vol 12 no 3 pp 61 65 May June 1998 4 M Bregust T Magedanz Mobile agents enabling technology for Active Intelligent Network implementation IEEE Network Magn vol 12 no 3 pp 53 60 May June 1998 ISSN 2231 5381 http www ettjournal org Page 35 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ISSN National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 Digital Video Broadcasting DVB http www dvb org Jan 2002 http www wiley com go glisic S Rooney Jacobus E van der Merwe S A Crosby I M Leslie The Tempest a framework for safe resource assured programmable networks IEEE Communications Vol 36 No 10 Oct 1998 J F Huard A A Lazar A programmable transport architecture with QoS guarantee IEEE Communications Vol 36 No 10 pp 54 63 Oct 1998 Suzuki J Suda T A middleware platform for a biologically inspired network architecture supporting autonomous and adaptive applications IEEE Journal on Selected Areas in Communications Volume 23 Issue 2 Feb 2005 Page s 249 260 P Gupta and P R K
212. ior Although not a true object oriented programming language in the strictest sense Visual Studio nevertheless has an object oriented philosophy It is sometimes called an event driven language because each object can SYSTEM TESTING AND MAINTENANCE react to different events such as a mouse click Testing is vital to the success of the system System testing makes a logical assumption that if all parts of the system are correct the goal will be successfully achieved In the testing process we test the actual system in an organization and gather errors from the new system operates in full efficiency as stated System testing is the stage of implementation which is aimed to ensuring that the system works accurately and efficiently In the testing process we test the actual system in an organization and gather errors from the new system and take Initiatives to correct the same All the front end and back end connectivity are tested to be sure that the new system operates in full efficiency as stated System testing is the stage of implementation which is aimed at ensuring that the system works accurately and efficiently The main objective of testing is to uncover errors from the system For the uncovering process we have to give proper input data to the system So we should have more conscious to give input data It is important to give correct inputs to efficient testing Testing is done for each module After testing all the modules the modu
213. ir foreheads and then perform a series of increasingly difficult tasks while the device reads what parts of the brain are absorbing the light That info is then transferred to the computer and from there the computer can adjust its interface and functions to each individual One professor used the following example of a real world use If it knew which air traffic controllers were Overloaded the next incoming plane could be assigned to another controller Hence if we get 100 accuracy these computers may find various applications in many fields of electronics where we have very less time to react XX FUTURE SCOPE e tis use to control wheelchair by mind e Brain computer typing machine by thinking about left and right hand movement user can control the virtual keyboard XXI REFERENCES 1 www eurescom de message default_Dec2004 asp 2 blog marcelotoledo org 2007 10 3 Wwww newscientist com article dn4795 nasa develops mindreading system http bvnunet com app trackback 9540 ISSN 2231 5381 http www iettjournal org Page 63 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 To Study and Analyse Different Type s of Multipliers Amruta Gawande Priya Berad Abhay Kasetwar B_E final year EnTc DBNCOET Yavatmal Maharashtra India 445001 BE final year EnTc DBNCOET Yavatmal Maharashtra India 445001 Assistant Professor EnTc DBNCOET Yavatmal Maharashtra India
214. ired as an alternative to the recent medical sciences felt especiallyto the recent sciences of health care and research field Currentlytraditional medical sciences are getting new thrust to treat disease According to Ayurveda diagnosis is a root to find out the cause of a disease The basis for the diagnosis and treatment under Ayurveda are natural constitutions prakruti in terms of the three basic principles Vata Pitta and Kapha Which are collectively called Tridosha The method of evaluating Tridosha is called as prakruti nidana Space Air Fire Water and Earth are the five basic elements in human body the combination of which manifest Tridosha 1 Vata is manifested by air and space pitta is manifested by fire and water and kapha is manifested by earth and water In the physical body the energy of movement Vata the energy of digestion and metabolism Pitta whereas energy that forms structure of the body Kapha These three doshas helps todetermine individual s constitution and contribution to the function of the body in normal condition They contribute to the disease process when they are out of balance Nadi pariksha is done at the root of the thumb by examining the radial artery using three fingers The radial pulse is usually chosen as the site to read the Nadi pulse because it is most convenient to read and is more readily available than other pulse sites pitta ie ie i kapha Fig 1 Nadi Parikshan measureme
215. ities and noninvasive temperature measurement techniques ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 43 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 CONSTRUCTION amp WORKING Block Diagram PN A x h y Ye A r 4 fy d r f f d kano gay y Ear 7 7 pe ee PI TE pape pi d i UP marsis Us tes Sy STS IES ss ee RTS L aoe i gayen 1 ow a i J L N oO A y Naf OC Sofware _ _ hbeieme Fa How HIFU works As an acoustic wave propagates through the tissue part of it is absorbed and converted to heat With focused beams a very small focus can be achieved deep in tissues usually on the order of millimeters with the beam having a characteristic cigar shape in the focal zone where the beam is longer than it is wide along the transducer axis Tissue damage occurs as a function of both the temperature to which the tissue is heated and how long the tissue is exposed to this heat level in a metric referred to as thermal dose By focusing at more than one place or by scanning the focus a volume can be thermally ablated At high enough acoustic intensities cavitation micro bubbles forming and interacting with the ultrasound field can occur Micro bubbles produced in the field oscillate and grow due to factors including rectified diffusion and can eventually implode inertial or trans
216. kay after the initial registration is done After the transformation the positional relation between the bone and surgical tool will be accurate enough so that surgeons can know the correct position of the tool during the operation Patient registrationis the concept and set of methods needed to correlate the reference position of a virtual 3D dataset gathered by computer medical imaging with the reference position of the patient This procedure is crucial in computer assisted surgery in order to insure the reproducitibility of the preoperative registration and the clinical situation during surgery The use of the term patient registration out of this context can lead to confusion with the procedure of registering a patient into the files of a medical institution How Patient Image Registration Is Performed In computer assisted surgery the first step is to gather a 3D dataset that reproduces with great accuracy the geometry of the normal and pathological tissues in the region that has to be operated on This is mainly obtained by using CT or MRI scans of that region The role of patient registration is to obtain a _ close to ideal reference reproducitibility of the dataset in order to correlate the position offset of the gathered dataset with the patient s position during the surgical intervention Patient registration e Eliminates the necessity of maintaining the same strict position of the patient during both preoperative scanni
217. king the data redundant and the end user cares about a higher level description of events occurring in the environment being monitored 2 BACKGROUND Since both device and battery technology has only recentlymatured to the point where microsensor nodes are feasible this is a fairly new field of study Researchers have begun discussing not only the uses and challenges facing sensor ISSN 2231 5381 http www jettjournal org Page 102 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 networks but have also been developing preliminary ideas as tohow these networks should function as well as theappropriate low energy architecture for the sensor nodes themselves There have been some application specific protocols developedfor microsensor networks Clare et al developed a timedivisionmultiple access TDMA MAC protocol for low energy operation Using a TDMA approach saves energy by allowingthe nodes to remain in the sleep state with radios powered down for a long time Intanagonwiwat et al developed directeddiffusion a protocol that employs a data driven model to achieve low energy routing Recently there has been much work on power aware routing protocols for wireless networks In theseprotocols optimal routes are chosen based on the energy ateach node along the route Routes that are longer but whichuse nodes with more energy than the nodes along the shorterroutes are favoured h
218. knowing which state it is currently in the finite state machine can determine which state to change to next what symbol to ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 19 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 write onto the tape and which direction the head should move Requirement of an Artificial Intelligence system No AI system can be called intelligent unless it learns amp reasons like a human Reasoning derives new information from given ones Areas of Artificial Intelligence Knowledge Representation Importance of knowledge representation was realized during machine translation effort in early 1950 s Dictionary look up and word replacement was a tedious job There was ambiguity and ellipsis problem i e many words have different meanings Therefore having a dictionary used for translation was not enough One of the major challenges in this field is that a word can have more than one meaning and this can result in ambiguity E g Consider the following sentence Spirit is strong but flesh is weak When an AI system was made to convert this sentence into Russian amp then back to English following output was observed Wine is strong but meat is rotten Thus we come across two main obstacles First it is not easy to take informal knowledge and state it in the formal terms required by logical notation particularly when the knowledge is less than 100 certa
219. ks police officers might integrate this central authentication framework into their systems for specific identity verification needs This makes the biometric ID card the central key and enables citizens to use the same card in every application via a card access device Thereby the citizen does not need to memorize several passwords or keep tokens for each account she has but the PIN number and the ID card Using the central biometric identity verification framework a bank will be able to verify the identity of the person who needs to perform a remote transaction e g online purchase This saves the banks from investing large amounts of money to research a powerful authentication mechanism and enables them spend less effort and financials by integrating an already tested and ready to use security infrastructure The proposed framework has been exemplified using Turkish e ID System since the system and its components best fit the MFA requirements of the framework Thereby we introduce the Turkish e ID system which is an ongoing pilot project and denote how the facilities it provides can be integrated into our framework CONCLUSION Security in online payment systems has been a wide research area since the early days of the Internet and several approaches have been devised by various organizations However there has been no certain solution overcome the deficiencies in these systems completely Looking at the problem from a different
220. l and algorithm executions and a single microcontroller performs best in tasking but lack of DSP terms into one system board Therefore this will provide separate traffic management for tasking and signal processing without over loading each processor s work load This approach is depicted in Figure 1 the microcontroller is maintaining to display the tap ECG from ADC chip to the graphic LCD and the DSP processor is focused on reading the tapped ECG signal from the codec chip However the Universal Serial Bus USB in this DSP hardware design is for downloading the ECG analysis algorithm to the ROM and it is also use for power up the DSP hardware DSP hardware based stand alone system design is divided into three functional units The solid lines with arrows symbol represent the flow of data and information The dashed lines with green red and blue color represent the functional hardware units The DSP hardware consists of three functional hardware units they are a Signal processing with memory unit b Signal monitoring displays unit c Analog front End unit a Signal processing with memory unit This unit provides signal altering changing re solving modification storage and communication protocol The mains components are floating point DSP processor TMS320VC33 Electrical Erasable Programmable Read only Memory EEPROM CAT28LV64W and Static Random Access Memory SRAM CY7C1041DV33 The SRAM memory is expandable in both th
221. l may not have a van or larger vehicle to store the power wheelchair therefore they will have to make other ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 41 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 plans You may have to purchase an additional manual wheelchair for trips Another option would be to spend more money on a power wheelchair and purchase one that folds ups or will disassemble fairly easily The fold up power wheelchairs is available in most stores however they can cost quite a bit more than traditional power wheelchair e Even since power wheelchairs have increased in popularity there are still many disabled injured or elderly individuals who are unable to purchase a power wheelchair The number one reason why an individual who would like to purchase a power wheelchair cannot is due to financial reasons Before purchasing a power wheelchair or completely ruling one out it is important to speak with insurance or Medicare representatives Many individuals are not aware of the fact that if a wheelchair is advised by a doctor it may be fully or partial covered VI FUTURE SCOPE e We can make a wheelchair which can be operated by a wireless remote Output of sensor can be applied to wireless transmitter circuit and can received at wheelchair circuit by receiver circuitry So wireless operation can reduce wiring arrangements e Instead of using acceleration motion Head M
222. l to detect Interesting Points e The adaptive rate control balances the in node generated traffic with the route thru traffic by usingpacket loss as a signal to decrease traffic e Notion of a phase shift at the application level to break the periodicity of the sensor sampling e Metrics for multihop fairness and energy efficiency measuring bandwidth delivery to base station for evaluating MAC schemes e Good overview of the purpose and characteristics of sensor networks in the introduction e Evaluation platform consists of only 10 nodes with on base station in both single and multihop scenarios 3 5 The Resurrecting Duckling Problem Provide support for secure transient association between a master and a slave device or between peers in awireless ad hoc network Consider as an example a universal remote that controls most appliances in yourhome which are networked in a wireless ad hoc fashion The remote needs to be associated with each ofthe appliances in a secure way in the sense that an identical remote purchased by your neighbour will not beable to control these devices Approach The solution proposed is formalised in the Resurrecting Duckling security policy model The slave device is termed as the duckling and the master controller acts as its mother duck The name and terminology is inspired by biology and specifically from the fact that a duckling recognizes as its mother the first moving object it sees that m
223. l way to speed up standard Booth multiplication algorithm In each cycle a greater number of bits can be inspected and eliminated therefore total number of cycles required to obtain products get reduced Number of bits inspected in radix r is given by n 1 log Algorithm for modified booth is given below 5 In each cycle of radix 4 algorithm 3 bits are inspected and two are eliminated Procedure for implementing radix 4 algorithm is as follows e Append a 0 to the right of LSB e Extend the sign bit 1 position if necessary to ensure that n is even e According to the value of each vector find each partial product Recoded Digit Operand Multiplication 0 0 lo 0 0 Multiplhicand 0 0 l I Multphcand 0 ry 0 I 1 Multphcand 0 1 2 2 Mulnpheand 0 0 2 Multiplicand 1 Multiplicand 1 hMultiphcand D wili iliiplis ani C Modified booth encoder Modified Booth encoding is most often used to avoid variable size partial product arrays Before designing a MBE the multiplier B has to be converted into a Prior to convert the multiplier a zero is appended into the Least Significant Bit of the multiplier The figure above shows that the multiplier has been divided into four partitions and hence that mean four partial products will be generated using booth multiplier approach Instead of eight partial products being generated using conventional multiplier Zn 2 Bn 1 Bn Bn 1 Let s take an example of con
224. l work anywhere in the world Wireless LANs may not be desirable for a number of reasons Most of these have to do with the inherent limitations of the technology 1 Security To combat this consideration wireless networks may choose to utilize some of the various encryption technologies available Some of the more commonly utilized encryption methods however are known to have weaknesses that a dedicated adversary can compromise 2 Reliability Like any radio frequency transmission wireless networking signals are subject to a wide variety of interference as well as complex propagation effects that are beyond the control of the network administrator 3 Speed The speed on most wireless networks typically 1 54 Mbps is far slower than even the slowest common wired networks 100Mbps up to several Gbps However in specialized environments the throughput of a wired network might be necessary VI WIMAX TECHNOLOGY Wimax stands for Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access Wimax technology is a telecommunications technology that offers transmission of wireless data via a number of transmission methods such as portable or fully mobile internet access via point to multipoint s links The Wimax technology offers around 70 Mega Bits per second without any need for the cable infrastructure Wimax technology is based on Standard that is IEEE 802 16 it usually also called as Broadband Wireless Access Wimax technology is a
225. le in a node which records for example the number of ants that pass that node In ant colony based algorithms a set of artificial ants move on the graph which represents the instance of the network While moving they build solutions and modify the problem representation by adding collected information The most important application of ACO is network routing as it is desired to transfer data packets from a source to a destination in an efficient way ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 134 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 B The AntNet Routing Unlike traditional routing algorithms such as OSPF AntNet dropped the deterministic way of routing and introduces a probabilistic approach An overview of the entire network is no longer needed The link state database of AntNet is smaller than the database of OSPF as an AntNet node only needs to keep information about the links between itself and the adjacent node and all the nodes in the network Routing decisions are based on the basis of local and approximate information about the current and the future network states Each artificial ant builds a path from its source to its destination node While building the path it collects explicit information about the time length of the path components and implicit information about the load status of the network This information is then back propagated by another ant movin
226. lected randomly without regard to any other metrics like residual energy communication cost etc Objectives As discussed in the previous section a few objectives have been pursued for cluster construction such as data aggregation fusion load balancing fault tolerance guarantee of connectivity lifetime extension quality of service etc Accordingly clustering methods in WSNs can be classified into the above categories based on different objectives 6 Entire Proceeding of Algorithm Algorithm Stages In general a complete clustering routing algorithm comprises two basic stages i e cluster construction and data transmission but the consideration degree of algorithms may differ in different stages Based on algorithm stages of whole process of clustering algorithms clustering routing protocols in WSNs can be classified into cluster construction based and data transmission based ones In the former algorithm cluster construction is mainly discussed while data transmission is concerned less or performed by a relatively simple way Conclusion Considering the nodes remaining energy and their distances to the regional centre in a wireless sensor network makes the nodes with more remaining energy more possible to become cluster heads and these cluster heads will not appear at the edge of the region so the cluster heads can cover larger area Reselecting cluster head in the cluster makes the cluster head as close as possible to the
227. les are integrated and testing of the final system is done with the test data specially designed to show that the system will operate successfully in all its aspects conditions Thus the system testing is a confirmation that all is correct and an opportunity to show the user that the system works Inadequate testing or non testing leads to errors that may appear few months later This will create two problems Time delay between the cause and appearance of the problem The effect of the system errors on files and records within the system The purpose of the system testing is to consider all the likely variations to which it will be suggested and push the system to its limits The testing process focuses on logical intervals of the software ensuring that all the statements have been tested and on the function intervals i e conducting tests to uncover errors and ensure that defined inputs will produce actual results that agree with the required results Testing has to be done using the two common steps Unit testing and Integration testing In the project system testing is made as follows The procedure level testing is made first By giving improper inputs the errors occurred are noted and eliminated This is the final step in system life cycle Here we implement the tested error free system into real life environment and make necessary changes which runs in an online fashion Here system maintenance is done every months or year based on company
228. lled and tried on two common power wheelchair models Keywords Wheelchairs Handicapped chairs handy cycles I INTRODUCTION Improving life style of the physically challenged people to a great extent In recent times there have been a wide range of assistive and guidance systems available in Wheelchair to make their life less complicated In recent times there have been various control systems developing specialized for people with various disorders and disabilities The systems that are developed are highly competitive in replacing the old traditional systems There are many assistive systems using visual aids like Smart Wheelchair systems Using Joystick and much more There are even systems based on voice recognition too The basic assisting using voice control is to detect basic commands using joystick or tactile screen These applications are quite popular among people with limited upper body motility There are certain drawbacks in these systems They cannot be used by people of higher disability because they require fine and accurate control which is most of the time not possible This paper reports the preliminary work in developing a wheelchair system that involves the movement of Head in directing the wheel chair The system enables the patient to have command over the Wheelchair its direction of movement and will also sense the user about the obstacles in the path to avoid collision This wheelchair helps the user to move in envi
229. lular networks 1 A user with large range of mobility will access the network and will be able to seamlessly reconnect to different networks even within the same session The spectra Allocation is expected to be more flexible and even flexible spectra shearing among the different sub networks is anticipated In such so called composite radio environment CRE there will be need for more adaptive and reconfigurable solutions on all layers in the network In other words there will be need for adaptive link MAC 6 network and TCP layer including cross layer optimization This also refers to mobility management and adaptive radio resource management The composite radio environment will include presence of WLAN cellular mobile networks digital audioand video broadcasting satellite mobile ad hoc and Sensor networks Within the more advanced solutions focus will be on active networks 2 3 including programmable networks 7 8 evolution to 4G wireless networks programmable 4G mobile network architecture cognitive packet networks the random neural networks based algorithms game theory models in cognitive radio networks cognitive radionetworks as a game and biologically inspired networks including bionet architectures 9 The networks management will deal with topics such as self organization in 4G networks mobile agent based network management 4 mobile agent platform mobile agents in multi operator networks integration of r
230. m is evaluated through simulation using NS 2 Simulation package A variety of network scenarios with 8 nodes is considered The protocol is proved to be robust in the sense that faulty nodes are detected and bypassed The broken links are abandoned from the routing tables and a healing is established so that packets are routed from their sources to destinations In addition the AntNet algorithm is securable so that malicious nodes are ruled out to avoid leakage of transmitted information The probabilistic nature of AntNet routing distributes the stream of data packets over several optimal and suboptimal paths which improves the network performance and minimize packet latency EEICCP The new multihope clustering best routing protocol EEICCP has been described which minimizes the usage and further increases the network lifetime by uniform distributing load of energy among all the sensor nodes EEICCP out performs conventional protocols that send data directly to the base station through their respective CHs Dividing in the network into layers of clusters has been proved to be a good approach in reducing the energy to great extent Each node has the equal responsibility of receiving data from all other nodes in the cluster and to transmit the aggregating signal to the base station REFERENCE 1 L Lertsuwanakul and H Unger An Improved Greedy Routing Algorithm for Grid using Pheromone Based Landmarks World Academy of Science En
231. mage plane This means that at a specific point in time each point in the image refers to a specific point in the scene This scene point has a position relative to the camera and if this relative position changes it corresponds to a relative motion in 3D It is a relative motion since it does not matter if it is the scene point or the camera or both that are moving It is only when there is a change in the relative position that the camera is able to detect that some motion has happened By projecting the relative 3D motion of all visible points back into the image the result is the motion field describing the apparent motion of each image point in terms of a magnitude and direction of velocity of that point in the image plane A consequence of this observation is that if the relative 3D motion of some scene pointsisalong their projection lines the corresponding apparent motion 1s zero The camera measures the intensity of light at each image point In practice a digital camera measures this light field at discrete points i e pixels but given that the pixels are sufficiently dense the pixel intensities can be used to represent most characteristics of the light field that falls onto the image plane A common assumption of motion analysis 1s that the light reflected from the scene points does not vary over time As a consequence if an intensity I has been observed at some point in the image the same intensity I will be observed at a positio
232. maker must detect membership function u Fi in a subjective manner Here it is assumed that u Fi is strictly monotonic decreasing and continuous function defined as 1 Fi lt Fimin u Fi ae Fimin lt Fi lt Fimax Fimax Fimin 0 Fi gt Fimax 1 2 5m the value of membership function shows that how far in the scale from 0 1 a non inferior solution is satisfying the F objective The some of all the membership function values Fi i 1 2 3 m for all the objectives can be find out in order to measure the accomplishment of each non dominated solution can be rated with respect to all the k non dominated solutions by normalizing its accomplishment over the sum of accomplishment of k non dominated solutions as follows ut Die W Fik D TykK 5M u Fik thefunction uD can be used as a membership function for non dominated solutions in a fuzzy set and expressed as fuzzy fundamental priority ranking of the non dominated solutions the solutions that attains the maximum membership u p in the fuzzy set so obtained can be chosen as the best solution or the one having cardinal priority ranking IV ALGORITHM F Pg Fo P are the objective functions to be minimized over the set of admissible decision vector P To generate the non inferior solution to the specified intent problem we use a weighting method In this weighting method we convert the problem into a scalar optimization as given below Minimize w
233. mallest addressable element in a display device so it is the smallest controllable element of a picture represented on the screen The address of a pixel corresponds to its physical coordinates LCD pixels are manufactured in a two dimensional grid and are often represented using dots or squares but CRT pixels correspond to their timing mechanisms and sweep rates Each pixel is a sample of an original image more samples typically provide more accurate representations of the original The intensity of each pixel is variable In color image systems a color is typically represented by three or four component intensities such as red green and blue or cyan magenta yellow and black Fig 2 shows the portion of image in the pixels Fig 2 Pixel in the image One wrong concept about the pixel is that pixels are square form But this is wrong concept it depends Pixel might be in the form of square dot lines or rectangular form also Types of Transition VI THERE ARE TWO TYPES OF TRANSITION 1 Gradual transition 2 Abrupt transition 1 Gradual transition Gradual transition is the slow change from one frame to another frame In this kind of transitions the two shots are combined using chromatic spatial or spatial chromatic effects which gradually replace one shot by another These are also often known as soft transitions and can be of various types e g wipes dissolves fades a Fade in Fade out The termsfade
234. mined for this study In the proposed topology simulations are carried out using MAT LAB SIMULINK for voltage sag current harmonics and frequency regulation investigations Results of each test are described below All the simulations are simulated with the discrete sampling time of T t ts sec Here ts 3 104 and t is the one cycle period of the wave form A Voltage sag In Fig 6 the CF UPFC compensates the sag and swells voltage effectively as shown in the simulation result During the sag and swell condition the wind power production is t lt y AA RAN Te oe EE ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 99 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 Fig 6 power production against voltage sag swell condition affected as shown in figure 6 After implementing CF UPFC the sag and swell is not affected by the wind production as shown in figure 7 wer eee Glee ge wee BI il eee Gey ererert ee et 7 yet ted ce 7 Ip Timne oe COSCE Fig 7 CF UPFC based compensated power production voltage sag swell condition B Current harmonics The matrix converter draws non sinusoidal current from the power supply as shown in figure 8 In the figure the current total harmonic distortion is 100 Figure 7 supply current before CF UPQC t i t i after CF UPQC implemented in wind Fig 9 Supply current mill Fig 9 shows that after the implementation of CF UPQC the input c
235. mirror we have introduced a solution based on the rapidly developing smart card based biometric ID systems and given a sample implementation on Turkish e ID system The sample implementation is explained with a successful purchase scenario The combination of biometric ID cards and online transaction might be used in countries that use biometric ID card with some modifications according the specific implementation details of their e ID solutions Although the solution is not global because of the e ID system differences for each country it provides high security and safety for both the customer and the merchant in local e commerce systems REFERENCES 1 AKIS national smart card operating system developed by TUBITAK UEKAE 3 12 2009 2 JCB Global Site E Commerce Solution J Secure 03 12 2009 3 MasterCard SecureCode Credit Card Security Safe amp Secure Online Shopping 03 12 2009 ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 8 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 4 TUBITAK UEKAE National Research Institute of Electronics and Cryptology 03 12 2009 5 Turkish e ID Card Access Device advertisement booklet pdf 03 12 2009 6 Turkish Electronic Card Distribution System 03 12 2009 7 Verified by Visa A simple password protected identity checking service 03 12 2009 8 S Banerjee S Karforma A Prototype Design for DRM based Credit Card Transaction in E Commerce Depa
236. mours and other problems This capsule was developed by the Japanese RF System Lab The patient gulps down the capsule and the digestive process begins Over the next eight hours the pill travels passively down the oesophagus and thoroughly 20 to 25 feet of intestines where it will capture up to 870 000 images The patient feels nothing Batteries would be too bulky so the cam draws its power through induction charging A vest worn by the patient contains a coil that continuously transmits power Start Snapping When it reaches the intestines the Sayaka camera begins capturing 30 two megapixel images per second twice the resolution of other pill cams Fluorescent and white LED s in the pill illuminate the tissue walls Sayaka is the first that gets a clearer picture by mounting the camera facing the side and spinning 360 degrees so that it shoots directly at the tissue walls As the outer capsule travels through the gut an electromagnet inside its polarity A Components Used in Pill Camera e Optical dome e Lens holder e Lens Illuminating LED S CMOS image sensor Battery ASIC transmitter Antennae Do Pill camera platform components Sensor array belt Data recorder Real time viewer Workstation and rapid software IV USES Crohn s disease Malabsorption Disorders Tumors of the small intestine and vascular Disorder Ulcerative Colitis Disorders related to small bowel injury V ADVANTAGES e A pill camera can be
237. munications takes place via wireless links from Customer Premise Equipment CPE to a remote Non Line of sight NLOS base station requirements for link security are greater than those needed for a wireless service The security mechanisms within the IEEE 802 16 standards are sufficient for fixed access service Another challenge for the fixed access air interface is the need to set up high performance radio links capable of data rates comparable to wired broadband service using equipment that can be self installed indoors by users as is the case for Digital Subscriber Line DSL and cable modems IEEE 802 16 standards provide advanced physical PHY layer techniques to achieve link margins capable of supporting high throughput in NLOS environments The 802 16a extension refined in January 2003 uses a lower frequency of 2 to 11 GHz enabling NLOS connections 2 Mobile Wimax The latest 802 16e task group is capitalizing on the new capabilities this provides by working on developing a specification to enable mobile WiMAX clients These clients will be able to hand off between WiMAX base stations enabling users to roam between service areas WE WIMAX li FEIRET E g syn T FN og T ICP STL PEI Pray d T RANO Wp to 200 test Abou 100 Upto 50 Miles About J0 KAM meter gE axes t som a3 COVERAGE Optimized for indoce Outdocr Non Line of performance SisheiNLOS Short Range Performance Support Poe Advanc
238. n electrical thermal power system are considered These are economy and environmental impact because of so amp co emissions The optimization problem is defined as Minimize F 6 aip itbipeitci Rs hr Minimize F YN dP git enPeitfi Kg n MinimizeF3 2 dziP eit CrP eit f 2i Kg h Minimize F pene d 3D eit 3D ei 3 Kg h Subject to ae Pei Pp PL 0 Py Pe i 1 2 E NG Where NG is the number of total generators ai b ci are the cost coefficient d 1 and f are so emission coefficients dz 2 and fz are co emission coefficients Pp is the power demand P is the transmission losses which are approximated in terms of B coefficients III DECISION MAKING Consider the imprecise nature of the decision maker s judgment it is natural to assume that the decision maker may have fuzzy or imprecise goals for each objective function We can define the fuzzy sets by the equation which is known as membership function These functions shows the degree of membership in some fuzzy sets using values from 0 to 1 16 The membership ISSN 2231 5381 http www 1iettjournal org Page 16 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 value 0 shows incompatibility with the sets while 1 means complete compatibility By taking description of the minimum and maximum values of each objective function together with the rate of increase of satisfaction the decision
239. n real time a brain signal is translated into output commands that accomplish the desire of the user The most common example of use of such technology is the direct control of a computer cursor by a person or animal using a BCI based on electrophysiological signals A BCI allows a person to communicate with or control the external world without using conventional neuromuscular pathways That is messages and control commands are delivered not by muscular contractions but rather by brain signals themselves This BCI feature brings hope to individuals who are suffering from the most severe motor disabilities including people with amyotrophic lateral sclerosis ALS spinal cord injury stroke and other serious neuromuscular diseases or injuries BCI technology holds promise to be particularly helpful to people who are locked in cognitively intact but without useful muscle function Restoration of basic communication capabilities for these people would significantly improve their quality of life as well as that of their caregivers increase independence reduce social isolation and potentially reduce cost of care BCI research has undergone an explosive growth in recent years At present there are over 400 groups worldwide engaging in a wide spectrum of research and development programs using a variety of brain signals signal features and analysis and translational algorithms In this review we discuss the current status and future p
240. n that is displaced relative to the first one as a consequence of the apparent motion Another common assumption is that there is a fair amount of variation in the detected intensity over the pixels in an image A outcome of this assumption is that if the scene point that corresponds to a certain pixel in the image has a relative 3D motion then the pixel intensity is likely to change over time Motion analysis is also applicable in the manufacturing process Using high speed video cameras and motion analysis software one can monitor and analyseassembly lines and production machines to detect inefficiencies or malfunctions Manufacturers of sports equipment such as baseball bats and hockey sticks also use high speed video analysis to study the impact of projectiles Motion analysis can be divided into two types 1 Camera Motion Analysis Camera Motion Analysis CMA aims at finding out the information of camera movements during shooting based on analysing video data and a parametric model that reflects the image coordinate correspondences between consecutive frames Since camera motion information is important low level video feature CMA is quite important for video retrieval and it is also quite useful for video content analysis When the camera moves fast there will be significant displacement between consecutive frames which may lead to inaccurate optical flow estimation An initial estimation of the camera motion model is computed by
241. nal limitations for data exchange rate and range number of channels high cost of the infrastructure have not yet made it possible for Wi Fi to become a total threat to cellular networks on the one hand and hard wire networks on the other Gi Fi or Gigabit Wireless is the world s first transceiver integrated on a single chip that operates at 60GHz on the CMOS process It will allow wireless transfer of audio and video data up to 5gigabits per second ten times the current maximum wireless transfer rate at one tenth of the cost usually within a range of 10 meters It utilizes a 5mm square chip and a Imm wide antenna burning less than 2 mW of power to transmit data wirelessly over short distances much like Bluetooth The development will enable the truly wireless office and home of the future As the integrated transceiver is extremely small it can be embedded into devices The breakthrough will mean the networking of office and home equipment without wires will finally become a reality In this we present a low cost low power and high broadband chip which will be vital in enabling the digital economy of the future Keywords Wireless Technology Zigbee Bluetooth Wi Fi Wimax Gi Fi I INTRODUCTION Wireless technology improvement has become follower in today s modern life One of the greatest improvements made on wireless technology field was inventing a new wireless home Short range wireless technologies have long been seen a
242. ncouragement and guidance to complete the project successfully and we also thank VIT Health Care Centre for valuable data REFERENCES 1 S Upadhyaya NadiVijnaana Ist Ed Vedic Life Sciences Pvt Ltd 1986 pp47 2 Online Available http 2 bp blogspot com _OSqu5PTyO6 SgwhZLnTvmI AAAAAAA AASE 0919 V4Nvat0 s400 pulso jpg 3 A Clinical Guide Pulse Wave Analysis 2005 Online Available http www atcormedical com users_guide html 4 J McLaughlin et al 2003 Extracts from recent publications on st d pulse wave velocity system Physiol Meas 24 693 5 Shirai K Song M Suzuki J Kurosu T Oyama T et al 2011 Contradictory effects of B1 and al aderenergic receptor blockers on cardio ankle vascular stiffness index CAVI the independency of CAVI from blood pressure J Atheroscler Thromb 18 49 55 6 Shirai K Utino J Otsuka K Takata M A novel blood pressure independent arterial wall stiffness parameter cardio ankle vascular index CAVI J Atherosclerosis Thromb 2006 13 101 107 7 Kazuhiko Kotanil and Alan T Remaley2 Cardio Ankle Vascular Index CAVI and its Potential Clinical Implications for Cardiovascular Disease Kotani and Remaley Cardiol Pharmacol 2013 2 2 8 8 Tanaka H Munakata M Kawano Y Ohishi M Shoji T et al 2009 Comparisonbetween carotid femoral and brachial ankle pulse wave velocity as measuresof arterial stiffness J Hypertens 27 2022 2027 9 9 Kotani K Remaley AT 2
243. nd 1s an indicator of the state of alertness of the brain LN adima yy pot a Ae Poon Spe ateate Alpha waves A MA yava Relaxed Reflecting ANAM ay Theta waves Drowsy iding Deita waves L SieopDreaming TN pti Delta waves Deep Oreamiess Sleep Figure a Examples of alpha beta theta and delta rhythms C BCI Approaches What are the thoughts the user thinks in order to control a BCI An ideal BCI could detect the user s wishes and commands directly However this is not possible with today s technology Therefore BCI researches have used the knowledge they have had of the human brain and the EEG in order to design a BCI There are basically two different approaches that have been used The first one called a pattern recognition approach is based on cognitive mental tasks The second one called an operant conditioning approach is based on the self regulation of the EEG response In the first approach the subject concentrates on a few mental tasks Concentration on these mental tasks produces different EEG patterns The BCI can then be trained to classify these patterns In the second approach the user has to learn to self regulate his or her EEG response for example change the beta rhythm amplitude Unlike in the pattern recognition approach the BCI itself is not trained but it looks for particular changes for example higher amplitude of a certain frequency in the EEG signal This require
244. nd more difficult task The search and visualization effort of videos implies a waste of time All of these problems can be reduced or eliminated if proper indexing and retrieval methods could be applied The demand for video summary work originates from a viewing time constraint as well as communication and storage limitations in security military and entertainment applications For example in an entertainment application a user may want to browse summaries of his her personal video taken during several trips in a security application a supervisor might want to see a 2 minutes summary of what happened at particular airport gate in the last 10 minutes INTRODUCTION In a military situation a soldier may need to communicate strategic informationwith a limited battery energy transmitter Instead of sending all frames better option is to transmit a subset of the frames with higher SNR quality A video summary generator that can optimally select frames based on an optimality criterion is essential for these applications The solution to this problem is typically based on a twostep approach first identifying video shots from the video sequence and then selecting key frames according to some criterion from each video shot to generate video summary for the sequence To identify video shot boundaries and determine key frames by thresholding a technique require two pass sequence We assume that all the information is presented by the frames incl
245. nd proceeds to present its own communication architecture and designfactors to be used as a guideline and as a tool to compare various protocols After surveying the literature this is our impression as well and we include it in the open research issues that can be explored for futurework The design factors listed by the authors e Fault Tolerance Individual nodes are prone to unexpected failure with a much higher probability thanother types of networks The network should sustain information dissemination in spite of failures e Scalability Number in the order of hundreds or thousands Protocols should be able to scale to such high degree and take advantage of the high density of such networks e Production Costs The cost of a single node must be low much less than 1 e Transmission Media RF Infrared and Optical e Power Consumption Power conservation and power management are primary design factors 3 2 Directed Diffusion A Scalable and Robust Communication Problem Sensor networks have different requirements than other wireless networks The need for robustness andscalability leads to the design of localized algorithms ISSN 2231 5381 http www jettjournal org Page 103 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 where sensors only interact with other sensors in restricted vicinity and have at best an indirect global view Approach The authors argue in favour of designi
246. ne unit to the left as shown in the above mentioned example NEED OF MULTIPLIER L The design of an efficient multiplier circuit in terms of power area and speed simultaneously 2 The need of multiplier is increasing the high speed of processor TYPE OF MULTIPLIERS Multipliers are categorized relative to their applications architecture and the way the partial products are produced and summed up Based on all these a designer might find following types of multiplier A SERIAL MULTIPLIER B PARALLEL MULTIPLIER C ARRAY MULTIPLIER D SHIFT AND ADD MULTIPLIER E BOOTH MULTIPLIER A SERIAL MULTIPLIER Serial multiplier is the partial products are added serially then serial adder is used with least hardware serial multiplier is used as area and power is of utmost important and delay can be tolerated This circuit uses one adder to add the m n partial products The circuit is shown in the fig below for m n 4 Multiplicand and Multiplier inputs have to be arranged in a special manner synchronized with circuit behaviour as shown on the figure The inputs could be presented at different rates depending on the length of the multiplicand and the multiplier Two clocks are used one to clock the data and one for the reset A first order approximation of the delay is O m n With this circuit arrangement the delay is given as D m 1 n 1 tfa med sa gt gt n 4 ae E ei 1 A l
247. ng and surgery e Provides the surgical robot the necessary reference information to act accurately on the patient even if he has been moved during the intervention 4 3d Integral Videography IV records and reproduces 3 D images by using a micro convex lens array and a high pixel density flat display e g an LCD display This display is usually placed at the focal plane of the lens array so that light rays from the corresponding pixels will converge and form a single dot in physical space Fig 3 Many types of data can be processed to produce IV images of 3D objects Here we discuss the two ISSN 2231 5381 http www ettjournal org Page 29 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 main methods of making IV the volume ray casting method and the pixel distribution method Calcukaton of IV elemental image Computer internal image processing Macao Convex Lens Array a b Fig 4 Principle of integral videography a Computer generated elemental images b IV image spatial formation The volume ray casting method directly processes the volume data CT MRI US It is basically an extended volume rendering method in which a light ray must go through a micro lens before intersecting with the screen The pixel distribution method constructs an IV image from a set of multi view images acquired by geometrically based surface rendering This method processes CG surface models
248. ng high range sensors and high capacity motors Some more sensors like mobile phone detector metal detector etc can be implemented to make this vehicle more effective ACKNOWLEDGMENT We avail this opportunity to express our deep sense of gratitude and whole hearted thanks to Head of the Department Electronics and Tele communication Engineering Prof S A Chavan for their invaluable guidance and encouragement to embark this paper We are thankful to whose esteemed suggestions and encouragement from time to time have always been unparalleled stimuli for us to travel eventually towards completion of this seminar We also put sincere thanks to Dr V G Arajpure Principal DBNCOET Yavatmal for constant motivation and providing necessary infrastructure REFERENCES 1 Institute Production Robotique IPR LSRO2 VRAI Group Human Detection for Robotic Urban Search and Rescue Steve BurienMicro technique February 2004 Steve Burien 2 International Journal of Business Intelligent Live Human Detecting Robot for Earthquake Rescue Operation Mrs Vijayaragavan Assistant Professor Electrical amp Electronics Engineering Baath University 3 Alive Human Detector pdf 4 Design and implementation of human alive detector using PIR sensor Viswanath K Reddy 5 J Casper and R Murphy Workflow Study on Human Robot Interaction in USAR ICRA2002 pp 1997 2003 6 J Casper Human Robot Interactions during the Robot Assisted Ur
249. ng localized algorithms and present directed diffusion as a set ofabstractions that describe the communication patterns underlying such algorithms The design featuresdiffer from traditional wireless networks and are data centric and application specific Data centric refers to the fact that in sensor networks we are mostly interested in retrieving informationmatching certain attribute values and very rarely we will be interested only in data from a specific node Thisapproach decouples data from the sensor that produced it and unique identification of nodes is of secondary importance Application specific refers to the awareness across all layers of the specific application so thatintermediate nodes can perform data aggregation caching and informed forwarding The authors proceed to describe a two level cluster formation algorithm where cluster heads are elected based on available energy They present a localized algorithm for object tracking to demonstrate the difficulties that arise The design is difficult because localized algorithms need to produce a certain globalbehaviour with at best indirect global knowledge Furthermore localized algorithms tend to be sensitive in the choice of parameter values In order to overcome these difficulties they suggest the design and prototyping of adaptive fidelity algorithms where the fidelity of the retrieved data can be traded against energy efficiency network lifetime and network bandwidth Fur
250. nging Usage of a Mature Campus Wide Wireless Network Proc ACM MobiCom pp 187 201 2004 4 T Togo I Yoshii and R Kohno Dynamic Cell Size Control According to Geographical Mobile Distribution in a DS CDMA Cellular System Proc IEEE Personal Indoor and Mobile Radio Comm Symp PIMRC 98 pp 677 681 1998 ISSN 2231 5381 http www 1iettjournal org Page 125 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 A Review on Different Wireless Broadband Access Techniques Sanket G Sawarkar Ashish S Bhave Priyanka N Bendre B E final year Electronics amp Telecommunication Department Amravati University Maharashtra India B E final year Electronics amp Telecommunication Department Amravati University Maharashtra India Assistant Professor Electronics amp Telecommunication Department DBNCOET Yavatmal Maharashtra India Abstract Gi Fi will help to push wireless communications to faster drive For many years cables ruled the world Optical fibers played a dominant role for its higher bit rates and faster transmission But the installation of cables caused a greater difficulty and thus led to wireless access The foremost of this is Bluetooth which can cover 10m Wi Fi followed it having coverage area of 100m No doubt introduction of Wi Fi wireless networks has proved a revolutionary solution to last mile problem However the standard s origi
251. ngth of Wi Fi but also means that one wireless adapter may perform substantially better than the other Since Wi Fi transmits in the air it has the same properties as a non switched ethernet network Even collisions can therefore appear like in non switched ethernet LAN s Channels Except for 802 1la which operates at 5 GHz Wi Fi uses the spectrum near 2 4 GHz which is standardized and unlicensed by international agreement although the exact frequency allocations vary slightly in different parts of the world as does maximum permitted power However channel numbers are standardized by frequency throughout the world so authorized frequencies can be identified by channel numbers The frequencies for 802 11 b g span 2 400 GHz to 2 487 GHz Each channel is 22 MHz wide and 5 MHz spacers between the channels are required With the required spacers only 3 channels 1 6 and 11 can be used simultaneously without interference ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 34 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 B Examples of Standard Wi Fi Devices 1 Wireless Access Point WAP A wireless access point AP connects a group of wireless stations to an adjacent wired local area network LAN An access point is similar to an ethernet hub but instead of relaying LAN data only to other LAN stations an access point can relay wireless data to all other compatible wireless devices as well as
252. nical properties of the polymer 6 In this present research work PTh PANI copolymerized and mixture conducting polymers were synthesized through chemical route by using different concentration of oxidant FeCl in the form of powder samples The thick films of powder samples were prepared by screen printing technique on a glass substrate 2 Experimental 1 AR grade chemicals Merck India monomer of thiophene and aniline ferric chloride were used in the present work The thiophene and aniline monomers were used in 1 1 M The solution of 1M FeCl was prepared with organic solvent methanol After the rigorous stirring drop by drop mixture of monomers was added in to the solution In the polymerization reaction of mixture of monomers it was observed that as soon as the monomer mixture was added to the solution the color changed almost instantaneously and the solution became dark ereen black There was an increase in temperature of the solution during the start of reaction which was an indication of exothermic reaction 7 The reaction was carried out at room temperature The reaction was stirred for 24 h with a magnetic stirrer which gives rise to the formation of a black precipitate The resulting black precipitate was vacuum filtered The precipitate was washed with copious amounts of triply distilled water until the washings were clear The copolymer and mixture of PTh PANI so obtained was soft jet black powder dried
253. ning and mapping of the treatment During treatment the HIFU transducer focuses the ultrasound beam into the fibroid as per the planned areas cells and heats the tissue up to 65 degree Celsius coagulating it This is called sonication Sonalleve MRI guided HIFU ensures patient safety by having a number of safety mechanisms built into the system All of these ensure that apart from the tissue being targeted no other organ or tissue is affected by the treatment During treatment the MRI plays an important role by monitoring temperatures within the treatment areas as well as in the surrounding tissues The recorded temperatures are then superimposed in the form of colour coded maps on the 3 D images that are being used for the treatment monitoring The real time feedback loop ensures that adequate heating takes place treating every bit of tissue that has been targeted and volumetric ablation a Philips proprietary technology helps treat larger volumes efficiently and quickly Thermal mapping contributes to safety by ensuring that the treatment remains within the recommended temperature levels and that the surrounding tissues are not affected at all In addition Motion detection with automatic adjustment suspension of sonication also ensures that the procedure is safe An emergency stop button that is controlled by the patient allows the patient to pause the treatment whenever she needs to and the treatment can be resumed once she is comfortabl
254. nomic to have this arrangement so that power is not wastage during day time where manual operation possible Key words AVR micro controller Graphic LCD RTC Regulator IC 7805 ZCD IC MOC3021 Introduction Now a day we are facing very critical situation for electricity in the form of load shading we observe that supply of electricity is not sufficient to satisfy the growing demand In small town there is load shading for 2 3 hours But in rural areas situation more critical People in villages face load shading for at least 8 9 hours Another 10 15 years will be required to generate enough power to match the demand of electricity So the only option we are left with is to save the power we are going to save the power by varying the intensity of light So by implementing this process we can save a large amount of power and hence problem like load shading which is becoming critical day by day can be solved Objective e To make an innovative project this can save maximum amount of power e To make a system that can control devices automatically e To over the limitations of LDR and temperature sensors e To built a system which can be easily handled e To develop a smart project this can control intensity with respect to time Background study In country such as France Germany Belgium UK and northern part of the US street lights are burning and average of 4000 hours per year Considering that the average wattage o
255. ns from host processor to dedicated coprocessor High level language support is easily implemented through a register based architecture large address space powerful addressing modes flexible instruction set and well supported floating point arithmetic The TMS320VC33 is a superset of the TMS320C31 Designers now have an additional 1M bits of on chip SRAM a maximum throughput of 150 MFLOPS and several I O enhancements that allow easy upgrades to current systems or creation of new baselines This data sheet provides information required to fully utilize the new features of the TMS320VC33 device The simplified architecture of TMS320C6713 is shown in the Figure below The processor consists of three main parts CPU peripherals and memory Figure Simplified block diagram of TMS320C67xx family 4 2 Microcontroller PICISF452 The Microcontroller PIC18F452 is 32 K These devices come in 28 pin and 40 44 pin packages The 28 pin devices do not have a Parallel Slave Port PSP implemented and the number of Analog to Digital A D converter input channels 1s reduced to 5 A microcontroller a digital device can read execute and transmit only digital signals On the contrary the outputs of the most of the transducers are analog in nature Thus it is hard to interface these transducers directly with controllers Analog to digital convertor ADC ICs are one way to make the analog input compatible with the microcontroller U
256. nsportation to the site though their mobility in a disaster area 1s somewhat limited The snake robots are equipped only with a camera and microphone and do not seek to detect victims autonomously C tRobot US Government developed some robots which replace the human in several interventions when it is too dangerous or too small to enter They have many different projects Some robots are used exploration in urban or outside places Jackpot robot for example has an aluminium body and it has different sensors like cameras microphones laser range finders Sonar and IR sensors 6 Fig 3 Robots from iRobot Another project 1s deployed which has a team of little robots that it can place where it wants This robot has the calculation power of a big robot and the flexibility and mobility of little ones In the future these robots will help victims and give them the first aid rescue like give morphine using an auto injector or information via a bilateral radio 3 D Urban robot In the NASA s Jet Propulsion laboratory they have done some research to avoid earthquake for an urban robot with different sensors mounted on it stereo camera IR distance sensor GPS in 4 XXVI METHODOLOGY This project consists of three main parts The first step is to determine the state of the art in which special emphasis is given on sensors for victim detection Next a set of appropriate and complementary sensors are selected in IS
257. nt method in Ayurveda 2 Analysis of arterial pulse waveform is important for non invasive diagnosis of cardiovascular functions Arteriosclerosis is a major contributor to cardiovascular disease based on a high percentage of mortality and morbidity Arterial stiffness is a well known predictor of arteriosclerotic vascular disease It is one of the indexes of arterial stiffness with pulse wave velocity PWV But it is known that pulse wave velocity depends on the blood pressure at measuring time It is one of the parameter for early detection of atherosclerosis Cardio ankle vascular index CAVI is derived from stiffness parameter and reflects the stiffness of the artery from the origin of the aorta to the ankle as a whole Conspicuous feature is independency from the blood pressure at measuring time ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 22 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 VII EVALUATION METHODLOGY D Subjects For evaluation of cardiac disease we subjected 3 types of subjects They are normal disease and diabetes subjects As we know diabetic subjects are more prone to get cardiac disease Analysis of them helps us to understand the disease condition very well We subjected 150 people normal 50 diseased 50 amp diabetic 50 with different ages for analysis E Chemistry of Blood Blood is bodily fluid which transports the nutrients and oxygen to the cell
258. nt method which not only detects life signals but also the identifies people in a given area to facilitate rescue team operations in case of emergencies By the advent of this system the world death rate as a cause of natural disasters like earthquake may decrease to greater extent In line with this philosophy one of the most challenging parts of this project is to find a lightweight and low cost solution that can fit on human body Keywords life detection alive human detector USART FLIR XXIV INTRODUCTION There are many different kinds of catastrophe in natural and man made disaster like earthquake flooding hurricane and they cause different disaster area like collapsed building landslide or crater During these emergency situations and especially in urban disaster many different people are deployed policeman fire fighters and medical assistance They need to cooperate to save lives protect structural infrastructure and evacuate victims to safety In these situations human rescuers must make quick decisions under stress and try to get victims to safety often at their own risk They must gather determine the location and status of victims and the stability of the structures as quickly as possible so that medics and fire fighters can enter the disaster area and save victims All of these tasks are performed mostly by human and trained dogs often in very dangerous and risky situations This is why since some year mobile ro
259. ntal Cortex Problem solving emotion complex thought Motor Association Cortex Coordination of complex movement Primary Motor Cortex Initiation of voluntary movement Primary Somatosensory Receives tactile information Cortex from the body Sensory Association Area Processing of multisensory information Visual Association Area Complex processing of visual information Wernicke s Area Tablel Cortical areas of the Brain and their function A Main Principle Main principle behind this interface is the bioelectrical activity of nerves and muscles It is now well established that the human body which is composed of living tissues can be considered as a power station generating multiple electrical signals with two internal sources namely muscles and nerves We know that brain is the most important part of human body It controls all the emotions and functions of the human body The brain is composed of millions of neurons These neurons work together in complex logic and produce thought and signals that control our bodies When the neuron fires or activates there is a voltage Function Language comprehension change across the cell 100mv which can be read through a variety of devices When we want to make a voluntary action the command generates from the frontal lobe Signals are generated on the surface of the brain These electric signals are different in magnitude and frequency By monitoring and analysing
260. nted out in Fig 2 elements of the reconfiguration in 4G networks are protocol boosters A protocol booster is a software or hardware module that transparently improves protocol performance The booster can reside anywhere in the network or end systems and may operate independently one element booster or in cooperation with other protocol boosters multi element booster Protocol boosters provide an architectural alternative to existing protocol adaptation techniques such as protocol conversion A protocol booster is a supporting agent that by itself is not a protocol It may add delete or delay protocol messages but never originates terminates or converts that protocol A multi element protocol booster may define new protocol messagesto exchange among themselves but these protocols are originated and terminated by protocol booster elements and are not visible or meaningful external to the booster Protocol messages Host X gt BoosterA lt gt BoosterB Host Y Rooster messages Fig 4 shows the information flow in a generic two element booster A protocol booster is transparent to the protocol being boosted Thus the elimination of a protocol booster will not prevent end to end communication as would for example the removal of one end of a conversion e g TCP IP header compression unit 5 In what follows we will present examples of protocol boosters IV WI FI WIRELESS FIDELITY Wireless
261. ntial for modifying the physical properties of the homopolymers providing materials with intermediate properties between two polymer systems and potentially soluble and processable conducting materials 4 Attempts have been made to copolymerize different kinds of heterocyclic compounds such as aniline thiophene improve the processability of the resulting conducting structure However only limited work was reported about aniline thiophene copolymer due to the large difference between the oxidation potentials of two types of monomers Bithiophene was used for copolymerization instead of thiophene However thiophene is more conventional could synthesize aniline and thiophene copolymers and composites in Fecls ISSN 2231 5381 http www iettjournal org Page 108 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 and is used on electropreparation of conducting polymers 5 Among the conducting polymers special interest has been focused on PANI due to excellent thermal and environment stability combined with relatively high level of electrical conductivity Nevertheless a few applications have been reported based on PANI because it exhibits poor mechanical properties For the commercial use of conducting polymer composites a complete understanding of their properties is necessary Considerable efforts have been made over several decades to study the effect of filler on the dynamic electric and mecha
262. nuously without any interrupt Definitely in future cell breathing method would occupy the major part of the communication field CONCLUSION We presented a novel scheme for optimal load balancing in IEEE 802 11 WLANs We provided rigorous analysis of the ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 124 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 problem and presented two algorithms that find Deterministic optimal solutions The first algorithm minimizes the load of the congested AP s in the network and the second algorithm produces an optimal min max Priority load balanced solution These optimal solutions are obtained only with the minimal information which is readily available without any special assistance from the 748 IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON MOBILE COMPUTING VOL 8 In this paper we assume only the control on the transmission power of the AP beacon messages The simulations show that even a small number of power levels e g between 5 and 10 is enough to achieve near optimal results REFERENCES 1 Y Bejerano and S J Han Cell Breathing Techniques for Load Balancing in Wireless LANs Proc IEEE INFOCOM 2006 2 M Balazinska and P Castro Characterizing Mobility and Network Usage in a Corporate Wireless Local Area Network Proc USENIX Int Conf Mobile Systems Applications and Services MobiSys 03 2003 3 T Henderson D Kotz and I Abyzov The Cha
263. odes sense and transmit data to the CHs The CHs compress data arriving from nodes that belong to the respective cluster and send an aggregated or fused packet to the BS directly Besides LEACH uses a TDMA code division multiple access CDMA MAC to reduce inter cluster and intra cluster collisions After a certain time which is determined a priori the network goes back into the set up phase again and enters another round of CH election Figure showed the basic topology of LEACH Fig The Basic Topology of LEACH The advantages of LEACH include the following 1 Any node that served as a CH in certain round cannot be selected as the CH again so each node can equally share the load imposed upon CHs to some extent 2 Utilizing a TDMA schedule prevents CHs from unnecessary collisions 3 Cluster members can open or close communication interfaces in compliance with their allocated time slots to avoid excessive energy dissipation There exist a few disadvantages in LEACH as follows 1 It performs the single hop inter cluster directly from CHs to the BS routing method which is not applicable to large region networks It is not always a realistic assumption for single hop inter cluster routing with long communication range Besides long range communications directly from CHs to the BS can breed too much energy consumption 2 Despite the fact that CHs rotation is performed at each round to achieve load balancing LEACH cannot ensur
264. oduct was collected in form of powder sample The characteristic was done through FTIR analysis Also the mechanism of conductivity was discussed Keywords Thiophene Aniline Copolymerization 1 Introduction The discovery of electronically conducting polymers offers a promise to open many new applications for polymeric materials In particular polythiophene polyaniline have attracted attention But all of these conducting polymers are insoluble and infusible which makes practical applications rather difficult 1 Due to a great variety of applications in many fields such as electrochromism electro luminescence sensors and energy storage systems conducting polymers have become the subjects of increased research interest Although conducting polymers such as_ polyaniline PANI polythiophene PTh polypyrrole PPy etc have been studied extensively 2 The conducting polymers based on heterocycles such as PANI PTh and PPy have attracted considerable attention in recent years due to their high conductivity interesting electrochemical properties and easy preparation Several applications of these polymers are promising such as batteries sensors electrochromic devices and electronic devices 3 Electrochemically generated polythiophene and polyaniline films are advantageous for these applications as they show a good stability to oxygen and moisture in both undoped and doped forms Conducting copolymers have high pote
265. of the floor above In this case shot A would consist of the camera rising to the ceiling and shot B would have the camera rising from the ground A wipe transition give the impression the camera is passing between the floors of a house The wipe has several types like horizontal diagonal star heart shape zig zag vertical clockwise anti clockwise door etc a A shot cut 0 A fade in 2 c A fade out ab ahabababal d A dissolve e A wipe 2 Abrupt Transition The abrupt transitions only involve the cut effect This is the sudden change in the image where one frame converting to another suddenly VII IDEA OF SHOT DETECTION IMAGE SEGMENTATION Each frame is divided into blocks with m rows and n columns Then the difference of the corresponding blocks between two consecutive frames is computed Finally the final difference of two frames is obtained by adding up all the differences through different weights VII ATTENTION MODEL Aswe know the crimes are increasing day by day So we need to increase the security Several security companies are emerging to give the protection Surveillance cameras are implemented here and there for increasing the security So what we do the different we are taking the advantage of the Surveillance cameras and giving input to our algorithm it will give the key frames that is those frames where there the change in the picture occurs So if we are retriev
266. olled mm Sized Locomotive Implant DilshadPathan 1 DikshaTorve 2 Biomedical engineering department DBNCOET Yavatmal SGBAU Amravati MH India Biomedical engineering department DBNCOET Yavatmal SGBAU Amravati MH India ABSTRACT The implantable device that is wirelessly powered and controlled for locomotion in a fluid medium is presented To improve in an order of magnitude for existing methods in terms of thrust conversion efficiency the two scalable low power propulsion methods are described The wireless prototype occupies 0 6mmximm in 65 nm CMOS with an external 2mmx2mm receiver antenna The IC consists of a matching network a rectifier a bandgap reference a regulator a demodulator a digital controller and high current drivers that interface directly with the propulsion system It receives 500 uW from a 2 W 1 86 GHz power signal at a distance of 5 cm Asynchronous pulse width modulation on the carrier allows for data rates from 2 5 25 Mbps with energy efficiency of 0 5 pJ b at 10 Mbps The received data configures the propulsion system drivers which are capable of driving up to 2 mA at 0 2 V and can achieve speed of 0 53 cm sec in a 0 06 T magnetic field Keywords Biomedical telemetry implantable biomedical devices low power micro scale fluid propulsion non invasive wireless health monitoring wireless powering Introduction Invention in implantable devices that are capable of in vivo
267. omatic recognition of patterns is first to teach the machine which classes of patterns that may occur and what they look like In OCR the patterns are letters numbers and some special symbols like commas question marks etc while the different classes correspond to the different characters The teaching of the machine is performed by showing the machine examples of characters of all the different classes Based on these examples the machine builds a prototype or a description of each class of characters Then during recognition the unknown characters are compared to the previously obtained descriptions and assigned the class that gives the best match C Components of an OCR system A typical OCR system consists of several components In figure 3 a common setup is illustrated The first step in the process is to digitize the analog document using an optical ISSN 2231 5381 http www iettjournal org Page 92 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 scanner When the regions containing text are located each symbol is extracted through a segmentation process The extracted symbols may then be preprocessed eliminating noise to facilitate the extraction of features in the next step f 4 Cr fs gt Optical Location f ng samme Fy Semenutiog VT L Presexesnig b gt B J J 253 upe Recognition A extraction t4 Post i j s peocessame Fiswe 3 Compoueuts of
268. omplexity of ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 20 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 the system We know that no two people on earth can have similar accent and pronunciations This difference in style of communicating results in ambiguity Another major problem in speech processing understands of speech due to word boundary This can be clearly understood from the following example I got a plate I got up late Universal Networking Language This is a part of natural language processing The key feature of a machine having artificial intelligence is its ability to communicate and interact with a human The only means for communication and interaction is through language The language being used by the machine should be understood by all humans Example of such a language is ENGLISH Vision Visibility Based Robot Path Planning Consider a moving robot There are two things robots have to think and perform while moving from one place to another 1 Avoid collision with stationary and moving objects 2 Find the shortest distance from source to destination One of the major problems is to find a collision free path amidst obstacles for a robot from its starting position to its destination To avoid collision two things can be done viz 1 Reduce the object to be moved to a point form 2 Give the obstacles some extra space This method is called Mikownski me
269. on A K Petus Ltd 1995 17 D A Bell J Borenstein S P Levine Y Koren L Jaros An Assistive Navigation System for Wheelchairs Based upon Mobile Robot Obstacle Avoidance Proceedings of the IEEE Conference on Robotics and Automation 1994 pp 2018 2022 18 Rakhi A Kalantri D K Chitre Automatic Wheelchair using Gesture Recognition International Journal of Engineering and Advanced Technology IJEAT ISSN 2249 8958 Volume 2 Issue 6 August 2013 19 D A Bell S P Levine Y Koren L A Jaros J Borenstein Desgn Criteria For Obstacle Avoidance in a Shared Control System RESNA 94 Nashville 1994 20 Amos G Winter V Assessment of Wheelchair Technology Tanzania International Journal for Service Learning in Engineering Vol 2 No 1 pp 60 77 Fall 2006 ISSN 1555 9033 21 Giuseppe Quaglia Walter Franco Riccardo Oderio Wheelchair g a motorized wheelchair with stair climbing ability Mechanism and Machine Theory 46 2011 1601 1609 ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 42 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 MRI HIFU Trunal M Juware Vrushali Bangale Student Department of Biomedical Engineering Amravati university Yavatmal Maharastra India Student Department of Computer Engineering Amravati university Yavatmal Maharastra India ABSTRACT MRI guided high intensity focused ultrasound MR
270. on of grains Cereal Chem vol 73 no 4 pp 457 461 1996 D James S M Scott Z Ali W T O Hare Chemical sensors for electronic nose systems Microchim Acta vol 149 pp 1 17 2005 E L Hines E Llobet J W Gardner Electronic noses a review of signal processing techniques IEE Proc Circuit Device Syst vol 146 no 6 pp 297 310 Dec 1999 R Gutierrez Osuna Pattern analysis for machine olfaction a review IEEE Sensors Journal vol 2 no 3 pp 189 202 2002 A K Srivastava Detection of volatile organic compounds using SnO gas sensor array and artificial neural network Sens Actuators B vol 96 no 1 2 pp 24 37 2003 Ritaban Dutta and Ritabrata Dutta Intelligent Bayes Classifier for ENT infection classification in hospital environment Biomedical Engineering Online Volume 5 lt http WWW biomedical engineering online com content 5 1 65 gt S Ampuero J O Bosset The electronic nose applied to dairy products a review Sens Actuators B vol 94 pp 1 12 2003 Simona Benedetti Saverio Mannino Anna Gloria Sabatini Gian Luigi Marcazzan Electronic nose and neural network use for the classification of honey Apidologie Vol F No 4 pp 397 402 2004 Huichun Yu JunWang Discriminationof LongJinggreen tea gradeby electronic nose Sensors and Actuators B vol 122 pp 134 140 2007 Jun Fu Guang Li Yuqi Qin Walter J Freeman A p
271. ond to certain volatile chemicals and it is thought to be especially important in the detection of irritants and chemically reactive species In the perception of flavor all three chemoreceptor systems are involved but olfaction plays by far the greatest role The proposed research aims at design of near optimal classifier using neural networks for quality analysis of food or dairy products using E Nose The data generated by E Nose are non linear and overlapping in the feature space This justifies the applicability of Nero Soft Computing Approach for the input data classification in food or dairy product industry The proposed research aims at the design of near optimal classifier for quality analysis assessment of food or dairy products using E Nose 1 1 Aims and Objectives E Nose is anew and promising technology which aimed to rapidly becoming a valuable tool for the organoleptic evaluation of food parameters related to taste and smell and could replace human sensory panels in quality control applications wherethe objective rapid and syntheticevaluation o f the aroma of many specimens is required An electronic nose is generally composed of a chemical sensing system sensor array or spectrometer and a pattern recognition system such as artificial neural network 2 The proposed system aims at providing real time knowledge of odor being produced by E Nose to assess the quality of food or dairy products E Noseconsists of a
272. or Robotic Control Amol R Gondkar M E Student Sandip D Sahane B E Student SNJB COE Chandwad DBNCOET Yavatmal ISSN 2231 5381 http www 1yettjournal org Page 56 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 FPGA Implementation of Modified Booth Multiplier Shaikh Maheboob Sunil Sakhare Abhay Kasetwar Group Guide Group Member Electronics amp Telecommunication Engg Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University M S India Abstract To design a high speed multiplier with reduced error compensation technique The fixed width multiplier is attractive to many multimedia and digital signal processing systems which are desirable to maintain a fixed format and allow a little accuracy loss to output data This paper presents the Design of error compensated truncation circuit and its implementation in fixed width multiplier To reduce the truncation error we first slightly modify the partial product matrix of Booth multiplication and then derive an effective error compensation function that makes the error distribution be more symmetric to and centralized in the error equal to zero leading the fixed width modified Booth multiplier to very small mean and mean square errors However a huge truncation error will be introduced to this kind of fixed width modified Booth multipliers To overcome this problem several error compensated truncation circuit approaches have been proposed to effectively reduce the tr
273. or computer system For proper transmission and reception of serial communicated data in between computer and GSM modules The Global Positioning System GPS is a space based satellite navigation system that provides location and time information in all weather conditions anywhere on or near the Earth where there is an unobstructed line of sight to four or more GPS satellites Using the Global Positioning System GPS a process used to establish a position at any point on the globe The Following two values can be determined anywhere on Earth 1 One s exact location longitude latitude and height co ordinates accurate to within a range of 20m to approx Imm 2 The precise time Universal Time Coordinated UTC accurate to within a range of 60ns to approx 5Sns Speed and direction of travel course can be derived from the co ordinates as well as the time The coordinates and time values are determined by 28 satellites orbiting the earth GPS receivers are used for positioning locating navigating surveying and determining the time and are Employed both by private individuals e g for leisure activities such as trekking balloon flight sand cross country Skiing etc And companies surveying determining the time navigation vehicle monitoring etc GPS the full descriptions Navigation System with Timing and Ranging Global Positioning System NAVSTARGPS was developed by the U S Department of Defences DOD and can be used bo
274. other parameter for early detection of disease condition So in our study we measured blood pressure using sphygmomanometer in all 3 types of subjects Normal blood pressure 120 80mmHg Change in blood pressure is categorised as in Table no II TABLE MI REFERENCE BLOOD PRESSURE RANGE Category Systolic Diastolic mm Hg mm Hg Prehypertension 120 140 80 90 High blood pressure 140 180 90 110 Higher than 180 Higher than 110 G Pulse Measurement Due to the pulsatile nature of blood flow arterial blood pressure has a characteristic waveform The contour of this pressure wave varies throughout the body as well as with increasing age and cardiovascular disease states maHa rwnHa PSZS IN TNL a Age 54 years ETSI SIN INL lmninHa a ThA 59 T e Age 24 wens ii Renaliatery 1 i E Feira N At Baru Pacoima a aara a ae Abdominal sorks Fig 2Typical arterial pressure waveforms according to age 3 H Pulse Wave Velocity Measurement Pulse Wave Velocity is an index to assess arteriosclerosis and it is regarded as an early detector of cardiac dysfunction Analysis of arteriosclerosis is very important to help prevention of cardiovascular diseases The pressure pulse velocity varies over the range from about 11m sto 15m sin stiff peripheral arteries where as in normal arteries it has a velocity in the range of 8 to 9m s PWV mea
275. ough a single wire or other medium is less costly than parallel transmission through multiple wires In UART is transmitting and received data simultaneously by using transmitting and received pin of microcontroller In a transmitting pin of transfer data and receiving pin of received data Time to handle an interrupt from the UART and prevents loss of received data at high rates 5 D GPS AND GSM SECTION The GPS module is used to detect the position of human body soldier It displays the location of longitude and latitude on LCD display In this way the human body is detected at any position using this module On first section we can detect the temperature of human body and display it on ISSN 2231 5381 http www iettjournal org Page 75 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 LCD screen and in third section we can detect the position of human body using GPS satellite communication The following figure shows the interfacing of GSM module with PC computer port n e Ro GSM Max232 PC an Module otlage Com shitter T Port K Fig 6 Interfacing GSM modem to PC computer port GSM modem is interfaced with PC computer port through expansion slot of the motherboard of computer peripheral GSM module work on a 5v and computer system work on 12v power supply That s why it needs to isolate the voltage of for MAX232 to shift the voltage 5v for GSM module and 12v f
276. ount of circuitry ISSN 2231 5381 http www iyettjournal org Page 64 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 involved is directly proportional to square of its resolution 1 e a multiplier of size of n bits has O n2 gate The most basic form of multiplier consists of forming the product of two binary numbers This may be accomplished through successive additions and shifts in which eachaddition is condition on one of the multiplier bit as shown below Multiplicas AS h Huitiplier J Partial product ABR A2B AIBO AOSD ASB AZBL AIRI AOB A3B2 AZB2 LBZ AOR AIN pi A183 A033 E eee ee ee fe ee EK a ee ee eee eS eee ee eS eS eS eS eS eS eS eS Se Se eS eB ee ee ee eee Oe eee BASIC OF MULTIPLIER 1 Basic binary multiplier The operation of multiplication is rather simple in digital electronics It has it s origin from the classical algorithm for the product of two binary numbers This algorithm uses addition and shift left operations to calculate the product of two numbers 2 Partial product generation Partial product generation is the very first step in binary multiplier These are the intermediate terms which are generated based on the value of multiplier If the multiplier bit is 0 then partial product row is also zero and if it is 1 then the multiplicand is copied as it is From the 2nd bit multiplication onwards eachpartial product row is shifted o
277. out the route to be followed over a network These routers in onion are termed as core onion routers The next step in this process is to forward this onion to entry funnel which is an entrance for routing in the network Entry funnel will decrypt the first layer to see the information about next hop in the ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 132 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 route This process continues until the onion reaches exit funnel Exit funnel is responsible for traversing the packet to its destination Onion Routing relies on Public KeyCryptography for anonymous Communication assuming that onion proxy will know public keys of all the routers in the network Here a router can only decrypt the corresponding layer with its private key The Routers can only know the information about the previous hop and next hop in the route If an attacker compromises a node in the route it can only get very little information keeping the anonymity of original source and destination But it is stated that onion routing will provide anonymity only from third parties and the nodes involved in the communication knows each other D ANT ROUTING P2P networks like Ants and MUTE based on this routing algorithm in a way to provide anonymity while sharing files among various peers in the network The basic idea of this algorithm is inspired by the techniques of real ants in sear
278. outing algorithm and mobile agents and ad hoc network management The network information theory 10 11 has become an important segment of the research dealing with effective and transport capacity of advanced cellular network capacity of ad hoc networks information theory and network architectures cooperative transmission in wireless multi hop ad hoc networks network coding capacity of wireless networks using MIMO technology and capacity of sensor networks with many to one transmissions In addition energy efficient wireless networks and QoS management will be also in the focus of research II 4G NETWORKS AND COMPOSITE RADIO ENVIRONMENT In the wireless communications community we are witnessing more and more the existence of the compositeradio environment CRE and as a consequence the need for Reconfigurability concepts The CRE assumes that different radio networks can be cooperating components in a heterogeneous wireless access infrastructure through which network providers can more efficiently achieve the required capacity and QoS levels Reconfigurability enables terminals and network elements to dynamically select and adapt to the most appropriate radio access technologies for handling conditions encountered in specific service area regions and time zones of the day Both Concepts pose new requirements on the management of wireless systems Nowadays multiplicities of radio access technology RAT standards are used in wireless
279. ovement we can use eye retina using optical sensor to move wheelchair in different direction Using retina movement we would be able to drive a wheelchair e Wecan use voice command IC to interface our voice signals with microcontroller So computer interfacing may not be needed The voice stored in IC could be sufficient to analyze speaker s voice Command e Researchers are going on development of handicap wheelchair using nervous system of human VIL CONCLUSIONS The wheelchairs based on commercially available motorized wheelchairs have been built using behaviour based AI The size of the software is significantly smaller than control programs for similar vehicles operatingin the real world environment implemented using conventional AI and robotics methodologies Oneof the chairs is now capable of travelling to its indoor destinations using landmark based navigation The performance of our system configuration indicates there is a cautious possibility today to build a functionalintelligent wheelchair that is practical and helpful to people with certain types and degrees ofhandicap REFERENCES 14 G Pires N Hon rio C Lopes U Nunes A T Almeida Autonomous Wheelchair for Disabled People Proc IEEE Int Symposium on Industrial Electronics ISIE97 Guimaraes 797 801 15 Takashi Gomi and Ann Griffith Developing Intelligent Wheelchairs for the Handicapped 16 H R Everett Sensors for Mobile Robots Theory and Applicati
280. owski I I Incze C Szabo Vector control schemes for Tandem converter fed induction motor drives IEEE Transactions on Power Electronics Vol 20 2 2005 pp 493 501 13 P Jenopaul Shunt Active and Series Active Filters Based Power Quality Conditioner for Matrix Converter Advances in Power Electronics 2011 pp1 9 14 P JenoPaul I J Raglend T R D Prakash power quality improvement of matrix converter using UPQC Transaction of Measurement and Control 2011 vol 1 pp23 ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 101 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 A survey on Adaptive Clustering Routing Protocol using Twice Cluster Head Selection Kaustubh L Thakare Department of Electronics and Telecommunication Priyadarshini College Of Engineering Nagpur ABSTRACT Networking together hundreds or thousands of cheap microsensor nodes allows users to accurately monitor a remote environment by intelligently combining the data from the individual nodes These networks require robust wireless communication protocolsthat are energy efficient and provide low latency In this paper we develop and analyze low energy adaptive clustering hierarchy LEACH a protocol architecture for microsensor networks that combines the ideas of energy efficient cluster based routingand media access together with application specific data aggregation to achieve good performance in terms of sy
281. p manner as per the block diagram shown in fig First step is Adaptive Thresholding which converts the image into binary images Next step is connected ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 93 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 component analysis which is used to extract character outlines This method is very useful because it does the Tesseract was probably first to provide this kind of processing Then after the outlines are converted into Blobs Blobs are organized into text lines and the lines and regions are analyzed for some fixed area or equivalent text size Text is divided into words using definite spaces Fig 1 Concept of Tessaract iut Image Adaptive Tweshoking e Binary Imegt gt t Connected Componimi i Asmty sis Character cullimes Find Lines and wort gt Character outlines Organized into words Recognize word c Extracted text Recognize word Pass Pos itoa impe Frg 2 Archstecture of Tesseract process as shown in fig 1 In the first pass an attempt is made to recognize each word fromthe text Each word passed satisfactory is passed to an adaptive classifier as training data The adaptive classifier tries to recognize text in more accurate manner As adaptive classifier has received some training data it has learn something new so final phase is to resolve various issues and to extract text from
282. pes Glycosaminoglycans leukotrienes sarcoidosis Galactosamine glucoronic acid and glucosamine I INTRODUCTION Asthma is a chronic inflammatory disorder of the airways characterized by airway hyper responsiveness AHR and reversible airflow obstruction that fluctuates over time Airway obstruction and allergic inflammation during the disease occur due to release of IgE and pro inflammatory cytokines such as T helper cell type 2 Th2 and other immune effector cells producing toxic inflammatory molecules that ultimately elicit obstruction Based on clinical parameters patients are assigned to distinct categories mild moderate severe or very severe that allow optimal medical decisions on treatment and prognosis to be made _ for individual phenotypes Current diagnosis of asthma is based on a history of wheeze shortness of breath and cough which are variable in severity and over time However these are primarily based on demonstrating abnormal airway physiology which may not always be present in mild asthma leading to a decreased sensitivity Raman spectroscopy RS a vibrational spectroscopic method based on inelastic scattering of light In light of need for better diagnostic tools with attributes like rapidity objectivity and the use of minimally invasive samples RS could serve useful for detection of asthma Thus this was carried out to explore the potential applicability of RS in detecting disease related perturba
283. phisticated techniques for the recognition of a great variety of typeset fonts and also handprinted characters Below the future of OCR when it comes to both research and areas of applications is briefly discussed A Future improvements New methods for character recognition are still expected to appear as the computer technology develops and decreasing computational restrictions open up for new approaches There might for instance be a potential in performing character recognition directly on grey level images However the greatest potential seems to lie within the exploitation of existing methods by mixing methodologies and making more use of context IV OPENCV Open Source Computer Vision Library OpenCV and also provides a general background to the field of computer vision suf ficient to use OpenCV effectively Computer vision is a rapidly growing field partly as a result of both cheaper and more capable cameras partly because of affordable processing power and partly because vi sion algorithms are starting to mature OpenCV itself has played a role in the growth of computer vision by enabling thousands of people to do more productive work in vision With its focus on real time vision OpenCV helps students and professionals efficiently implement projects and jump start research by providing them with a computer vision and machine learning infrastructure that was previously available only in a few mature research labs A Compute
284. picked up by Fs d in order to update routing tables of the visited nodes Every ant transports a stack Ssd k of data where the k index refers to the k est visited node in a journey where Ssd 0 s and Ssd m d being m the amount of jumps performed by Fs d for arriving to d Let k be any network node its routing table will have N entries one for each possibledestination Let j be one entry of k ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 135 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 routing table a possible destination Let Nk be set of neighboring nodes of node k Let Pji be the probability with which an ant or data packet in k jumps to a node i i _ Nk when the destination is j G_k Then for each of the N entries in the node k routing table it will be nk values of Pji subject to the condition Pji i_Na_1 j 1 N 1 The following lines show AntNet1 0 pseudocode using the symbols and nomenclature already presented Argentine Symposium on Artificial Intelligence BEGIN Routing Tables Set Up For each node k the routing tables are initialized with a uniform distribution Pji nk1 _i_Nk 2 DO always in parallel STEP 1 In regular time intervals each node s launches an F s dant toa randomly chosen destination d During its trip to d when Fs d reach a node k k d it does step 2 DO in parallel for each Fs d STEP 2 Fs d pushe
285. plexity Fig 2 Graph representation of modified multiplier and multiplier Fig 2 Graph representation of modified multiplier and multiplier in this graph vertical axis is power consumption horizontal axis is complexity We know from this graph complexity and power consumption is less in modified booth multiplier when compared to multiplier So modified multiplier is used to save power complexity is reduced speed increment can be performed II CONCLUSION In this paper FPGA implementation of modified Booth multiplier has been proposed In the proposed multiplier the Partial product matrix of Booth multiplication was slightly modified as booth encoder decoder and mix In booth encoder encoding table is derived from the booth multiplier according to this table we perform shifting two s complement in new way So modified multiplier is used to save power complexity is reduced speed increment can be achieved When booth multiplier and modified booth multiplier we can save the power up to 40 respectively IV REFERENCES 1 S J Joe M H Tsai and Y L Tsao Low error reduced w idth BoothMultipliers for DSP applications IEEE Trans Circuits Syst I Fudam Theory Appl vol 50 no 11 pp 1470 1474 Nov 2003 2 K J Cho K C Lee J G Chung and K K Parhi Design of low errorFixed width modified Booth multiplier IEEE Trans Very Large Scale Integr VLSI Syst vol 12 no 5 pp 522 531 May
286. pointments and self realizations AI deals in science which deals with creation of machines which can think like humans and behave rationally AI has a goal to automate every machine AI is a very vast field which spans e Many application domains like Language Processing Image Processing Resource Scheduling Prediction Diagnosis etc e Many types of technologies like Heuristic Search Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic etc e Perspectives like solving complex problems and understanding human cognitive processes e Disciplines like Computer Science Statistics Psychology etc DEFINITION OF INTELLIGENCE amp TURING TEST The Turing Test proposed by Alan Turing 1950 was designed to provide a satisfactory definition of intelligence Turing defined intelligent behavior as the ability to achieve human level performance in all cognitive tasks sufficient to fool an interrogator Roughly speaking the test he proposed is that the computer should be interrogated by a human via a teletype and passes the test if the interrogator cannot tell if there is a computer or a human at the other end His theorem the Church Turing thesis states that Any effective procedure or algorithm can be implemented through a Turing machine Turing machines are abstract mathematical entities that are composed of a tape a read write head and a finite state machine The head can either read or write symbols onto the tape basically an input ou
287. power flow controller is implemented based on the idea of integration of a series active filter and shunt active filter that share a single DC link 4 Unified power flow controller can be applied in a power system for current harmonic compensation voltage compensation and reactive power control 5 but the main drawback is that it cannot compensate frequency regulation This drawback is overcome by introducing constant frequency unified power flow controller CF UPFC 6 CF UPFC which is a combination of unified power flow controller and matrix converter This modified unified power flow controller the PWM converter to perform active filtering and the matrix converter also performs the function of frequency regulation The Pulse Width Modulation technique PWM is commonly used to control all these converters The switching rate is high so the PWM converter can produce a controlled current or voltage waveform with high fidelity 7 It can simultaneously compensate the load current harmonics supply voltage harmonics and frequency regulation Senes Transf Intermediate Transfonner Intermediate Transfommer SW2 Fig 1 a UPFC schematic ISSN 2231 5381 http www 1jettjournal org Page 95 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 f a i Ey 1 E 7 oF SFAI nA Maceo arid 4 VECTOR ta See Baty gti Rte POUL ATION Ws UPFC CONTROLLER e
288. ptical filtering of unwanted noise including Rayleigh signals is accomplished through Superhead the other component of the system Optical fibers were employed to carry the incident light from the excitation source to the sample and also to collect the Raman scattered light from the sample to the detection system Spectra were integrated for 10 seconds and averaged over 6 accumulations Spectra were interpolated in 800 1800 cm 1 region the os B Super head A Rail BPN lt 2 4 eres c Figure experimental setup for Raman Spectroscopy 2 Multivariate analysis Vector normalized first derivatives of spectra were subjected to multivariate unsupervised principal component analysis PCA and supervised Principal Component Linear Discriminant Analysis PC LDA PCA is a routinely used method for data compression and visualization LDA provides data classification based on an optimized criterion which is aimed for better class separability LDA models were validated by Leave one out cross validation LOOCV LOOCV is a type of rotation estimation used mainly for smaller datasets II RESULT A Laser a5 as f w p Z This study was undertaken to explore the possibility of RS based diagnosis of asthma using a minimally invasive sample like serum Such an approach could serve as an objective method for asthma diagnosis for all patients irrespective of age and could also enable distance d
289. puter system known as a server by way of a network The term was first applied to devices that were not capable of running their own stand alone programs but could interact with remote computers via a network These dumb terminals were clients of the time sharingmainframe computer gt SERVER MODEL In computing a server is any combination of hardware or software designed to provide services to clients When used alone the term typically refers to a computer which may be running a server operating system but is commonly used to refer to any software or dedicated hardware capable of providing services gt NETWORK MODEL Generally the channel quality is time varying For the ser AP association decision a user performs multiple samplings of the channel quality and only the signal attenuation that results from long term channel condition changes are utilized Our load model can accommodate various additive load definitions such as the number of users associated with an AP It can also deal with the multiplicative user load contributions ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 121 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 gt CELL BREATHING APPROACH We reduce the load of congested APs by reducing the size of the corresponding cells Such cell dimensioning can be obtained for instance by reducing the transmission power of the congested APs This forces users near the
290. puting Follow by the pro active influent leads the conventional microprocessor to cushion the successor which is succeeded with a greater benefit of achievements when the digital signal processor DSPs 1s introduced and in promotion in year 1971 Thus the DSPs offers built in and integrated with mathematical capabilities and proficiency of numeric functional as compared with others available non DSP terms in the general microprocessor Nevertheless it is also capable of doing on chip analysis which is including real time signal processing Therefore the advantages of DSPs had open door to enable ECG analysis to be done in real time processing instead of recording and stored for later analysis The introduction of DSP processor had brought forward realization for integrating DSP board to computer based for real time ECG analysis One of the common hardware tools involved ECG in computing is the plug n play DAQ card In this system add on hardware such as data acquisition card is required for this purpose Where the dependency for plug in data acquisition card in the computer itself required software development such as firmware and application software is necessary to establish communication link with the connected card Those integrated data acquisition card with software application can provide a magnificent outcome but lack of mobility expensive and computer dependant But a custom build Printed Circuit Board PCB with specialty ele
291. r for its operation II LITERATURE REVIEW Wireless means transmitting signals using radio waves as the medium instead of wires There are different wireless technologies are introduced ZigBee is one of them broadly categorized as a low rate WPAN and its closest technology is Bluetooth A good bit of energy has been spent in analyzing whether ZigBee and Bluetooth are complementary or competing technologies but after a quick look at the two it can be seen that they fall a lot farther down the complementary side of the spectrum They are two different technologies with very different areas of application and different means of designing for those applications While ZigBee is focused on control and automation Bluetooth is focused on connectivity between laptops and the like as well as more general cable replacement ZigBee uses low data rate low power consumption and works with small packet devices Bluetooth uses a higher data rate higher power consumption and works with large packet devices 1 ZigBee networks can support a larger number of devices and a longer range between devices than Bluetooth Because of these differences the technologies are not only geared toward ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 126 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 different applications they don t have the capability to extend out to other applications 2 Bluetooth must rely on fairly
292. r for the development of robotic surgery Navigation systems track objects with precision expressed as root mean square equalling even up to 0 15 mm Application of navigation system combined with imaging technique makes surgical operations less invasive which results in the reduced risk of infection smaller scar and a shorter time of rehabilitation Imaging techniques allow surgeon to create individual virtual models for virtual surgery planning Navigation system tracks the positions of surgical tools in relation to the patient s coordinate systems Medical imaging enables low invasive surgery whereas the position of surgical instruments is monitored on screen II OBJECTIVES e To overcome the daunting challenges in terms of visualization and hand eye co ordination by minimally invasive surgeon e Toimprove surgical accuracy reliability and to allow the surgeons to retain ultimate control of the procedure and to avoid prolong time in the operating room If HISTORY The first attempts in 3D mapping navigation of human tissues were made by V Horsley and R Clarke in 1906 They have built a rectangular stereotactic headframe that had to be fixed to the head It was based on cartesian principles and allowed them to accurately and reproductibly guide needle like electrodes for neurophysiological experiments They have experimented animals and were able to contribute to the mapping of the cerebellum Improved versions of the Horsley
293. r node and the base station is expensive e The purpose of the network is to collect data through sensing at a fixed rate i e there is always something to send and convey it to the base station The raw data is too much and must be locally aggregated into a small set of meaningful information The nodes self organize into local clusters with one node in each cluster acting as a cluster head Once a cluster has formed the cluster members send their data to the cluster head low energy transmission which in turn combines the data and sends it to the base station high energy transmission This organization of the nodes creates a 2 level hierarchy For their analysis the authors compare their scheme with a direct communication protocol each sensor sends data directly to the base station and the mintmum energy routing protocol In the latter data destined for the base station is routed through many intermediate nodes that can each be reached with minimum energy transmission A static clustering scheme is also used where cluster heads are not rotated Their results indicate that LEACH reduces communication energy by as much as 8x Also the first node death inLEACH occurs over 8 times later and the last node dies over 3 times later 3 4 A Transmission Control Scheme for Media Access in Sensor Networks Problem Media access control in sensor networks must be energy efficient and allow fair bandwidth allocation to all the nodes The
294. r the characterization and control of honey Huichun Yu and JunWang 17 made investigation to evaluate the capacity of electronic nose to classfiy the tea quality grade In their experiment the volume of vial and headspace generated time were considered corresponding to the 5 g tea samples The four tea groups were measured and response values at four different collection times were conducteed by PCA LDA and ANN The method of ANN was performed and 90 of the total tea samples were classified correctly by using the back propogation neural network Jun Fu et al 18 developed a model in which the concept of Electronic Noise is used for pattern recognition In this paper a biologically inspired neural network based on anatomical and electroencephalographic studies of biological olfactory systems is applied to pattern recognition in electronic noses Classifying six VOCs commonly presented in the headspace of Chinese rice wine its performance to eliminate the concentration influence and counteract sensor drift is examined and compared with the simple nonparametric algorithm and the well known BP NN The neural network has a good performance in classification of six VOCs of different concentrations even for the patterns obtained 1 month later than what was used for training Its flexibility and robust fault tolerance are quite suitable for electronic nose applications subjecting to the problems associated with the susceptibility to concent
295. r Vision Computer vision is the transformation of data from a still or video camera into either a decision or a new representation All such transformations are done for achieving some particular goal The input data may include some contextual information such as the camera is mounted in a car or laser range finder indicates an object is 1 meter away The decision might be there is a person in this scene or there are 14 tumor cells on this slide A new representation might mean turning a color image into a grayscale im age or removing camera motion from an image sequence V WORKING OF TESSERACT In geometry the tesseract also called an 8 cell or regular octachoron or cubic prism Is the four dimensional analog of the cube the tesseract is to the cube as the cube is to the square Just as the surface of the cube consists of 6 square faces the hyper surface of the tesseract consists of 8 cubical cells Tesseract is object character recognition engine for various operating systems Tesseract is considered one of the most accurate open source OCR engines currently available It is written in the C C so it is platform independent It can be used in other applications in the form of Dynamic Link Library DLL So it can be easily added as the reference in the form of DLL in other application to use the functionality provided by Tesseract A Architecture Of Tesseract OCR Engine Tesseract OCR works in step by ste
296. r that the tap ECG is put on GLCD screen to display as the ECG monitoring signal c Analog front End unit this unit provides interaction through peripherals connectivity with the real world environment The peripherals such as in Figure 1 shows that the ECG is delivered to the main board through the custom build AFE device This AFE input consists of 1 Signal conditioning circuitry SCC 11 Codec chip PCM3003 and 11 Analog to digital converter chip set ADC0820 In this DSP hardware design is utilizing two processors by means of putting a single DSP processor lack of tasks oriented but capable of mathematical and algorithm executions and a single microcontroller performs best in tasking but lack of DSP terms into one system board Therefore this will provide separate traffic management for tasking and signal processing without over loading each processor s work load a Test Subject Resting in static condition Figure 2 Real time ECG observation from test subject is captured and displayed on the graphic LCD This approach is depicted in Figure 1 the microcontroller is maintaining to display the tap ECG from ADC chip to the graphic LCD and the DSP processor is focused on reading the tapped ECG signal from the codec chip However the Universal Serial Bus USB in this DSP hardware design is for downloading the ECG analysis algorithm to the ROM and it is also use for power up the DSP hardware 1 DSP Processor TMS320VC3
297. r to gain the consumers trust in credit card transactions but no solution has been found to overcome the weaknesses in those systems This paper proposes a new solution that combines biometric ID card with online credit card transactions Since the implementation details such as the type and the matching algorithm of the biometrics data might vary between countries because of the project requirements and laws the proposed system remains local for the each country that might adopt the solution To elucidate the proposed system and provide a concrete example we used Turkish e ID pilot system as the identity verification module since it best fits the requirements of the framework Keywords internet shopping e ID biometrics credit card transaction multi factor authentication I INTRODUCTION Internet shopping is one of the most popular uses of the internet As internet technology evolves more advanced online systems are developed and uses of those systems increase dramatically Everyday Internet users all around the globe browse merchant Web sites to buy products and services Users browse the online stores and obtain their needs with minimum effort compared to traditional retailing systems The difference occurs in the manner of payment while using a POS device to perform a payment with their credit cards in offline retailing consumers provide their personal data together with credit card details over the Internet in order to comple
298. r6 December 14th 2004 3 ZigBee Alliance ZigBee Device Profile ZigBee Document 0352917 December 14th 2004 4 AChipconCompany Figurewireless http www figure8 wireless com Zigb ee html 5 Freescale Semiconductor Corporation http www freescale com zigbee 6 Bluetooth Wikipedia 7 K Ramadas and R Jain WiMAX System Evaluation Methodology Wimax Forum January 2007 8 www freewimaxinfo org 9 http computer howstuffworks com winmax html 10 http www intel com technology magazine standards st0803 pdf 11 Marzieh Yazdanipour Afsaneh Yazdanipour Amin Mehdipour and Mina Yazdanipour Evaluation of Gi Fi Technology for Short Range UACEE International Journal of Advances in Computer Networks and its Security Volume 2 Issue 3 ISSN 2250 3757 12 J Santhan Kumar Reddy Gi Fi Technology International Journal of Advanced Scientific and Technical Resear Issue 3 volume 1 January February 2013 13 Evolution of Gi Fi technology International Journal of Computer Science and Network Volume 2 Issue 3 June 2 ISSN 2231 5381 http www iettjournal org Page 130 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 An Intelligent Algorithm for Data Routing Over Peer To Peer Networks to Avoid Insecurity of Data and Eeicp Energy Efficient Protocol for Wireless Sensor Network Charushila Jadhaao Sneha Dohare Ashwin Motikar B E final year
299. ration influence and sensor drift As per Federica Cheli et al 19 proposed that it is possible to differentiate and classify maize samples contaminated and non contaminated with aflatoxins by using an electronic nose equipped with 10 MOS sensors Despite the small number of samples the electronic nose was able to detect a clear difference in volatile profile of maize in the presence and absence of aflatoxins using PCA analysis By the use of LDA a correct classification of maize contaminated and non contaminated with aflatoxins was achieved Results indicate that electronic nose may be successfully applied as rapid and non destructive method for screening of commodities contaminated with fungal toxins in order to select samples that must undergo further accurate quantitative analysis Further improvements of the model are needed in order to eliminate or minimize the component in the model not directly related to aflatoxins concentration to evaluate the potentiality of classification below above legal limits and maybe to develop robust regression models for prediction of aflatoxin content in maize samples J Brezmes et al 20 made investigated on the use of a concentration chamber in the E Nose has also proven to be very useful signals are stronger because fruit vapors are accumulated during a long period of time and many pieces can be measured together More over since group measurements can be done our proto type can be easily ad
300. real time signals from a large numberof sensors and to send drive outputs to the two motors which govern the wheels The chair currentlyhas several bump sensors and 12 active infrared IR sensors which detect obstacles in close vicinity less than 1 meter of the chair Signals from the cameras are processed by a vision based behaviour generation unit based on a DSP board 8 Fig 1 Schematic Diagram C Software structure Software for the vision system is also built according to behaviour basedprinciples The major difference between this and conventional image processing is that itconsists of behaviours each of which generates actual behaviour output to the motors It can presentlydetect depth and size of free space vanishing point indoor landmarks and simple motions ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 40 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 up to 1Ometers ahead in its path Indoor landmarks are a segment of ordinary office scenery that naturallycomes in view of the cameras No special markings are placed in the environment for navigation There are also a large number of behaviours invoked by IRs and bumpers which collectivelygenerate finer interactions with the environment Vision based and non vision behaviours jointlyallow the chair to proceed cautiously but efficiently through complex office spaces Note that thereis no main program to coordinate behaviours Curr
301. register The leftshift ofthe multiplicand has the effect of shifting theintermediate products to the left just as when multiplying by paper and pencil The right shift of the multiplier prepares the next bit of the multiplier ARRAY MULTIPLIERS Array multiplier is well known due to its regular structure Multiplier circuit is based on add and shift algorithm Each partial product is generated by the multiplication of the multiplicand with one multiplier bit The partial product are shifted according to their bit orders and then added The addition can be performed with normal carry propagate adder N 1 adders are required where N is the multiplier length C Bid Hik Pril Drab Bik Mih 3A Bird mumm Prl BA Rill Bril lemi ok C m m m m Bii Pil Bal Bd eam ww rk He BR TD H Ole Figure 5 Structure of array multiplier ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 67 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 An example of 4 bet multiplication method is shown below Product a b Although the method is simple as it can be seen from this example the addition is done serially as well as in parallel To improve on the delay and area the CRAs are replaced with Carry Save Adders in which every carry and sum signal is passed to the adders of the next stage Final product is obtained in a final adder by any fast adder usually carry ripple adder
302. right and left ventricles and ventricular activation QT inima Fig Schematic representation of normal ECG 1 2 Digital Signal Processing Digital Signal Processing deals with algorithms for handling large chunk of data This branch identified itself as a separate subject in 70s when engineers thought about processing the signals arising from nature in the discrete form Development of Sampling Theory followed and the design of Analog to Digital converters gave an impetus in this direction The contemporary applications of digital signal processing was mainly in speech followed by Communication Seismology Biomedical etc Later on the field of Image processing emerged as another important area in signal processing Signal Procssing cpunannnteeetsnananeeessst M tsannnnretsnennntenesas Analog Processing eNO ce r ESANA S e a DES a S Ene Aaa O NO 2 Analog Processing Mesurand Sensor a preseas TE Sa s FOP Rohe eee eee eee ety Amalbug Protrwer bee Sii aa ranan ES gt une AALT ITTTTT TE eidi hed Digitan Processing sslog Processor LPE Fig The basic Signal Processing Platform The figure shows represents a Real Time digital signal processing system The measure and can be temperature pressure or speech signal which is picked up by a sensor may be a thermocouple microphone a load cell etc The conditioner is required to filter demodulate and amplify the sign
303. ring Dr Bhausaheb Nandurkar College ofEngineering amp Technology Yavatmal Abstract This paper describes the implementation of low cost standalone Digital Signal Processing DSP hardware for ECG monitoring in order to assist physician or cardiologist to carry out their visual observation in ECG monitoring The visual observation is in real time where the acquired ECG from the subject can be seen on the graphic LCD and it is important to ensure the signal is stable and consistent before the pre recording session take place which would help the cardiologist s or physician s in analysis and diagnosis accurately The design of the DSP hardware based stand alone system are divided into three hardware units first the digital signal processor with memory unit second is the signal monitoring displays unit and third is analog front end unit Firmware development in this system design is to attach each hardware unit to perform specific functions in carrying out operation on the stand alone system The advantages of this system are the ability to run in stand alone operation and as well as eligibility of updating on board pre program algorithm for ECG analysis which existing ECG monitoring equipment are lacking which means that this stand alone system could be programmed to suit a particular need Keywords Electrocardiogram ECG Digital Signal Processing DSP Analog to Digital Converter ADC L INTRODUCTION Non invasive Electroc
304. rks LEACH builds on this work by creating a new ad hoc cluster formation algorithm thatbetter suits microsensor network applications 3 Literature Survey 3 1 A survey on sensor networks The authorspresent communication architecture for sensor networks and proceed to survey the current research pertaining to all layers of the protocol stack Physical Data Link Network Transport and Application layers A sensor network is defined as being composed of a large number of nodes which are deployed densely in close proximity to the phenomenon to be monitored Each of these nodes collects data and its purpose is to route this information back to a sink The network must possess self organizing capabilities sincethe positions of individual nodes are not predetermined Cooperation among nodes is the dominant feature of this type of network where groups of nodes cooperate to disseminate the information gathered in their vicinity to the user Major differences between sensor and ad hoc networks e Number of nodes can be orders of magnitude higher e Sensor nodes are densely deployed e Sensor nodes are prone to failure e Frequent topology changes e Broadcast communication paradigm e Limited power processing and power capabilities e Possible absence of unique global identification per node The authors point out that none of the studies surveyed has a fully integrated view of all the factors drivingthe design of sensor networks a
305. rm It is guided towards tumor processes using the skeletal structures as a reference system Stereotactic Radiosurgery System During the procedure real time X ray is used to accurately position the device before delivering radiation beam VII ADVANTAGES e The surgeon can easily assess most of the surgical difficulties and risks and have a clear idea about how to optimize the surgical approach and decrease surgical morbidity e During the operation the computer guidance improves the geometrical accuracy of the surgical gestures and also reduces the redundancy of the surgeon s acts This significantly improves ergonomics in the operating theatre decreases the risk of surgical errors and reduces the operating time e It enhance surgeon s capability to carry out various minimally invasive surgical procedures Faster easier and steadier surgery More accurate Enhanced visualisation Less pain to patient Shorter recovery time Shorter hospital stays REFERENCES 1 Interactive 3D Navigation System for Image guided Surgery 2 Huy Hoang Tranl Kiyoshi Matsumiyal Ken Masamunel Ichiro Sakuma2 3 hil and Hongen Liao2 3 The International Journal of Virtual Reality 2009 8 1 9 16 3 Fluoroscopy based Navigation System in Orthopaedic Surgery 4 Merloz Ph 1 Troccaz J 2 Vouaillat H 1 Vasile Ch 1 Tonetti J 1 Eid A 1 Plaweski S 1 5 Navigating Inner Space 3 D Assistance for Minimally Inva
306. ronments with ramps and doorways of little space This work is based on previous research in wheelchairs must be highly interactive to enable the system to work most efficiently 5 With the accelerated rate of aging of the population being reported in many post industrial countries demand for more robotic assistive systems for people with physical ailments or loss of mental control is expected to increase This is a seemingly major application area of service robots in the near future For the past six years we have been developing a range of autonomous mobile robots and their software using the behaviour based approach In our experience the behaviour based approach allows developers to generate robot motions which are more appropriate for use in assistive technology than traditional Cartesian intelligent robotic approaches In Cartesian robotics on which most conventional approaches to intelligent robotics are based recognition of the environment followed by planning for the generation of motion sequence and calculation of kinematics and dynamics for each planned motion occupy the centre of boththeoretical interest and practice By adopting a behaviour based approach wheelchairs can be built which can operate daily in complex real world environments with increased performance inefficiency safety and flexibility and greatly reduced computational requirements In addition improvements in the robustness and graceful degradation charac
307. rospects of BCI technology and its clinical applications Il METHODOLOGY A The Human Brain All of it happens in the brain The brain is undoubtly the most complex organ found among the carbon based life forms So complex it is that we have only vague information about how it works The average human brain weights around 1400 grams The most relevant part of brain concerning BCI s is the cerebral cortex The cerebral cortex can be divided into two hemispheres The hemispheres are connected with each other via corpus callosum Each hemisphere can be divided into four lobes They are called frontal parietal occipital and temporal lobes Cerebral cortex is responsible for many higher order functions like problem solving language comprehension ISSN 2231 5381 http www iettjournal org Page 1 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 and processing of complex visual information The cerebral cortex can be divided into several areas which are responsible of different functions This kind of knowledge has been used when with BCI s based on the pattern recognition approach The mental tasks are chosen in such a way that they activate different parts of the cerebral cortex Cortical Area Auditory Association Area Processing of auditory information Auditory Cortex Detection of sound quality loudness tone Speech Center Broca s Speech production and area articulation Prefro
308. rtment ofComputer Science University of Burdwan Golpbag Burdwan ACM Ubiquity Vol 9 Issue 18 2008 9 An article by Miles Brignal Verified by Visa scheme confuses thousands of internet shoppers Money news amp features TheGuardian 21 April 2007 10 Q Xiao Security Issues in Biometric Authentication Workshop on Information Assurance and Security United States Military Academy West Point NY USA Proceedings of the TEEE 2005 11 A Ross and A K Jain Biometrics When Identity Matters West Virginia University Morgantown WV 26506 USA Michigan State University East Lansing MI 48824 USA Springer Verlag Berlin Heidelberg 2004 ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 9 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 Neuro Soft Computing Approach for the Design of Near Optimal Classifier for Quality Assessment of Food Product Prof Abhijeet Shinde Ms Yashshree Chavan Assistant Professor Department of Electornics amp Telecommunication D B N C O E T Yavatmal Maharashtra India Student of Master of Engg Department of Digital Electronics D B N C O E T Yavatmal Maharashtra India Abstract This paper gives the best neural network classifier for quality assessment of food product We are using Back propogation network multilayer perceptron amp Radial basis fuction for this perpose And finally best network will be choosen for the quality Assessment
309. s sound heart beat of human body into electrical signal which is very low frequency signal So we need amplifier for this process This signal applied to the opt coupler used as a comparator When signal received from amplifier is Ov then opt coupler output is OV When the signal received from amplifier circuit is more than OV up to the 5V comparator output is high Output of comparator also needs to connect in the form of digital signal that s why the signal is applied to ADC through multiplexer Again the PIC microcontroller executes the data transmission program and transmits this data via USART to GSM module display A Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter abbreviated UART is a piece of computer hardware that translates data between parallel and serial forms UARTs are commonly used in conjunction with communication standards such as EIA RS 232 RS 422 or RS 485 The universal designation indicates that the data format and transmission speeds are configurable The electric signaling levels and methods are handled by a driver circuit external to the UART The Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter UART takes bytes of data and transmits the individual bits in a sequential fashion At the destination a second UART re assembles the bits into complete bytes Each UART contains a shift register which is the fundamental method of conversion between serial and parallel forms Serial transmission of digital information bits thr
310. s a solution however most cannot deliver the multi gigabit speeds needed to transmit high quality video signals Those can have been prohibitively expensive NICTA s Gi Fi research team has overcome both of these challenges This is a lot faster than any current Wi Fi speeds The world s first Gi Fi wireless network chip developed at Australia s peak federal technology incubator has entered its commercialization phase The NICTA National ICT Australia Limited Gi Fi research team has succeed in taking complex 60GHz transmission technology and shrinking it to the point where it can be built on a single silicon chip The Gi Fi chip is good news for personal area networking because there is no internet infrastructure available to cop it with It can have a span of 10 meters Gi Fi or Gigabit Wireless is the world s first transceiver integrated on a single chip that operates at 60GHz Gi Fi is a wireless transmission system which is ten times faster than Wi Fi It will allow wireless transfer of audio and video data up to 5 gigabits per second low power consumption usually within a range of 10 meters This technology providing low cost high broadband access with very high speed large files exchange within seconds Multi gigabit wireless technology that removes the need for cables between consumer electronic devices The best part about this new technology Gi Fi is its cost effectiveness and power consumption it consumes less than 2 mW of powe
311. s and conventional semiconductors charge transport occurs in delocalized states Such a model is no longer valid in low conductivity organic semiconductors where a simple estimate shows that the mean free path of carriers would become lower than the mean atomic distance 11 In these materials the a electrons are delocalized within a molecule and the carrier transport occurs through hopping of charges from one molecule to another Since the a conjugated system in conducting polymers extends over the whole polymer chain the conducting polymers can be regarded as one dimensional polymer semiconductors 5 In these materials in addition to direct electron and hole excitations across the semiconductor band gap the one dimensional system may support a host of exotic carrier types like solitons topological defects without charge with spin 1 2 polarons electrons and holes self trapped by _ carrier lattice interactions soliton polarons charged topological defects without spin self trapped by carrier lattice interactions bipolarons two carriers with charge of the same sign bound by lattice distortion and polaron excitons two carriers with charge of opposite sign bound by lattice distortion 4 Conclusions The chemical synthesis of PTh PANI copolymer is a simple method The copolymerization was confirmed from FTIR analysis FTIR spectrum of PTh PANI characteristics bands were observed at peaks 1576 1457 1366 1134
312. s and transport metabolic waste from same the cells Blood contains certain amount of lipid molecules in it for transportation process and to influence the metabolism process Binding of this lipid molecule to each other forms the larger lipid molecule which affect the flow of blood Change in the blood flow affects the normal metabolism of human which results in disease In our study we measured lipid profile of blood that is HDL LDL Total cholesterol and triglycerides value along with blood pressure Analysis of lipid profile helps in determination of disease condition In diseased and diabetic patients the lipid profile changes as compared with normal human TABLE I REFERENCE LIPID PROFILE RANGE Borderline Desirable mg dl Cholesterol 200 239 High risk Triglycerides 150 199 HDL cholesterol o 35 45 Below 40 LDL cholesterol 60 130 130 159 160 189 F Blood Pressure Blood pressure is the pressure of the blood in our arteries Every individual need certain amount of pressure in our arteries to keep the blood flowing around your body Systolic blood pressureis the highest level of blood pressure which occurs when heart contracts and blood is forced through the arteries Diastolic blood pressureis the lowest level of blood pressure which occurs when heart relaxes between each beat Everyone s blood pressure varies during the day It tends to be highest in the morning and lowest at night Change in the blood pressure is an
313. s in its stack Ss d k the node k identifier and the time elapsed between its launching from s to its arriving to k Fs d selects the next node to visit in two possible ways a It draws between 7 nodes i Nk where each node i has a Pdi probability in the k routing table to be selected IF the node selected in a was already visited b It draws again but with the same probability for all neighbor nodes 1 i Nk Fs d jumps to chosen node IF the selected node was already visited STEP 3 A cycle is detected and F s d pops from its stack all data related to the cycle nodes since the optimal path must not have any cycle Fs d comes back to step 2 a END IF END IF WHILE jumping node_d STEP 4 Fs_d generates another ant called backward ant Bs_d Fs d transfers to Bs_d its stack Ss_d and then dies Bs_d will follow the same path used by Fs_d but in the opposing direction that is from d to s DO in parallel for each Bs_d ant When Bs_d arrives from a node f f_ Nk to a k it does step 5 STEP 5 B d updates the k routing table and list of trips for theentries regarding to nodes k between k and d inclusive according to the data carried in Ss_d k IF k_sBs_d will jump from k to a node with identifier given by Ss_d k 1 END IF WHILE k_s ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 136 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical S
314. s usually a long training period because the entire training load is on the user M BLOCK DIAGRAM Signal GP Signal gt Feotwe S Lccsificotion T Application Acquisition Pre Processing Extraction Figure b General Approach of BCI Any BCI regardless of its recording methods or applications consists of four essential elements as described by Wolpaw 1 Signal acquisition 2 Feature extraction 3 Feature translations 4 Device output 1 Signal Acquisition Signal acquisition is the measurement of the neurophysiologic state of the brain In BCI operation the recording interface 1 e electrodes for electrophysiological BCI systems tracks neural information reflecting a person s intent embedded in the on going brain activity As discussed in the last section the most common electrophysiological signals employed for BCI systems include EEG recorded by electrodes on the scalp ECoG recorded by electrodes placed beneath the skull and over the cortical surface and local field potentials LFPs and neuronal action potentials spikes recorded by microelectrodes within brain tissue The brain electrical ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 3 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 signals used for BCI operation are acquired by the electrodes amplified and digitized 2 Feature Extractions The signal processing stage of BCI operation occurs in two steps The
315. s which employs a geometric algorithm that calculates a 2D loop for the ST segment For each cardiac beat the ST segment deviations are estimated in the two leads and then each pair of values is graphically represented sequentially in time A graphical rule is used to identify ischemic episodes The system was tested using the ESC ST T database and the Achieved sensitivity and positive predictive accuracy is 82 and 81 respectively Costas Papaloukas et al 2002 developed Novel Rule based Expert System was examined in detecting electrocardiogram ECG changes in long duration ECG recordings The system distinguishes these changes between ST segment deviation and T wave alterations and can support the produced diagnosis by providing explanations for the decisions made The European Society of Cardiology ST T Database was used for evaluating the performance of the system Sensitivity and _ positive predictive accuracy were the performance measures used and the proposed system scored 92 02 and 93 77 respectively in detecting ST segment episodes and 91 09 and 80 09 in detecting T wave episodes Costas Papaloukas et al 2006 presented a novel methodology for the automated detection of ischemic beats that employed classification using association rules The main advantage of the proposed methodology is the combination of high accuracy with the ability to provide interpretation for the decisions made due to the employment of association rules
316. s work include Discovery of a new light activated glue which can replace the use of sutures and staples and to form a watertight seal to wet tissue Keywords HLAA Sutures Staples Polyglycerol Sebacate Acrylate I INTRODUCTION It is a minimally invasive technique in which light activated glue is used as an adhesive to patch up the holes in blood vessels and the heart s walls since both the glue and the light can be delivered by thin tools Adhesive testing is done in most demanding and dynamic environment in the body the heart and is found to be successful Existing medical glues are not strong enough to use in challenging situations for example where there is high blood flow or if tissue is moving such as in the heart The medical glues that are currently used are water soluble so they can be easily washed away and also they can be activated by contact with blood Contraction of heart and constant blood flow make reconnecting blood vessels attaching devices and sealing holes in the heart during surgery difficult Sutures and staples are routinely used but are not elastic and can exert damaging pressure on tissue Yet most currently available medical grade superglues are toxic triggering an inflammatory response and buckle under the high pressure force of blood flowing in larger vessels This new material is able to resist physiologic blood pressures while maintaining some elasticity allowing for proper function of the vess
317. sampling system for a reproducible collection of the mixture an array of sensors which is the heart of the system electronic circuitry and data analysis software 1 E Nose using arrays of chemical sensors can be divided into three categories according to the type of sensitive material used inorganic crystalline materials e g semiconductors as in MOS FET structures and metal oxides organic materials and polymers biologically derived materials Comparatively to classical techniques e g the combination of gas chromatography and mass spectroscopy GC MS E Nose are simpler and more accurate devices They recognize a fingerprint that is global information of the samples to be classified 3 4 ISSN 2231 5381 http www 1iettjournal org Page 10 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 An essential objective of this research work is to ensure that the technology would be robust sufficiently sensitive and able to identify and quantify odors from food or dairy products An odour stimulus generates a characteristic fingerprint or smell print from the sensor array Patterns or finger prints from known odours are then used to construct a database and train a pattern recognition system so that unknown odours can subsequently be classified 1 e identified Thus E Noses comprise of mechanical components to collect and transport odours to the sensor array as well as electronic circuitry
318. sing an external ADC adds complexity to the circuit To avoid this complexity PIC Microcontrollers have in built ADC module which reduces the cost and connections of the circuit 4 3 Signal Conditioning Circuit Signal conditioning is a process of manipulating an analog signal in such way that it is optimized for further processing Most common example will be Analog to Digital Converters Abbreviate to ADC in future use Signal conditioning is typically categorized into three stages Filtering Amplifying Isolation In Filtering stage goal is to eliminate the undesired noise from the signal of interest Usually low pass high pass or band filter is implemented to eliminate unwanted signal In Amplifying stage the goal is to increase the resolution of the input signal and increase the Signal to Noise Ratio SNR For example the output of typical temperature sensor is in range of few millivolts and it is most likely too low for ADC to process directly In addition the noise within circuit is typically in range of few millivolts too making ADC unable to distinguish between noise and signal of interest Lastly Isolation is a process of converting filtered amp amplified signal to other form such as frequency so to pass the signal to measurement device without a physical connection In uMAVRK module an Isolation process is handled by built in RF transmitter 4 4 ADC 0820 N The ADC0820 N uses two 4 bit flash A D converters to make
319. sis ultrasound lithotripsy and ultrasound assisted thrombolysis Clinical HIFU procedures are typically performed in conjunction with an imaging procedure to enable treatment planning and targeting before applying a therapeutic or ablative levels of ultrasound energy When Magnetic resonance imaging MRI is used for guidance the technique is sometimes called Magnetic Resonance guidedFocused Ultrasound often shortened to MRgFUS or MRgHIFU When diagnostic Sonography is used the technique is sometimes called Ultrasound guided Focused Ultrasound USgFUS or USgHIFU Currently MRgHIFU is an approved therapeutic procedure to treat uterine fibroids in Asia Australia Canada Europe Israel and the United States USgHIFU is approved for use in Bulgaria China Hong Kong Italy Japan Korea Malaysia Mexico Poland Russia Romania Spain and the United Kingdom Research for other indications is actively underway including clinical trials evaluating the effectiveness of HIFU for the treatment of cancers of the brain breast liver bone and prostate At this time non image guided HIFU devices are cleared to be on the market in the US Canada EU Australia and several countries in Asia for the purposes of body sculptingSelect the test sequence corresponding to your standard of choice What is HIFU MR HIFU or Magnetic Resonance Imaging guided High Intensity Focused Ultrasound is a non invasive alternative which uses high intensity ultra
320. sive Surgery 6 Darius Burschka Jason J Corso Maneesh Dewan William Lau Ming Li Henry Lin Panadda Marayong Nicholas Ramey Gregory D Hager 1 Brian Hoffman David Larkin and Christopher Hasser 2 7 Navigation in Endoscopic Soft Tissue Surgery Perspectives and Limitations 8 M Baumhauer M Feuerstein H P Meinzer and J Rassweiler 9 Improving surgical precision application of navigation system in orthopedic surgery Ewelina Swiatek Najwerl Romuald Bedzinskil Pawet Krowickil Krzysztof Krysztoforskil Peter Keppler2 Josef Kozak3 10 Acta of Bioengineering and Biomechanics Vol 10 No 4 2008 11 Surgical wayfinding and navigation processes in the human body 12 Thomas Stu deli 2009 13 Media related to Computer assisted surgery at Wikimedia Commons 14 Computer assisted Surgery http knowcas com 15 Computer assisted Surgery An Evolving Technology http www healio com journals ortho 7 B4ee57 1 ab 8cc6 4a0d 8 f60 39c0f8663f5d 7D computer assisted surgery an evolving technology fulltext 1 16 Evolution of concept of Computer assisted Surgery History etc http link springer com article 10 1007 2F978 3 540 686279_2 lookinside 000 png 17 Why Computer assisted Surgery applications advantages amp ethical issues http www aboutstryker com hip expectations risks complications php ISSN 2231 5381 http www ettjournal org Page 31 National Conference on Engineer
321. solve Transition 3 Wipe 2 Abrupt Transition cut Fig 1 Different types of transition ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 116 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 FADE FADE IN FADE OUT A fade is a transition in which every pixel on the screen fades into single colour typically white or black Fig 2 Consecutive frames illustrating a fade to back transition FADE IN It is a gradual transition of a scene by increasing overall brightness and contrast until clear frame is obtained Fig 3 Frame in fades in FADE OUT It is a gradual transition of a scene by diminishing overall brightness and contrast until all the contents are lost Usually a black frame Fig 4 Frame in fade out DISSOLVE Dissolve is a gradual super imposition of two consecutive shots The first shot fades out while the second shot simultaneously fades in Fig 5 Dissolve transition XXXII FALSE DETECTION AND MISDETECTIONS In this section we focus on the issues of false detection and misdetection of dissolves First it is possible that some consecutive frames may show no intensity change during longer dissolve sequences To correctly detect longer dissolve sequences while maintaining correct detection in the original sequences we dynamically sample video frames to ensure that most of the pixels will change in intensity In contrast to the detection r
322. sound waves that are focused into small areas to produce heat for killing tumor cells The focused sound waves coagulate the myoma tissue at the point of focus without affecting the surrounding tissue To ensure efficient ablation the focused ultrasonic beam moves quickly over the lesion to be ablated Volumetric ablation The myoma tissue at the point of focus heats up to approx 60 65 degree C and is consequently necrosed The procedure is monitored with real time MR images which provide real time feedback through thermal mapping The HIFU concept In high intensity focused ultrasound HIFU a specially designed transducer is used to focus a beam of ultrasound energy into a small volume at specific target locations within the body The focused beam causes localized high temperatures 55 to 90 C in a region as small as 1 x 1 x 5 mm The high temperature maintained for a few seconds produces a well defined region of necrosis This procedure is referred to as ultrasound ablation The tight focusing properties of the transducer limit the ablation to the target location In many applications the ultrasound therapy is guided using diagnostic ultrasound However ultrasound imaging does not provide the high resolution images real time temperature monitoring and adequate post treatment lesion assessment required for fast and effective therapy In contrast to ultrasound MR imaging offers excellent soft tissue contrast 3D imaging capabil
323. spagar S S Kosalge G T Bhalerao G G Muley B H Pawar S A Waghuley Bionano Frontier Special Issue 2010 27 5 S A Waghuley Ph D Thesis Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University Amravati India 2007 6 A Shakoor T Z Rizvi A Nawaz Mater Sci Mater Electron 22 2011 1076 7 S A Waghuley S M Yenorkar S S Yawale S P Yawale Sensors and Actuators B 128 2008 366 8 J Stejskal Pure Appl Chem 74 2002 857 9 S Gnanakan M Rajasekhar A Subramania Int J Electrochem Sci 4 2009 1289 10 M S Xuediao Cai Ph D Thesis Dreshan University of Technology China 2005 11 A B Kaiser Advanced Materials 13 2001 927 ISSN 2231 5381 http www iettjournal org Page 111 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 Sign Language Glove with Text Synthesizer Imran S Khan Priyanka N Bendre PG student Department of Electronics amp Telecommunication DBNCOET Yavatmal SGBAU Amravati ms India PG student Department of Electronics amp Telecommunication DBNCOET Yavatmal SGBAU Amravati ms India Abstract Sign language is a language used by deaf and dumb people and it is a communication skill that uses gestures instead of sound to convey meaning simultaneously combining hand shapes orientation and movement of the hands arms or body and facial expressions to express fluidly a speaker s thoughts Signs are used to communic
324. ss July 25 2000 Journal of the American Heart Association 7http www prairieheart com news coated stents Coated Stents A Revolution In Heart Care 8 http www public iastate edu svetinol papers BME205 pdf 9 Jhttp www sma org sg smy 4006 articles 4006me htm l 10 http www designnews com index asp layout article amp articleid CA91445 amp cfd 1 1 1 http www diariomedico com cardio n250700B1 ht ml 12 The Associated Press July 25 2000 Journal of the American Heart Association 13 http www mrs org publications bulletin 2000 aug P iehler pdf 14 http www nitinol com 4applications htm arch 15 http www prairieheart com news coated stents Co ated Stents A Revolution In Heart Care 16 http www public iastate edu svetinol papers BME205 pdf 17 http generalmedicine jwatch org cgi content full 2 003 1104 1 Will Sirolimus Eluting Stents Consign Bare Metal to History 18 http guidant com news 300 web_release nr_O0039 6 shtml 19 http medicine ucsf edu htc patient patient what thr omb html ISSN 2231 5381 http www iettjournal org Page 80 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 System for Shot Boundary Detection Using Block Histogram Difference Method Atul N Chirde Kishor S Abhang Prof Salim A Chavan 1 Final year B E EXTC Department amp Amravti University India Abstract Retrieval of video from lar
325. st digital signals have only two states and are called binary All whole numbers can be represented in binary form as strings of ones and zeros Microcontroller executesthe program of transmission of serial data over a long display communication by usingUSART microcontroller and GSM module B Monitor Section In a monitor section we are able to display temperature of human body in simple visualBasic display software of GSM module GSM Global System for Mobile Communications is a low cost hardware equipment to create a system for remote monitoring and remote control The system can be controlled and monitored via Short Message Service SMS from anywhere that covered by GSM Global System for Mobile Communications service A GSM network is composed of several functional entities whose functions and interfaces are of a generic GSM network The GSM network can be divided into three broad parts The Mobile Station is carried by the subscriber The Base Station Subsystem controls specified Figure 1 shows the layout the radio link with the Mobile Station The Network Subsystem the main part of which is the Mobile services Switching Center MSC performs the switching of calls between the mobile users and between mobile and fixed network users The MSC also handles the mobility management operations C Detection Section In this section we are able to detect whether the body is alive or not The mic work as a sound transducer convert
326. stem lifetime latency and application perceived quality LEACH includes a new distributed cluster formation technique that enables self organization of large numbers of nodes algorithms for adapting clusters and rotating cluster head positions to evenly distribute the energyload among all the nodes and techniques to enable distributed signal processing to save communication resources Our results show that LEACHcan improve system lifetime by an order of magnitude compared with general purpose multihop approaches Index Terms _ Data _ aggregation protocol architecture wireless microsensor networks 1 INTRODUCTION ADVANCES in sensor technology low power electronics and low power radio frequency RF design have enabled the development of small relatively inexpensive and low power sensors called microsensor that can be connected via a wireless network These wireless microsensor networks represent a new paradigm for extracting data from the environment and enable the reliable monitoring of a variety of environments for applications that include surveillance machine failure diagnosis and _ chemical biological detection An important challenge in the design of these networks is that two key resources communication bandwidth and energy are Manish S Chaudhary Department of Electronics and Telecommunication Priyadarshini College of Engineering significantly more limited than in a tethered network environment Th
327. surement is based on measurement of two pulse waves at two different positions that is the radial artery at the wrist and the ankle By determining the pulse transit time between these points amp the distance measured between these ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 23 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 two locations pulse wave velocity may then be calculated The pressure pulse detection is done by using two piezoelectric sensors which generate a measurable voltage at the output contacts if they are mechanically deformed The pulse referred to here will be the pressure pulse as opposed to the flow pulse measured by ultrasound Doppler 4 I Cardio Ankle Vascular Index CAVI Measurement It is an arterial stiffness parameter It has been used as a marker related to arteriosclerosis including the aorta femoral artery and tibial artery CAVI is independent of blood pressure 5 Arterial stiffness occurs in patients with hypertension diabetes mellitus dyslipidemias and obesity and metabolic syndrome conditions or disease processes that are known to be pathophysiologically linked with cardiovascular disease 6 Based on its association with cardiovascular disease it has beenproposed that the evaluation and monitoring of arterial stiffness may be useful for determining cardiovascular disease risk and for monitoring therapy 7 Furthermore no special technique is requir
328. t e _ i U De i Serial Rapstar U KAN bh Figure1 structure of serial multiplier ISSN 2231 5381 http www iyettjournal org Page 65 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 As shown the individual PP is formed individually The addition of the PPs are performed as the intermediate values of PPs addition are stored in theDFF circulated and added together with the newly formedPP This approach is not suitable for large values of M or N B SERIAL PARALLEL MULTIPLIER The multiplier uses the serial parallel method of addition to calculate the result of multiplying two 8 bit numbers as shown in figure 2 1 below The multiplier receives the two operands A and B and outputs the result C Operands A and B are loaded in parallel into 8 bit registers and the result C is shifted into a 16 bit register Multiplication begins on the assertion of a START signal and once the calculation is complete a STOP signal is asserted The serial parallel multiplier 1s based on the addition of bits in the corresponding column of the multiplication process as shown below Each column is added in one clock cycle generating the corresponding bit The resulting bit is then shifted into output register Therefore the entire multiplication process for the 8 by 8 bit multiplier requires 16 clock cycles to complete the calculation atal x bIBU a1bU abo a1b1 aje alb1 aibi albt adb The blo
329. t doing damage to the tissue As it is biocompatible so if being gelatinous it breaks off from where you deploy it the cells and tissue can grow over them quickly And so right after we place this glue into heart or onto the surface of a blood vessel for example within just a few days it s already starting to be coated with cells and other tissue So that will significantly limit the potential for chunks to break off and cause an embolism or a stroke Fig no 5 Implantation of glue on heart walls Properties of the adhesive e It sticks well to wet tissues e Itrepels blood and water e Itis non inflammatory e It is thick and sticky until it is activated by UV light e It allows proper functioning of vessel resisting physiologic blood pressure e Itis anon toxic polymer that doesn t mix with water e It sets quickly when exposed to UV radiations e Itis a viscous liquid e The glue is elastic biocompatibleand sticks strongly to tissue under wet conditions especially in presence of blood If CONCLUSION Actually when we use this glue inside the body we need not to care whether the tissue is dried or not because the glue is water and blood repellent and thus it can successfully heal the surface of a patch Along with this adhesive material is made from naturally occurring substances and shows high biocompatibility Therefore when we would implant it it wouldn t promote immunity action against the glue and thus
330. t of possible hits as it detects all visible hard cuts with utmost probability Histogram Comparison In this method histogram difference of two consecutive frames are calculated Basically transition is abrupt i e cut frames are suddenly changes from one to another Histogram difference of two consecutive frames ISSN 2231 5381 Page 83 http www iettjournal org National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 XI PROPOSED ALGORITHM Here we are using histogram with adaptive threshold for shot detection and key frames extraction The algorithm differs from conventional methods mainly in the use of image segmentation and attention model Matching difference between two consecutive frames is computed with different weights Shot are detected with automatic threshold Key frames are extracted by using reference frame based approach The following flow chart represents the proposed algorithm STAGES IN PROPOSED ALGORITHM Stagel VideoSegmentation ss a i Fig 3 Video segmentation Fig 4 shows the video segmentation in this original video file is conlverted into video shot and then into different frames IT PiL Stage II RGB to Gray The frames may have colour in RGB In this step we are converting colour frames from RGB to gray scale As RGB contain 24 bit representation so the possible combination of RGB colour is up to1 6 million whereas gray scale con
331. t or critical tissues vessels nerves and plan the surgical path to avoid those parts The next task is to register the 3D model to the patient which is called patient to image registration The most common way to do this is to plant markers directly on the patient s body and perform multi point registration This method is effective but planting a marker on patient increases the invasive aspect of the surgery Here we shall assume that a minimally invasive registration method is to be used By recording a set of surface data and comparing it with the surface model patient to image registration can be done accurately and less invasively During the operation images are displayed on normal and IV displays Although the 3D structure is properly reproduced in the IV images we still need a normal display for other information such as the distance to the target and the current position and orientation of the tool Furthermore the spatial resolution of the IV image is limited and small tissues might be properly visualized For that reason we built a synchronized display system that simultaneously displays normal and IV images 3 Patient Image Registration When the registration tool s tip touches the bone surface 3D information about the surface is acquired and compared with the 3D surface model of the bone A registration matrix between the two surfaces is computed using iteration closest point ICP algorithm developed by Besl and Mc
332. t problems in micro grids Especially for wind turbine generator systems there are some international standards available that characterize the power quality of a grid connected wind turbine IEC 61400 2land EN 50160 standards A Voltage unbalance According to the electricity board the variation in the steady state voltage is in the range from 5 to 15 at the wind turbine terminals in the wind farms For low voltages the noload losses decrease slightly due to reduced iron losses whereas the full load losses i e losses at rated power increase due to increased currents in the generator windings and also reduce the power reduction Too low voltages can cause the relay protection to trip the wind turbines B Frequency range According to electricity boards and manufacturers the grid frequency in India can vary from 47 to 51 5 Hz Most of the time the frequency is below the rated 50 Hz For wind turbines with induction generators directly connected to the micro grid frequency variation will be very considerable Frequency variation is directly affected by the power production of wind mill 11 C Harmonics and inter harmonics The emission of harmonic and inter harmonic currents from wind turbines with directly connected induction generators is expected to be negligible But Wind turbines connected to the grid through power converters however emit harmonic and or inter harmonic currents that contribute to the voltage distortion
333. t switches fire and smoke detectors thermostats kitchen appliances video and audio remote controls security systems etc Recently ZigBee has become one of the most promising technologies for home networks ZigBee is a specification for a suite of networking security and application software layers using small low power low data rate communication technology based on IEEE 802 15 4 standard for personal area networks There have been various studies on ZigBee based home networks To realize remote home automation based on ZigBee implementation issues of home gateway and device nodes are proposed It presents hardware platform consideration and software implementation for each of them Similarly hardware design issues are discussed for various home devices such as wireless communications transceiver modules base USB expansion base and control switches for electrical appliances in a room ZigBee is designed for wireless controls and sensors It could be built into just about anything you have around your home or office including lights switches doors and appliances These devices can then interact without wires and you can control them from a remote control or even your mobile phone It allows wireless two way communications between lights and switches thermostats and furnaces hotel room air conditioners the front desk and central command posts It travels across greater distances and handles many sensors
334. t way of teaching an AI system is by training amp testing Training involves teaching of basic principles involved in doing a job Testing process is the real test of the knowledge acquired by the system wherein we give certain examples amp test the intelligence of the system Examples can be positive or negative Negative examples are those which are near miss of the positive examples Natural Language Processing NLP NLP can be defined as e jProcessing of data in the form of natural language on the computer I e making the computer understand the language a normal human being speaks e Jt deals with under structured semi structured data formats and converting them into complete understandable data form The reasons to process natural language are Generally because it is exciting and interesting Commercially because of sheer volume of data available online Technically because it eases out Computer Human interaction Application Spectrum of NLP e Jt provides writing and translational aids e Helps humans to generate Natural Language with proper spelling grammar style etc e Jt allows text mining i e information retrieval search engines text categorization information extraction e NL interface to database web software system and question answer explanation in an expert system Hurdles There are various hurdles in the field of NLP especially speech processing which result in increase in c
335. tages VLabc and through sinusoidal PWM controller ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 98 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 Vi sin ar cos t 1 gt x i 10 ae E sin at 2 cos at 2 1 0 A 3 3 3 V 0 tT x sin 2 cos r 2 l These three phase load reference voltages are compared with load line voltages and errors are then processed by sinusoidal PWM controller to generate the required switching signals for series APF IGBT switches C current Harmonics Control The shunt APF described in this part is used to compensate the current harmonics and reactive power generated by the nonlinear load The shunt APF reference current signal generation block diagram is shown in Fig 5 The instantaneous reactive power p q theory is used to control shunt APF in real time In this theory the instantaneous three phase currents and voltages are transformed to a B 0 l l l V PY Ve Z J2 J3 Fis l A m 11 Ys L _ Ig gt V2 Lb Lp la E y 12 Coordinates as show in equation 11 and 12 The source side instantaneous real and imaginary power components are calculated by using source currents and Vi Vih Vk Series A P F d q Trans Invers Trans 7 F cae JE s V Instantancuus a fh power p s calculation Reference Curren calculation Invers Trans
336. tains 8 bit representation so the possible combinations are up to 256 Stage IV Histogram Difference Now we are taking the histogram of each block Pixek 0 190 1 200 P Gray scale value Fig 5 Histogram of the block The figure shows the gray cale intensities on the x axis while on the Y axis number of pixels are taken In short the graph shows for what intensity how much pixels are there in that image The different image shows the different histogram as below Fig 6 Histogram of different images Stage V Block Differenc So it 1s easy to computing different parameter in gray scale rather than RGB Stage III Divide Frames into Blocks In this stagewe are converting the each frame into blocks of size MxN Fig 4 frame divided into size of MxN The figure shows the image is divided into the different blocks of size MXN Here the frame is divided into 4columns and 3 rows We are dividing the image into blocks to overcome disadvantages of the general approachesThe frames may have colour in RGB In this step we are converting colour frames from RGB to gray scale As RGB contain 24 bit representation so the possible combination of RGB colour is up tol 6 million whereas gray scale contains 8 bit representation so the possible combinations are up to 256 Now we are considering the two consecutive frame and taking the block by block difference up Frame k Frame k 1 Compu
337. te an online payment However most people do not volunteer giving such details because of financial risks To calculate the percentages of customers perceptions in different risks for internet shopping S M Forsythe and B Shi have analyzed a data set taken from Graphic Visualization and Usability GVU Centre from Georgia Institute of Technology In the analysis of the public survey that has been performed with 5645 participants 23 of the applicants have mentioned financial risk 1 e risk regarding loss from online credit card usage in internet shopping Spoofing phishing intrusion possible malicious changes to the data sent over wire denial of services DOS overcharging the customers are financial risks that discourage internet users from performing online shopping using their credit cards Several methods have been devised to overcome the financial theft possibilities and gain the costumers trust back However no definite solution has been devised to completely overcome the mentioned risks and promise an entirely safe and theft proof shopping environment for internet users Using the capabilities of biometric ID card this framework proposes a safer shopping environment for both consumer and the merchant which sells products and service over the web Since the e ID system provides a ready to use security and identification infrastructure the banks and the merchants need to spend less effort in integrating the framework then
338. tem is not being proposed as a replacement for a clinician s diagnosis but rather to supplement other diagnostic methods It also helps the clinician deliver better service as the E Nose system has the potential advantage of making decisions 24 h per day seven days per week This study suggests that the e nose combined with advanced learning based processing tools is able to identify specific bacterial pathogens with accuracy and speed even with a small sample quantity at the point of care Chronic renal failure and tuberculosis are also two diseases where people could benefit from new point of care devices based on gas sensors Marco Trincavelliet al 25 used E noses to discriminate among various bacteria regularly found in the blood cultures This is an important application of electronic olfaction that could significantly improve the current methodologies and be successfully used in clinical settings The results presented show that the bacteria can be accurately discriminated using the method Further the proposed methods have been tested on a large dataset an order of magnitude larger than earlier studies Their next step will be the starting of clinical trials to test the robustness of the method and its applicability in a clinical setting In particular they will examine the effect of the genealogy of the bacteria 1 e different strains of the same species on discrimination performance From the extensive literature review it
339. teristics are expected from this approach The system looks after both longitudinal forward and backward and angular left and right movements of the chair In addition we implemented on board capability to carry out recognition of the environment followed by limited vocal interactions with the user power wheelchair for use by people with various types and degrees of handicap based on our experience methods used and some issues related to the application of the behaviour based approach to realize an intelligent wheelchair and possibly other assistive technologies are discussed A brief survey is also presented of other groups who are working in this area 2 II OBJECTIVES Automated wheelchairs that are equipped with sensors amp data processing unit are termed as Smart Wheelchair Our goal is to design and develop a system that allows the user to robustly interact with the wheelchair at different levels of the control and sensing II SYSTEM CONFIGURATION A regular battery powered wheelchair produced and marketed inwas used asthe base of the first implementationof theconcept A set of sensors a computerizedautonomy management unit andnecessaryharnesses were built A Planned functions of the chair 1 Basic collision avoidance This is achieved by behaviours which monitor and respond to inputs from on board CCD camerasor those which ISSN 2231 5381 http www 1jettjournal org Page 39 National Conference on Engineer
340. th by civilians and military personnel The civil signal SPS Standard Positioning Service can be used freely by the general public whilst the Military signal PPS Precise Positioning Service can only by authorized government agencies The first Satellite was placed in orbit on 22nd February 1978 and there are currently 28 operational satellites orbiting the Earth at height of 20 180kmon 6 different orbital planes Their orbits are inclinedat55 to the equator ensuring that list 4 satellites are in radio communication with any point on the planet Each satellite orbit The Earth in approximately 12 hours and has four atomic clocks on board During the development of the GPS system particular Emphasis was placed on the following three aspects 8 1 It had to provide users with the capability of determining position speed and time whether in motion Orates 2 It had to have a continuous global 3 dimensional positioning capability with a high degree of accuracy irrespective of the weather 3 It had to offer potential for civilian use XXVII APPLICATIONS The proposed alive human detector can be used in various fields Some of the advantages are discussed below A Military Services Alive human detector is a system useful for military services for detection of human body and check the exact position of body using GPS B In Chemical factory In chemical factory when this module which will connect to body then after any di
341. that can be linked to perform different tasks ZigBee has been designed to transmit slowly It has a data rate of 250kbps kilobits per second pitiful compared with Wi Fi which is hitting throughput 20Mbps or more But because ZigBee transmits slowly it doesn t need much power so batteries will last up to 10 years Because ZigBee consumes very little power a sensorto five years on a single double A battery Therefore the phone will be able to act as a remote control for all the ZigBee devices it encounters In these environments the transceiver wakes up listens for an open channel and transmits small packets of data at lower data rates Then it shuts down until the next event is indicated The sequencing fast power on latency lower data rates and small data packets allow an 802 15 4 transceiver to select time increments where the data transmission will be most effective As mentioned previously for sensing and control subsystems data transmission range and power requirements are best supported with ZigBee technology solutions The typical range defined by the ZigBee Alliance specification is 10 75m however many solutions offer line of sight ranges well beyond this It is important to review the number and types of transceiver channels available in relation to the planned design The transmission range varies with the environment all from 10 to 75 meters Longer range can be obtained with smarter ISSN 2231 5381 h
342. the delivery of data voice and video services to fixed customer sites The initial standard designated IEEE 802 16 was developed for the higher microwave bands gt 10 GHz where line of sight between system antennas is required for reliable service 9 In 2001 wimax is introduced IEEE 802 16 wimax has High data rate high power and having Point To Point Line Of Sight configuration which is known as fixed wimax 9 In 2003 the new version of wimax is presented 9 IEEE 802 16a enhances the medium access control layer so that it can supportmultiple physical layer specification which 1s having Medium data rate Point To Point and also Point to Multipoint fixed In this version security issues are improved 9 Wimax allows data rate up to 70 Mbps to overcome this problem again new technology is introduced that is Gi Fi 10 Gi Fi or Gigabit Wireless is the world s first transceiver integrated on a single chip that operates at 60GHz on the CMOS process It will allow wireless transfer of audio and video data up to 5gigabits per second ten times the current maximum wireless transfer rate at one tenth of the cost usually within a range of 10 meters It utilizes a 5mm square chip and a Imm wide antenna burning less than 2 mW of power to transmit data wirelessly over short distances much like Bluetooth 12 II ZIGBEE TECHNOLOGY It would be common to find as many as a hundred of ZigBee chips around the house in the form of ligh
343. the blood flow change occurs should provide indications of the brain s metabolic changes and by extension workload which could be a proxy for emotions like frustration Measuring mental workload frustration and distraction is typically limited to qualitatively observing computer users or to administering surveys after completion of a task potentially missing valuable insight into the users changing experiences Preliminary results show that using button sized sensors which attach under the chin and on the side of the Adam s apple it is possible to pick up and recognize nerve signals and patterns from the tongue and vocal cords that correspond to specific words ISSN 2231 5381 http www ijettjournal org Page 62 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 XIX ADVANTAGES AND USES Mind Controlled Wheelchair This equipment is little different from the Brain Computer Typing machine this thing works by mapping brain waves when you think about moving left right forward or back and then assigns that to a wheelchair command of actually moving left right forward or back The result of this is that you can move the wheelchair solely with the power of your mind This device doesn t give you mind bullets apologies to Tenacious D but it does allow people who can t use other wheelchairs get around easier In everyday life they could even be used to communicate on the sly people could use
344. the use of the SOLID95 element was worked out Although their success has been outstanding the patients that have received stents are vulnerable to thrombosis and rest enosis Appropriate solution were suggestion provided to overcome the difficulties of the patient Keyword stents chromium cobalt stainless steel radioactive stents friction in stents I INTRODUCTION Stents are generally used instead of or along with angioplasty In recent years a dynamic development in diagnostics of vascular diseases as well as in operational procedures was observed Even though this should be clearly mentioned that operational procedures on arteries are palliative procedure operations only It is collapsed into a small diameter and put over a balloon catheter It is moved into the area of the blockage The coronary stents are mainly made of metallic biomaterials stainless steel Co Cr W Ni and Ni Ti alloys The four main biomaterials that are used to make stents are Stainless SteelCobalt Chromium Tantalum and Nitinol The purpose of this article is to study these different materials Implantation of stent is a minimally invasive procedure During the angioplasty procedure a thin tube called a catheter is placed through the groin or arm and passed through an artery to the site of the blockage II RADIOACTIVE STENTS Radioactive stents have been shown to inhibit recurrentblockage of arteries rest enosis following angioplasty This
345. them appropriate for fast and accurate analysis of various products or for monitoring the quality in the production process The study has shown that commercial E Nose can be used for the evaluation of various products in these industries The uses of E Nose can successfully distinguished quality of products such as tea coffee honey basmati rice etc The E Nose can also be used to know the pollution of the gases emitted by various industries The special features of neural networks such as capability to learn from examples adaptations parallelism robustness to noise and fault tolerance have opened their application to various fields of engineering science economics etc In all types of artificial neural networks the basic structure consists of a number of interconnected processing units called neurons The calculations that each neuron performs along with the way that the neurons are interconnected determine a_ particular neural network type The advantage of neural classifiers over linear classifiers is that they can reduce misclassifications among the neighborhood classes as shown in following Fig 1 The use of neural networks in this work is therefore proposed due to its learning ability and capacity for solving nonlinear and complicated problems Linear classifier Nonlinear classifier Fig 1 Neural networks based classifier verses linear classifier The main objective of our research is to classify the quality o
346. thermore by developing techniques for characterizing the performance of localizedalgorithms it is possible to quantify those tradeoffs and produce the expected behaviour The authors propose directed diffusion to be used as an abstraction to model the communication patternsof localized algorithms The data that each sensor generates is characterized by a number of attributes Other sensors that are interested in a certain type of data disseminate this interest to the network in theform of attributes and degree of interest As the interests disseminate gradients are established that directthe diffusion of data when it becomes available i e reverse paths are established for data that matches aninterest 3 3Energy efficient communication protocol for wireless microsensor networks The authors present a 2 level hierarchical routing protocol LEACH which attempts to minimize globalenergy dissipation and distribute energy consumption evenly across all nodes This is achieved by theformation of clusters with localized coordination by rotating the high energy cluster heads and by locallycompressing data The model used in this paper makes the following assumptions e There exists one fixed base station with no energy constraints and a large number of sensor nodes that are mostly stationary homogeneous and energy constrained e The base station is located at some distance from the sensor nodes and the communication between a senso
347. these signals we can understand the working of brain When we imagine ourselves doing something small signals generate from different areas of the brain These signals are not largeenough to travel down the spine and cause actual movement These small signals are however measurable A neuron depolarizes to generate an impulse this action causes small changes in the electric field around the neuron These changes are measured as 0 no impulse or 1 impulse generated by the electrodes We can control the brain functions by artificially producing these signals and sending them to respective parts This is through stimulation of that part of the brain which is responsible for a particular function using implanted electrodes B Electroencephalography Electroencephalography EEG is a method used in measuring the electrical activity of the brain The brain generates rhythmical potentials which originate in the individual neurons of the brain These potentials get summated as millions of cell discharge synchronously and appear as a surface waveform the recording of which is known as the electroencephalogram The neurons like other cells of the body are electrically polarized at rest The interior of the neuron is at a potential of about 70mV relative to the exterior When a neuron is exposed to a stimulus above a certain threshold a nerve impulse seen as a change in membrane potential is generated which spreads in the cell resulting
348. thod of path planning Neural networks Neural networks are computational consisting of simple nodes called units or processing elements which are linked by weighted connections A neural network maps input to output data in terms of its own internal connectivity The term neural network derives from the obvious nervous system analogy of the human brain with processing elements serving as neurons and connection weights equivalent to the variable synaptic strengths Synapses are connections between neurons they are not physical connections but miniscule gaps that allow electric signals to jump across from neuron to neuron Dendrites carry the signals out to the various synapses and the cycle repeats Perceptron training convergence theorem Whatever be the initial choice of the weights the PTA will eventually converge by finding the correct weight values provided the function being trained is linearly separable This implies Perceptron Training Algorithm will absorb the threshold with negative weight amp Wi Xi 1 0 gt 0 Conclusion AI combined with various techniques in neural networks fuzzy logic and natural language processing will be able to revolutionize the future of machines and it will transform the mechanical devices helping humans into intelligent rational robots having emotions Expert systems like Mycin can help doctors in diagnosing patients AI systems can also help us in making airline enquiries and bookings us
349. through pre authentication over a location limited channel The location limited channel is different from the main wireless link and is chosen so that it has two specialsecurity properties 1 demonstrative identification identification based on physical context ii Authenticity in the sense that is difficult for an attacker to transmit on the channel undetected As an example good candidates for a location limited channel are actual physical contact sound infrared etc in generalcommunication technologies with inherent physical limitations This approach does not require secrecy necessary in the Resurrecting Duckling making it impervious toeavesdropping This is achieved through public key cryptography The participants use the location limited channel to exchange their public keys or the digests of the keys This concludes the pre authenticationphase and they can proceed to authenticate themselves over the wireless channel and establish a secret keyfor the session 4 Existing Protocol LEACH Low Energy Adaptive Clustering Hierarchy LEACH proposed by Heinzelman et al is one of the pioneering clustering routing approaches for WSNs The basic idea of LEACH has been an inspiration for many subsequent clustering routing protocols The main objective of LEACH is to select sensor nodes as CHs by ISSN 2231 5381 http www jettjournal org Page 105 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS
350. ting histogram matching difference between the corresponding blocks between consecutive frames in video sequence H 1 J k and H i J k 1 stand for the histogram of blocks at i j in the k and k 1 frame respectively Here we are taking square of the difference because we do not want the negative value Now from the block difference of the consecutive frames the block difference of whole frame is given by ISSN 2231 5381 http www iettjournal org Page 84 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 H i j k H i j k F a bi ot eye j Po yen j D KA Li j ap E laf AIR ee 1 Where H i j k 1s histogram of frame k AG j k 1 1s histogram of frame k 1 L is total no of blocks Stage VI Histogram block difference Computing histogram difference between two consecutive frames D k k 1 Y w D k K Li j i j 2 Where w stands for the weight of block at 1 J Stage VII Mean Deviation The next stage is to compute the mean deviation The mean deviation is calculated as follows Fy 1 gt D k k 1 MD oS Fy 1 seereenaeteuips 3 Where Fv denote total number of frame Stage VIII Standard Deviation In this stage the standard deviation is calculated for the two consecutive images That standard deviation is calculated by s Fy l gt D k k 1 MD Fv 1 ooh ET E T 4 Let F k be the k frame in video sequence k 1
351. tion device such as a still or motion camera gt Voice pattern This form of authentication uses the unique pattern of a user s voice It relies on voice to print technologies not voice recognition In this process a person s voice is transformed into text and compared to an original template Although this is fairly easy technology to implement because many computers already have built in microphones the enrollment procedure is more complicated than other biometrics and background noise can interfere with the scanning which can be frustrating to the user gt Handwritten Signature Signature verification analysis the way a person signs their name such as speed and pressure as well as the final static shape of the signature itself gt Retina recognition It is a method of biometric authentication that uses data related to unique characteristics associated with the pattern of blood vessels located at the back of an individuals eyes This technology is personally invasive and requires skilled operators It results in retina codes of 96 bytes when used for authentication to some Kbytes in the case of identification Facial recognition techniques exploit characteristics such as relative eyes nose and mouth positioning and the distances between them gt Iris recognition A form of authentication that uses data linked to features associated with the colored part of the eye of a user It involves analyzing the patterns of the
352. tions in serum of mild moderate and severe asthma as well as reference subjects II MATERIALS AND METHODS A Subject recruitment 1 Subject screening A sample size of 44 subjects was included in the active arm of the study The asthmatic conditions were further classified into 4 different categories viz mild n 12 moderate n 12 untreated severe n 10 and treated severe n 10 cases 2 Serum separation A quantity of 5 ml blood was collected from each subject in a micro centrifuge tube with the help of a sterile injection after informed and written consent Samples were placed standing for 30 minutes to allow clot formation and then centrifuged at 3500 rpm for 10 minutes After removing the fat body with the help of a microtip samples were centrifuged again at 3500 rpm for 10 minutes After 24 hours samples were allowed to thaw passively following which Raman spectra were acquired B Raman spectroscopy 1 Spectral acquisition After passive thawing samples were subjected to Raman spectroscopy by placing 30 ul serum sample on calcium fluoride CaF2 window and recording spectra using Fiber Optic Raman microprobe This Raman system ISSN 2231 5381 http www 1jettjournal org Page 89 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 consists of laser as an excitation source and HE 785 spectrograph coupled with CCD as dispersion correction and detection elements respectively O
353. to digitize and store the sensor responses for signal processing Generally speaking electronic noses are faster to respond easier to use and relatively cheaper in comparison with conventional analytical techniques such as gas _ chromatography mass spectroscopy and flame ionization detection so that they have wide applications in environmental monitoring 5 6 food and beverage industry medical diagnosis 7 public security 8 odour classification of grains 9 and others Dealing with E Nose signals is still crucial for artificial olfaction to reliably recognize various odors due to time variance of the signals Aim of this research work is to develop Neural Network based Near Optimal Classifier to assess the quality food or dairy product such as tea or basmati rice or milk using E Nose Existing method to check the quality of these products is done by Human Tester For example tea quality grade is decided on the basis of decision given by Tea Tester who is a human being There is a lot of error deviation in the measurement by human being To avoid this optimum classifier system based on electronic nose using neural network could be designed which would more reliable and accurate 28 29 1 2 Scope and Limitation Using Electronic nose we can sense a smell and with a technology called Digital scent technology it is possible to sense transmit and receive smell through internet like smelling a perfume online before buying t
354. to allow for more physical support including adjustable seating such as tilt and recline Power wheelchair users can also adjust the height of the chair to see their environment more clearly Some power wheelchairs also have the option of elevation to help a person get to a standing position e Increase disabledpeople s ability to live independently to enjoy the same choice control and freedom as any other citizen at home at work and as members of the community e Enable young disabled children and their families to enjoy ordinary lives through access to childcare early education and early family support to enable them to care for their child effectively and remain socially and economically included e Support disabled young people and their families through the transition to adulthood Transition will be better planned around the needs of the individuals and service delivery will be smooth across the transition e Increase the number of disabled people in employment while providing support and security for those unable to work e Improving the life chances of disabled people B Disadvantages e The disadvantage faced by disabled people imposes significant economic and social costs e Although power wheelchairs do have some disadvantages many of them can be turned into advantages with extra money or additional features Typically a power wheelchair will not fold up or come apart Most individuals who need to trave
355. tput device The head can change its position by either moving left or right The finite state machine is a memory central processor that keeps track of which of finitely many states it is currently in By knowing which state it is currently in the finite state machine can determine which state to change to next what symbol to write onto the tape and which direction the head should move DEFINITION OF INTELLIGENCE amp TURING TEST The Turing Test proposed by Alan Turing 1950 was designed to provide a satisfactory definition of intelligence Turing defined intelligent behavior as the ability to achieve human level performance in all cognitive tasks sufficient to fool an interrogator Roughly speaking the test he proposed is that the computer should be interrogated by a human via a teletype and passes the test if the interrogator cannot tell if there is a computer or a human at the other end His theorem the Church Turing thesis states that Any effective procedure or algorithm can be implemented through a Turing machine Turing machines are abstract mathematical entities that are composed of a tape a read write head and a finite state machine The head can either read or write symbols onto the tape basically an input output device The head can change its position by either moving left or right The finite state machine is a memory central processor that keeps track of which of finitely many states it is currently in By
356. ts are necessarytypically when a wheelchair tries to enter a narrow opening such as a doorway The entire mechanical and electrical structure the electronics and the control circuitry of theoriginal power wheelchair were used without modification The prototype autonomy managementsystem still allows the chair to operate as a standard manually controlled electric wheelchair usingthe joystick The joystick can be used anytime to seamlessly override the control whenever the userwishes even in autonomy mode additions to the chair were also kept to a minimum AI components added to the chairwere made visually as transparent as possible 1 Two processor boxes one for vision based behaviour generation and the other for non vision behaviour generation are tacked neatly under the chair s seat hidden completely by the wheelchair s original plastic cover Sensors are hidden under the footrests inside the battery case and on other supporting structures Only the two CCD cameras are a littlemore visible they are attached to the front end of the two armrests for a good line of sight A smallkeypad and miniature television set are installed temporarily over the left armrest to enterinstructions and for monitoring The non vision behaviour generator is based on a Motorola 68332 32 bit micro controller Amulti tasking real time operating system was developed and installed as the software framework This combination gave the system the capability to receive
357. ts and network performance criteria The management system in each network manages a specific radio technology however the platforms can cooperate The fixed core and backbone network will consists of public and private segments based on IPv4 and Pv6 based infrastructure Mobile IP MIP will enable the maintenance of P level connectivity regardless of the likely changes in the underlying radio technologies used that will be imposed by the CRE concept Applicanoa gt Exhanced for TMS interactions and Teruna management lefoematon flow syechouzatis sstem Network selechon a e Mobebty magement ransport i itersystemn vencal handoves TCPUDP QoS momoning promeol o Profile numagemcst baten k wet peeferences i conversion lermunal characteris gaah Neron apt IP Mobile IP bandondth reximmest 4 Ch Suppor UMTS support WLANBRAN DVB T l protocol protocol Suppert protocol Support peetocel Layers 2 Layets d Livers XI Layers 21 Fig 2 depicts the architecture of a terminal that isCapable of operating in a CRE context The terminals include software and hardware components layer 1 and 2 functionalities for operating with different systems The higher protocol layers in accordance with their peer entities in the network support continuous access to IP based applications Different protocol boosters can further enhance the efficiency of the protocol stack Most communications networks are subject to time and regional
358. ttp www ijettjournal org Page 127 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 antennas smart network designs or one can add power amplifiers to the transceiver The analog portion of the receiver converts the desired signal from RF to the digital baseband Dispreading of signal is done in the digital portion of the receiver The digital part of the transmitter does the spreading signal whereas the analog part of the transmitter does the modulation and conversion to RF The choice of the receiver architecture is mainly a compromise of functional performance power consumption and requirement of external components Both analog receiver and transmitter architectures are direct conversion DCR IV BLUETOOTH TECHNOLOGY Bluetooth is an open wireless technology standard for exchanging data over short distances using short wavelength radio transmissions from fixed and mobile devices creating personal area networks PANSs with high levels of security Created by telecoms vendor Ericsson in 1994 it was originally conceived as a wireless alternative to RS 232 data cables It can connect several devices overcoming problems of synchronization Today Bluetooth is managed by the Bluetooth Special Interest Group Bluetooth uses a radio technology called frequency hopping spread spectrum which chops up the data being sent and transmits chunks of it on up to 79 bands 1 MHz each in the range 2402 2480 MH
359. uded in the summary and the temporal distortion is introduced by the missing frames Gradual shot change detection is one of the most important issue in the field of video indexing retrieval Among the various types of gradual transitions the fade and dissolve type the gradual transition 1s consider the most common one but it 1s most difficult one to detect In most of the existing fade and dissolve detection algorithms the false miss detection problem caused by motion is very serious In this paper we present a novel fades and dissolve type transition detection algorithm that can correctly distinguish fades and dissolve from camera and object motion This paper is based on the video processing using MATLAB software A shorter version of the original video sequence called frame is desirable in a number of applications where storage communication bandwidth and power are limited While distinguishing the fade and dissolve from camera motion and object motion we introduce a frame distortion metric and the temporal distortion which is then modelled as the frame distortion between the original and the reconstructed sequences XXXII CLASSIFICATION OF TRANSITION EFFECT Abrupt Transition Abrupt transition is the instantaneous transitions which can be observe in two consecutive frames Ex Cut Gradual Transition Gradual transitions occurs slowly or gradually and can be observe along a range of frames Ex 1 Fade Fade In and Fade Out 2 Dis
360. umar The Capacity of Wireless Networks IEEE Transactions On Information Theory Vol 46 No 2 March 2000 pp 388 404 L L Xie and P R Kumar A Network Information Theory for Wireless Communication Scaling Laws and Optimal Operation IEEE Transactions On Information Theory Vol 50 No 5 May 2004 pp 748 767 2231 5381 http www 1ettjournal org Page 36 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 System with Real Time Clock PWM Based Power Line Variation Umeshpande Shivani Bhutada Dr Bhausaheb Nandurkar College of Engineering amp Technology Waghapur Yavatmal 445001 Abstract Now a days we facing very critical situation for electricity in form of load shading therefore we must need to save power as much as possible but the question is how to do it without changing the daily needs the answer is use as much energy as we need for the situation Like nearly all dimmer circuits the project describe here relies on phase angle control of the alternating voltage applied to the lamp The process not only improves the life expectancy of the lamp but also prevents unnecessary electromagnetic pollution in the direct vicinity of the dimmer To be able to dim a lamp using phase angle control it is necessary from the circuit to detect when the instantaneous level of the mains voltage equals zero volts Wastage of power is not desirable in any system So it is very much eco
361. uncation error of fixed width modified Booth multipliers Keywords Arithmetic Booth Encoder Compressors Radix 4 VHDL Xilinx I INTRODUCTION High processing performance and low power dissipation are the most important objectives in many multimedia and digital signal processing DSP systems where multipliers are always the fundamental arithmetic unit and significantly influence the system s performance and power dissipation To achieve high performance the modified Booth encoding which reduces the number of partial products by a factor of two through performing the multiplier recoding has been widely adopted in parallel multipliers Moreover nxn fixed width multipliers that generate only the most significant product bits are frequently utilized to maintain a fixed word size in these loss systems which allow a little accuracy loss to output data Significant hardware complexity reduction and power saving can be achieved by directly removing the adder cells of standard multiplier for the computation of the least significant bits of 2n bit output product However a huge truncation error will be introduced to this kind of direct truncated fixed width multiplier DTFM To effectively reduce the truncation error various error compensation methods which add estimated compensation value to the carry inputs of the reserved adder cells have been proposed The error compensation value can be produced by the constant Scheme The constant sc
362. unication paradigm for sensor networks inProc Fourth Annu ACM Int Conf Mobile Computing and Networking MobiCom Boston MA Aug 2000 pp 56 67 7 A Woo and D Culler A Transmission Control Scheme for Media Access in Sensor Networks InACM MobiCom 2001 8 D Balfanz D Smetters P Stewart and H Wong Talking to strangers Authentication in adhocwireless networks In Symposium on Network and Distributed Systems Security 2002 ISSN 2231 5381 http www jettjournal org Page 107 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 Chemical Synthesis and Characterization of Conducting Copolymers Polyaniline Polythiophene S R TAKPIRE and S A WAGHULEY Department of Physics Dr B N College of Engg Tech Yavatmal 445 001 India Department of Physics Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University Amravati 444 602 India Abstract Oligomerization reactions of thiophene and aniline monomers and chemical copolymerization of these oligomers were investigated for synthesis of sample powder The chemical oxidative polymerization of thiophene and aniline mixture polyaniline PANI and polythiophene PTh occurs when anhydrous FeCl is used as oxidative agent The different concentration of FeCl was taken for polymerisation It was observed that homopolymer and copolymer colloids of different compositions are formed respectively depending on the concentration of FeCl used The pr
363. up the calculation and makes the system faster Performance of multipliers is one of the most important aspect in the system performance So always there is a great need to find a better solution in case of multipliers Thegreat research is going on for finding the multipliers that consume less power with maintaining the speed of operation REFERENCES 1 Pooya Asadi A New Optimized Tree Structure in High Speed Modified Booth Multiplier Architecture American Journal of Scientific Research ISSN 1450 223X Issue 52 2012 pp 48 56 2 Leonardo L de Oliveira Eduardo Costa Sergio Bampi Joao Baptista and Jos Monteiro Array Hybrid Multiplier versus Modified Booth Multiplier Comparing Area and Power Consumption of Layout Implementations of Signed Radix 4 Architectures IEEE 2004 3 Jayashree Taralabenchi Kavana Hegde Soumya Hegde Siddalingesh S Navalgund Implementation of Binary Multiplication using Booth and Systolic Algorithm on FPGA using VHDL International Conference amp Workshop on Recent Trends in Technology TCET 2012 4 Y Sangamitra High Accuracy Fixed Width Modified Booth multipliers For Lossy Applications International Journal of Communications and Engineering Volume 01 No 1 Issue 01 March2012 ISSN 2231 5381 http www iyettjournal org Page 69 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 Wirelessly Powered and Remotely Contr
364. urgery is a system where a computer interacts with body parts via infrared lights and gate detectors There are systems that require C Arm images or CAT scans and the newest and most evolved systems are imageless systems this means that no pre scans of any kind are necessary The imageless systems are far less complicated are lower cost and more patient friendly since the pre scans are not necessary The imageless systems will also bring down operation time The negative aspect of imageless systems is that they might be less accurate 2 5 2 Computer Assisted Neurosurgery Tele manipulators have been used for the first time in neurosurgery in the 1980s This allowed a greater development in brain microsurgery increased accuracy and precision of the intervention It also opened a new gate to minimally invasive brain surgery furthermore reducing the risk of post surgical morbidity by accidentally damaging adjacent centres 3 Computer Assisted Oral And Maxillofacial Surgery Bone segment navigation is the modern surgical approach in orthognathic surgery correction of the anomalies of the jaws and skull in temporo mandibular joint TMJ surgery or in the reconstruction of the mid face and orbit It is also used in implantology where the available bone can be seen and the position angulation and depth of the implants can be ISSN 2231 5381 http www ettjournal org Page 30 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical
365. urrent goes to sinusoidal It effectively compensates the current harmonics The simulation result shows the single ey i i 13 4 phase only The total current is 20KA The simulation iscarried out for a period of 0 2 sec to 0 57sec as shown in figure9 C Power frequency variation control Here the supply frequency is 50 Hz at normal condition The permissible limit of the supply frequency is 49 5Hz to 50 51Hz particularly for FSIWTG But in micro grid it will vary from 47 52Hz In this supply frequency the variation of the wind mill power production will be affected When the supply frequency increases rapidly the generator power production rapidly decreases from 400 KW to 1OOKW rapidly as shown in the figure 10 I i j of mc te weet em jhemetts p w f Orao Fig 10 supply frequency vs power production After the implementaion of the CF UPFC the windmillterminal frequency is 50 Hz constant when the input frequencyvariation condition so the power production by wind mill also constant shown in figure 11 Frequency Regulation ana wind mill power T i mja aji s00p 1 0 5 Oo 2 q 1 1 4 1 5 Tirma bt ARE or Fig 11 supply frequency vs power production VI CONCLUSION This paper has investigated the effects of fixed speed Wind turbine generator on voltage sag voltage swell and supply frequency variation conditions A new system constant frequency unified power flow controll
366. us extracted and translated provide the output to operate an external device The output might be used to operate a spelling program on a computer screen through letter selection to move a cursor on a computer screen to drive a wheelchair or other assistive devices to manipulate a robotic arm or even to control movement of a paralysed arm through a neuroprosthesis At present the most commonly used output device is the computer screen and it is used for communication IV CONCLUSION The Brain Computer Interface has proved to be boon to the disabled persons by providing them independent environment not by manual control but by mere thinking Brain computer interfaces and their potential applications engender great excitement However it must be stressed that in their present state it remains to be seen how far and in what direction applications for BCIs will develop Hope these systems will be effectively implemented for many Biomedical applications ACKNOWLEDGEMENT This work was generously supported by Prof Ravi Varma N Head of Department Biomedical Engineering Dr Bhausaheb Nandurkar College of Engineering and Technology Yavatmal M S and Dr V G Arajpure Principal D B N C O E T Yavatmal REFERENCES 1 Talairach J Tournoux P 1988 Co planar Stereotaxic Atlas of the HumanBrain New York Thieme 2 Mazziotta JC Toga AW Evans AC and Fox P Lancaster J 1995 a Probabilistic Atlas of the Human Brain
367. use present text and commands The Affective Computing Group at the MIT Media Laboratory is developing an emotional social intelligence prosthesis that explores new technologies to augment and improve people s social interactions and communication skills WORKING XVIII FIG 2 FUTURISTIC HEADBAND The mind reading actually involves measuring the volume and oxygen level of the blood around the subject s brain using technology called functional near infrared spectroscopy f NIRS The user wears a sort of futuristic headband that sends light in that spectrum into the tissues of the head where it is absorbed by active blood filled tissues The headband then measures how much light was not absorbed letting the computer gauge the metabolic demands that the brain is making The results are often compared to an MRI but can be gathered with light weight non invasive equipment fig 3 mind reading computer Wearing the fNIRS sensor experimental subjects were asked to count the number of squares on a rotating onscreen cube and to perform other tasks The subjects were then asked to rate the difficulty of the tasks and their ratings agreed with the work intensity detected by the fNIRS system up to 83 percent of the time We don t know how specificwe can be about identifying users different emotional states cautioned Sergio Fantini a biomedical engineering professor at Tufts However the particular area of the brain where
368. verting an 8 bit number into a Radix 4 number Let the number be 36 11011100 Now we have to append a 0 to the LSB Hence the new number becomes a 9 digit number that is 110111000 This is now further encoded into Radix 4 numbers according to the following given table ISSN 2231 5381 http www iettjournal org Page 58 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 Bits Bits Bits opera X X fo jo jo ja ejeje i fo jo jt fe foi jo r o i fo je fo ji fo ji o p j fee i fo fo j dalo jo a ijo aTa fo fi i Jo KA ao to i i fo a eye fo fo fot fo Table 1 Modified booth encoder Fig Block diagram of booth encoder 6 multiplicand 15 0 outt 13 0 bit1 bit2 bit3 Fig Block diagram of booth decoder The decoder block generates the partial product from the selector signals that they are generated in encoder block Example Multiplicand 0110010110101001 Bits 0110 Out 1111001101001010 D Partial product Partial product generator is the combination circuit of the product generator and the 5 to 1 MUX circuit Product generator is designed to produce the product by multiplying the multiplicand A by 0 1 1 2 or 2 A 5 to 1 MUX is designed to determine which product is chosen depending on the M 2M 3M control signal which is generated from the MBE For product generator multiply by zero means the multiplicand is multiplied by 0
369. vice and main PC for data segmentation communication and other computational tasks The patient is scanned by X ray CT or MRI and 3D voxel data is sent to the main PC through RS232C The data is then segmented and reconstructed as a 3D surface model Patient to image registration is done prior to the operation During the operation the tracking device reads the positions of optical markers on the surgical tool and sends them to the main PC where the tool s orientation and the position of its tip are computed so that surgeons can know its correct position during operation These processes are all controlled by the 3D Slicer module Another module separately handles the IV rendering so that the IV image can be updated as the surgeons manipulate the surface model IV image rendering and displaying LE D amp lt gt Conputer Pre intra TES E Pi operative image J a CT MRI etc L _ ho By gt g oes e Tracking and regsira on A E try i Panen us 2 x Surgeon nn t X _ Surpca instument 30 optical tacking system Fig 3 System configuration 2 Flow Of Surgery Prior to the operation a 3D model to be used for navigation is created from the CT data Objects of interest are segmented from the data set on the basis of the pixels values Depending on the complexity of the object interest the segmentation can be done automatically or semi automatically At this point surgeons can locate the targe
370. was installed at Reader s Digest in 1954 This equipment was used to convert typewritten sales reports into punched cards for input to thecomputer OCR Object Character Recognition also called Object Character Reader is a system that provides a full alphanumeric recognition of printed or handwritten characters at electronic speed by simply scanning the form More recently the term Intelligent Character Recognition ICR has been used to describe the process of interpreting image data in particular alphanumeric text One example of OCR is shown below A portion of a scanned image of text borrowed from the web is shown along with the corresponding human recognized characters from that text of descriptive bibliographies of authors and prewes His ubiquity in the broad field of bibliographical and textual sturdy his seemingly com plete posesion of it distinguished him from his illustrious predeces sors and made him the personification of bibliographical se holarship in his time J Fig 1 Sacanned Image of Text and in corresponding recognized organiation A few examples of OCR applications are listed here The most common for use OCR is the first item people often wish to convert text documents to some sort of digital representation 1 People wish to scan in a document and have the text of that document available in a word processor 2 Recognizing license plate numbers B Methods of OCR The main principle in aut
371. would promote the body in support of healing The performance analysis shows that the hydrophobic light activated glue HLAA can reach an agreement that it can successfully meet the needs of surgeons and doctors in operating with the tissues having constant blood flow and also during minimally invasive procedures ISSN 2231 5381 http www iettjournal org Page 48 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 IV FUTURE WORK What has been shown so far is a proof of principal and a potential for use in the clinic This is a major improvement over current suturing adhesives that often loose their stickiness in bloody situations And it has the added benefit of working quickly because its adhesiveness is activated by ultraviolet light which enables surgeons to quickly activate the material when they need to seal a hole Many infants born with heart defects have to undergo repeated surgeries as they grow Replacing the sutures and staples used in surgery today with fast acting biodegradable glues could help make these cardiac procedures faster and safer V ACKNOWLEDGEMENT This work has been completed with the help of our principal sir HOD sir of BME department Prof A Fursule sir and Prof Sandeep Ghughe sir VI 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 REFERANCES 2002 The IEEE website Online Available http www ieee org
372. y a reactivating agent which is applied to the array so as to remove the odorant mixture from the surface and bulk of the sensors active material 26 2 LITERATURE REVIEW A brief review of the research works in relation to the E Nose is as follows Ritaban Dutta and Ritabrata Dutta 14 has presented in research on Electronic Nose basedENT bacteria identification in hospital environment is a classical and challenging problem of classification An electronic nose e nose comprising a hybrid array of 12 tin oxide sensors SnO and 6 conducting polymer sensors has been used to identify three species of bacteria Escherichia coli E coli Staphylococcus aureus S aureus and Pseudomonas aeruginosa P aeruginosa responsible for ear nose and throat ENT infections when collected as swab sample from infected patients and kept in ISO agar solution in the hospital environment S Ampuero and J O Bosset 15 have proposed the model for Electronic Nose Most of the reported applicability studies of electronic noses to different aspects of quality assessment in dairy products show satisfactory results Published literature reports the classification of dairy products by sample type with MOS sensors by ageing with MOS CP and MS based instruments by geographic origin with an MS electronic nose by processing stage with CP sensors A successful model for milk shelf life prediction was implemented with a MOS system The identification and cl
373. ype suggests that sensor gloves can be used for partial sign language recognition More sensors can be employed to recognize full sign language A handy and portable hardware device with built in translating system speakers and group of body sensors along with the pair of data gloves can be manufactured so that a deaf and dumb person can communicate to any normal person anywhere We can send message to anyone by using GSM module 9 IX LIMATATION As none of existing system is 100 accurate it may have some limitations in it such as it works under the 100 meter of range 10 X CONCLUSION Sign language is a useful tool to ease the communication between the deaf or dumb community and the normal people Yet there is a communication barrier between these communities with normal people This paper aims to lesser the communication gap between the deaf or dumb community and the normal world This paper was meant to be a prototype to check the feasibility to recognize sign language using sensor ISSN 2231 5381 http www iettjournal org Page 114 National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science NCETMS 2014 gloves With this paper the deaf or dumb people can use the gloves to perform sign language and it will be converted in to speech so that normal people can easily understand The main feature of this paper is the gesture recognizer is a standalone system which is applicable in daily life 47 48 49
374. z s This is in the globally unlicensed Industrial Scientific and Medical 2 4 GHz short range radio frequency band OO X A J ft a N _ gs Fig Bluetooth Devices L Application Focus able Replacement Montonae amp Contro A Aa K u AR rr 3 Battery ite Das 1 100 JA IA 4AA 4 lransessson 10 Sih Ramee Meters Magt Bs eee bel a LOR comas 5 Success Metnces Table Comparison of Bluetooth amp Zigbee V WI FI TECHNOLOGY Wi Fi stands for wireless fidelity W1 Fi technology builds on IEEE 802 11 standards Wi Fi allows the deployment of local area networks LANs without wires for client devices typically reducing the costs of network deployment and expansion Spaces where cables cannot be run such as outdoor areas and historical buildings can host wireless LANs As of 2010 manufacturers are building wireless network adapters into most laptops The price of chipsets for Wi Fi continues to drop making it an economical networking option included in even more devices Wi Fi has become widespread in corporate infrastructures Different competitive brands of access points and client network interfaces can inter operate at a basic level of service Products designated as Wi Fi Certified by the Wi Fi Alliance are backwards compatible Wi Fi designates a globally operative set of standards unlike mobile phones any standard Wi Fi device wil

National Conference on Engineering Trends in Medical Science

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents